,^^ ''^ •^o n^ >A "^. Engineering Contracts amd Specifications iNCLUDING A Brief Synopsis of the Law of Contracts AND Illustrative Examples OF THE General and Technical Clauses OF VARIOUS KINDS OF Engineering Specifications Designed for the Use of Students, Engineers, and Contractors J. B. JOHNSON, C. E. Professor of Civil Engineering, Washington University, St. Louis, Mo. Member of the Institution of Civil Engineers. Member of the American Society of Civil Engineers. Member of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, etc. FIRST EDITION. ENGINEERING NEWS PUBLISHING CO., NEW YORK 1895. ^2.?// WT/^ v^ Entered according to Act of Congress in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-five, by J. B, JOHNSON, C. E., in the office of the Librarian of Congress, Washington, D. C. ^o Printed and bound hy E. W. STEPHENS, COLVMBIA, MO. f n INDEX. Page. Abandonment of contract — 109, 295, 391 Acceptance, implied.. .. ... 22 Action, right of 63 removal of statutory bar to.. 65 Advertisements 67 information embodied in. . 67 theory of 68 examples of 71, 349, 367 Agreement 19 failure of, bj mistake 22 to take less than is due 32 Alteration of contracts 46 Appliances, suitable 91,391 who must furnish 376 Assent, mutual 19 qualified 22 Assignment of contract. . . 108, 295 Authority of engineer.. . . 96, 273 Belts, leather driving, specifi- cations for 251 Bidders, instructions to 74 Bids, rejection of 70 Boilers, water tubular (St. Louis), complete specifications for. . . .300 Bond, proposal 84 indemnity . 413 contract 299, 41 1 combined with specifica- tions and contract 270 Bonus and discount based on tests 296 Breach of contract 58 Bridge masonry, specifications for 170 Bridge renewals, preliminary surveys for 414 Bridges and viaducts of iron and steel, complete specifications for. . . .330 Bridge superstructure, specifi- cations for 233 Bridging, pile and trestle, spec- ifications for 244 Building, Astor hotel, complete specifications for steel construction of 398 Page. Cancellation of contract. .110, 295 Cast iron, specifications for .... 225 Cement concrete, specifications ior....' 150? 355, 383 Cement mortar, specifications for... 148, 308? 353^383 Changes in plans, 117, 275, 373, 390 Classification, engineer's, final and conclusive 96 Coffer-dams, specifications for. 144 Competency of parties to con- tract 9 of individuals 9, 389 in governmental relations.. . .9 of corporations 10 ■ of agents .... 11 1 Completed work, examination of 115 Completion, time of.. 90, 294, 372 cleaning up after. . . 112, 389 Commencement of work 90, 294, 372 Condemned material, removal of 113, 376 Consideration.. . . 30 adequacy of 31 Contract and bond combined with specifications.. .270 Contract bond 411 Contractor not released by sub- contracts 108 Contractors, relations to each other... 113 to keep foreman and plans on the ground .... 114 definition of . 123,373 not released by subcon- tracts loS , to furnish working plans. .275 ! Contracts, essential elements of 7 .8 15 17 17 24 25 two general classes of . . . . in breach of statute law . opposed to public policy, which refer to arbitration. misrepresentation in invalidity of, through fraud through duress 29 INDEX. Page. Contracts. — Co?iti?iued. through undue influence 30 classes of 36 parole, oral, and written.. . 37 assignment of 38 notice of, necessary 39 construction of 40 technical terms in 40 rules of construction... .41 subsequent changes in 45 illegal 14 breach of 58 manner of letting -77 involving specific perform- ance 80, 296 including maintenance clauses 81 abandonment of 109 cancellation of no interpreted by engineer. .. 117 subject to change 117 documents composing 123 meaning understood 123 let as a whole or in parts. . .77 let for a fixed sum.. 79 let in specified units 79 specific performance re- quired. 80 to include maintenance. .. .81 for work only 81 subletting 390 Damages for nonperform- ance 58, 294 for delay 105,295 distinction between liqui- dated damages and penalties 59 determination of 97 Dams, earthen, specifications for . . 142 coffer, specifications for.. 144 stone, specifications for ma- sonry for 164 Boston water works, com- plete specifications for dam for 367 Delay, damages for. , 105, 295 Difficulties, unforeseen 105 Discharge of contracts ... 48 by agreement 49 by performance 50 by payment 52 by tender ^2 by operation of law 54 by breach 54 Disputes, settlement of 120 Drainage, provision for 114 Drawings 401 Duty trials of pumping engines. 291 Earthen dam, specifications for.142 Page. Earthwork, specifications for.. 134 Electrical distribution circuits, specifications for.. ..264 Electric lighting station, speci- fications for 260 Engineer as arbitrator 18, 401 definition of 123 authority of 96,273,372,373^389,401 Engine house, complete speci- fications for 307 Estimate, final 95,297 Estimates, monthly 92 provision for inquiring in- to correctness of. ... 93 percentage reserved 94 Examination of completed work 115, 390 Excavation, specifications for 134,377 boring to determine char- acter of 374 Excavations under water 13S rock 379 specifications for measur- ing quantities exca- vated 140, 378 Explosives 380 Extra work 121, 390, 402 Faults to be corrected 115, 389 Final estimates 95,297 Finished work, protection of.. 105 Foundation work 380 Frauds, statute of 43 General clauses in specifications. 90 . use of in engineering spec- ifications 124 General specifications for en- gineering work. . ..132 Grading, specifications for. 134, 135 Guarantee, the 69 Hotel building, Astor, complete specifications for steel construction of(i895)398 Hours of labor, limited to eight. 299 Illegal subject-matter 14 Immoral acts 16 Indemnity bond 413 Instructions to bidders. . . . 74, 349 Leather driving belts, specifi- cations for 251 Legal rights waived 35 Lettings, division of work 77 let as a whole or in parts. . .77 let for a fixed sum or per specified units 79 specific performance under. 80 including maintenance. .. . St for the work only Si INDEX. Page. Lumber, rules of grading by Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Asso- ciation 216 general rule for classify- ing 217, 314 rules for grading finishing.219 rules for grading rough 221 ''thoroughly seasoned," specifications for. . . .224 Masonrj', stone, specifications for.... 158, 309, 385, 386 brick 384 specifications for, for stone dam 164, 381 Masonry lock at St. Mary's Falls canal, complete specifications for . . . 348 Material, condemned, removal oi 113)389 Meaning understood 123 Measurements, engineer's, final and conclusive. .96, 273 Measurements not guaranteed to be correct 116 Monthly estimates 93 Nonperformance, damages for 58? 294 Offers, qualified 22 Painting of machinery 290 Patents, protection against claims for use of. 107, 295 Pavement, brick, specifications for 176 asphaltum, specifications for 178 asphalt, specifications for.. 183 granite, specifications for. .185 Paving 385 Paving brick, specifications for. 172 Payments, monthly '92 • final 95 at specified stages of the work 297 of employees 392 Performance, specific 62 on conditional promises. . . .51 impossibility of 53 damages for imperfect 61 Pile and trestle bridging 244 Piling-sheet 380 Plastering 384 Preliminary estimates of quan- tities not guaranteed to be correct^ . . 1 16 Preliminary surveys for bridge renewals 414 Progress, rate of. .... . . . 90, 295 Property and lives, protection of 106, 389 Page. Proposals, blank forms of . . 76 example of 82, 369 Proposal bond 84, 365 Protection of finished work 105, 380 of property and lives.. 106, 296 against claims for use of patents 107, 295 Protective work, specifications for 145 Public traffic, provision for ....114 Pumping engines (St. Louis), contract and specifi- cations for 271 Pumps, waterworks, to be op- erated by water pow- er, specification/S for. 253 Pump well, specifications for. .255 Recovery for imperfect per- formance 61 Rejection of bids ... 70 Remedies for breach of contract. 58 damages for nonperform- ance 58 liquidated damages and pen- alties 59 recovery for imperfect or incompleted work .... 61 Remedy of party defrauded 28 Repairs, reserving percentage of cost for 94 specifications for 293 Riprap 385 Riveted work, specifications for 232 Rules, for grading lumber by Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Asso- ciation 216 for classifying lumber. . . .217 for grading finishing lum- ber 219 for grading rough lumber. 221 Sewer pipe, specifications for. . 195 Sewers, brick and tile, specifi- cations for 190 Sewers, tile, specifications for laying 198 Sidewalks, granitoid, specifica- tions for 186 Specifications, essential features of 126 accompanying complete de- tail plans 13J accompanying general plan only I3.'« unaccompanied by plans, or general 133 Specifications, engineering defined 86 classes of 86 general and technical clauses87 INDEX. Page. Specifications, general clauses in88 time of commencement, rate of progress, and time of completion of the work 90 as to the character of the workmen to be em- ployed 91 suitable appliances to be used. 91 monthly estimates of work done and payments to be made 92 provision for inquiring into the correctness of the monthly estimates. . .93 reserving a certain percent- age as a repair fund for a stated period after completion 94 conditions of the final esti- mate 95 engineer's measurements and classifications final and conclusive. .96 determination of damages sustained by failure to complete the work within the time agreed upon or as extended. .97 the discharge of unpaid claims of workmen and materialmen. . . . 102 no claims for damages on account of suspension of work. ... 104 no claims for damages on account of delay .... 105 no claims on account of un- foreseen difficulties. 105 protection of finished work 105 protection of property and lives 106 protection against claims for the use of patents 107 assignment of contract. . . . 108 contractor not released by subcontracts loS abandonment of contract. . 109 cancellation of contract for default of contractor. 1 10 workmen's quarters and other temporarybuild- ings ... 112 cleaning up after comple- tion 112 removal of condemned ma- terial 113 relations to other contract- ors 1 13 provision for drainage .... 1 14 Page. provision for public traffic. 114 contractor to keep foreman or head workman, and also copy of plans and specifications on the ground 114 cost of examination of com- pleted work 115 faults to be corrected at any time before final ac- ceptance 115 surveys, measurements, and estimates of quanti- ties not guaranteed to be correct 116 the contract subject to inter- pretation and change by the engineer ...117 settlement of disputes. .. . 120 extra work 121 definition of ''Engineer" and^'Contractor" 123,273 documents composing the contract 123 meaning understood 123 Specifications, technical clauses in. earthwork, excavation, and grading 134 grading 135 excavations under water. . 138 for measuring quantities excavated under water by weight and dis- placement 140 earthen dam 142 coffer dams 144 protective work 145 cement mortar 14S cement concrete 150 * stone 156 stone masonry 158 stone masonry for large stone dam 164 bridge masonry 170 paving brick 172 brick pavement 176 asphaltum pavement 178 asphalt pavement 1S3 granite pavement 185 granitoid sidewalks 1S6 brick and tile sewers 190 sewer pipe 195 laying sewer pipe 198 manufacture and delivery of gast iron water pipe. 202 laying water pipe 210 stop valves 212 rules of the Southern Lum- ber Manufacturers' Association 216 INDEX. Page. general rules for classify- ing lumber 217 rules for grading finishing lumber 219 rules for grading common boards and rough lumber 221 standard dimensions of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Asso- ciation 223 thoroughly seasoned lum- ber 224 cast iron... 225 wrought iron 227 structural steel 228 tests, inspection, and ac- ceptance of medium structural steel ... 229 riveted work 232 wrought iron and steel rail- road bridge super- structure 233 material and workmanship of a steel stand-pipe. 241 pil'e and trestle bridging. . .244 steam plant for a small elec- tric light station .... 246 leather driving belts 251 pumps to be operated by water power 253 pump well 255 turbine water wheels ... .256 electric lighting station in small city 260 electrical distribution cir- cuits for light and power. 264 Specifications, complete contract and bond combin- ed in one document. 270 large pumping engines (St. Louis) . 271 water tubular boilers and settings 300 engine house 307 highway bridges and via- ducts of iron and steel330 masonry lock at St. Mary's Falls Canal, Mich... 348 dam No. 5, Boston water works, 1893 367 steel construction of Astor hotel, 1895 398 form of contract bond or surety 411 form of indemnity bond. . .413 Specific performance. . . . 62, 296 Stand-pipe, steel, specifications for 241 Page. Statute of frauds. ... 43 agreements not to be per- formed in one year . . .43 when value is more than $50 44 Steam plant, specifications for for small electric light station 246 Steel, structural, specifications for 228 tests of 229 inspection of 229 acceptance of 229 Steel construction of Astor hotel building, New York, 1895, complete specifications for. 398 Stone, specifications for 156 Stone dam, specifications for masonry for 164 Subject-matter, illegal 14 Surveys for bridge renewals.. . .414 Surveys not guaranteed to be correct . 116 Suspension of work 104, 298 Tests, of steel ... 229 of paving brick 172 of pumping engines. 291 of boilers 306 Tile, sewer, specifications for.. 195 Trestles, timber 244 Unpaid claims, discharge of. . . 102 Valves, stop, specifications for. 212 Viaducts and bridges of iron and steel, complete specifications for . .330 Water pipe, specifications for manufacture and de- livery of 202 Water pipe, specifications for laying 210 Water wheels, turbine 258 Water works, complete specifi- cations for dam No. 5, Boston water- works . 367 Waiver of legal rights 35 Well, pumping, specifications for 255 Work, general description of-- ••• 374,375 suspension of 104,298 Workmanship 304, 338 Workmen, character of . .91, 389 Workmen's quarters... .. 112 Wrought iron, specifications for 227 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page. Preface 3 Kej to Subscript Initials . 5 PART I. SYNOPSIS OF THE LAW OF CONTRACTS. Art. 1. Introductory y 2. Essential Elements of a Legal Contract 7 3. Two General Classes of Contracts 8 Competency. 4. Of Individuals c) 5. In Governmental Relations .... ^ 6. Of Semi-Public and Private Corporations 10 7. Of Agents. u Legality of the Agreement. 8. Kinds of Illegal Subject-Matter 14 9. Contracts in Breach of Statute Law i^ 10. Immoral Acts. 16 11. Contracts Opposed to Public Policy 17 12. Contracts Which Refer to Arbitration , 17 13. The Engineer as Arbitrator * 18 The Agreement. 14. Mutual Assent 19 15. Qualified Assent 22 16. Qualified Offers 22 17. Implied Acceptance 22 18. Failure of Agreement by Mistake 22 19. Misrepresentation in the Contract 24 I II TABLE OF CONTENTS. Art. Tage. 20. Invalidity of Contract through Fraud 25 21. Remedy of Party Defrauded 28 22. Invalidity of Contract through Duress 29 23. Invalidity of Contract through Undue Influence 30 The Consideration. 24. Consideration Defined 30 25. Adequacy of Consideration 31 26. Agreement to Take Less than is Due 32 27. As to Waiver of Legal Rights . 35 Contracts Under Seal. 28. Classes of Sealed Contracts 36 Parole Contracts. 29. Oral and Written Contracts 37 Assignment of Contracts. 30. When Assignment Can be Made 38 31. Notice of Assignment Necessary 39 Construction of the Contract. 32. The Original Contract 40 33. The Explanation of Technical Terms in Contracts 40 34. Rules of Construction. 41 Contracts Required to be in Writing. 35. The Statute of Frauds ^2 36. Agreements Which can not be Performed within One Year. 43 37. Contracts of Sale Where the Value is More than $50 44 Subsequent Changes and Agreements. 38. The General Rule 4^ 39. Results of Alterations of the Contract ^6 Discharge of Contracts. 40. Methods of Discharge ^.8 41. Discharge by Agreement 40 42. Discharge by Performance ... cq 43. Performance on Conditional Promises cj 44. Discharge by Payment C2 45. Discharge by Tender .... ^2 46. Kinds of Impossibility Which Will Discharge a Contract.. . 53 47. Kinds of So-called Impossibilities Which Will not Dis- charge the Contract r3 48. Discharge of Contract by Operation of Law 54 49. Discharge of Contract by Breach ^4 TABLE OF CONTENTS. Ill Art. Page. Remedies for Breach of Contract. 50. Results of a Breach of Contract 58 51. Damages for Nonperformance 58 52. Distinction between Liquidated Damages and Penalties. ... 59 53. Recovery for Imperfect or Incompleted Work. 61 Specific Performance. 54. General Rule as to Specific Performance 62 Discharge of Right of Action Under a Contract. 55. The Right of Action.. 63 56. Removal of Statutory Bar to Right of Action 65 PART II. ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTS. 57. General Considerations 66 Advertisements. 58. Information Embodied in the Advertisement 67 59. The Theory of Advertisements 68 60. The Guarantee 69 61. Right of Rejection 70 62. Illustrative Examples ; . . . . 71 Instructions to Bidders. 63. Preliminary Information 74 Forms of Proposals. 64. The Object of Blank Forms of Proposals 79 65. Manner of Letting the Work 77 66. Contract Let as a Whole or in Parts 77 67. ^Contract Let for a Fixed Sum or per Specified Units 79 68. Contract Involving a Specific Performance 80 69. Contract Including Maintenance Si 70. Contract for the Work Only 81 71. Proposal for Building a Dam, Spillway, etc 82 72. Proposal Bond 84 Engineering Specifications. 73. Engineering Specifications Defined 86 74. Classes of Specifications 86 75. General and Specific Clauses 87 The General Clauses in Specifications. 76. List of Subjects Treated in the General Clauses 88 77. Explanatory Note . . 89 rv TABLE OF CONTENTS. Art. Page. 78. Time of Commencement, Rate of Progress, and Time of Completion of the Work 90 79. As to the Character of the Workmen to be Employed 91 80. Suitable Appliances to be Used 91 81. Monthly Estimates of Work Done and Payments to be Made 92 82. Provision for Inquiring into the Correctness of the Monthly Estimates 93 83. Reserving a Certain Percentage as a Repair Fund, for a Stated Period after Completion 94 84. Conditions of the Final Estimate 95 S5. Engineer's Measurements and Classifications Final and Conclusive 96 86. Determination of Damages Sustained by Failure to Com- plete the Work within the Time Agreed upon, or as Extended . 97 87. The Discharge of Unpaid Claims of Workmen and Mate- rialmen 102 88. No Claimsfor Damages on Account of Suspension of Work. .104 89. No Claims for Damages on Account of Delay 105 90. No Claims for Damages on Account of Unforeseen Diffi- culties "loS 91 . Protection of Finished Work 105 92. Protection of Property and Lives 106 93. Protection against Claims for the use of Patents .107 94. Assignment of the Contract ._. 108 95. Contractor not Released by Subcontracts 108 96. Abandonment of Contract 109 97. Cancellation of Contract for Default of Contractor no 98. Workmen's Quarters and Other Temporary Buildings .... 112 99. Cleaning up after Completion. ......112 100. Removal of Condemned Material 113 loi. Relations to Other Contractors 113 102. Provision for Drainage. 114 103. Provision for Public Traffic .... ^ 114 104. Contractor to keep Foreman or Head Workman, and also Copy of Plans and Specifications on the Ground 114 105. Cost of Examination of Completed Work -115 106. Faults to be Corrected at Any Time before Final Accept- ance lis 107. Surveys, Measurements, and Estimates of Quantities not Guaranteed to be Correct ... 116 108. The Contract Subject to Interpretation and Change by the Engineer ...117 109. Settlement of Disputes .120 no. Extra Work 121 111. Definition of ''Engineer" and ''Contractor" 123 112. Documents Composing the Contract ••i-3 TABLE OF CONTENTS. V Art. Page. 113. Meaning Understood 123 114. The Use of General Clauses in Engineering Specifications.. 124 PART III. SPECIFIC DESCRIPTIVE, OR TECHNICAL CLAUSES IN SPECIFICATIONS. 115. Essential Features of Good Specifications... 126 116. Specifications Accompanying Complete Detail Plans. .... 131 117. Specifications Accompanying a General Plan Only 132 iiS. Specifications Unaccompanied by Plans, Known Commonly as General Specifications 132 Illustrative Specifications of Various Elementary Portions of Engineering Work. 119. Scope and Purpose 133 Specifications for Excavations and Embankments. 120. Earth-work, Excavating, and Grading 134 121. Grading 135 122. Excavations under Water 138 123. Specifications for Measuring Quantities Excavated under Water by Weight and by Displacement ... 140 124. Specifications for an Earthen Dam 142 125. Specifications for Coffer Dams 144 126. Specifications for Protective Work 145 Specifications for Cement, Mortar, Concrete, and Masonry. 127. Cement Mortar 148 128. Cement Concrete 150 129. Specifications for Stone 156 130. Stone Masonry 158 131. Specifications for Masonry for a Large Stone Dam 164 132. Specifications for First-class Bridge Masonry 170 Specifications for Street Pavements and Materials. 133. Specifications for Paving Brick 172 134. Specifications for Brick Pavements 176 135. Specifications for Asphaltum Pavements 178 136. Specifications for Asphalt Pavement 183 137. Specifications for Granite Pavement 1S5 138. Specifications for Granitoid Sidewalks 186 Specifications for Sewers. 139. Specifications for Brick and Tile Sewers 190 140. Specifications for Tile Sewer Pipe 195 141. Specifications for Laying Sewer Pipe 19S VI TABLE OF CONTENTS. Art. Page. Specifications for Water Pipe, 142. Specifications for the Manufacture and Delivery of Cast Iron Water Pipe . . 202 143. Specifications for Laying Water Pipe 210 144. Specifications for Stop Valves 212 Lumber Grading and Classification. 145. Rules of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 216 146. General Rules for Classifying Lumber 217 147. Rules for Grading Finishing Lumber 219 148. Rules for Grading Common Boards and Rough Lumber. ...221 149. Standard Dimensions of the Southern Lumber Manufactur- ers' Association 223 150. Specification for ''Thoroughly Seasoned" Lumber 224 Specifications for Iron and Steel. 151. Specifications for Cast Iron 225 152. Specifications for Wrought Iron 227 153. Specifications for Structural Steel 22S 154. Tests, Inspection, and Acceptance of Medium Structural Steel 229 155. Specifications for Riveted Work 232 156. Specifications for Wrought Iron and Steel Railroad Bridge Superstructure 233 157. Specifications for the Material and Workmanship of a Steel Stand Pipe 241. Miscellaneous Specifications. 158. Specifications for Pile and Trestle Bridging 244 159. Specifications for Steam Plant of a Small Electric Light Station 246 160. Specifications for Leather Driving Belts 251 161. Specifications for Pumps to be Operated by Water Power. .253 162. Specifications for a Pump Well .. "255 163. Specifications for Turbine Water Wheels 258 164. Specifications for the Installation of an Electric Lighting Station in a Small City 260 165. Specifications for Electrical Distribution Circuits for Light and Power 264 PART IV. ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES OF COMPLETE CONTRACTS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 166. Contract and Bond Combined in one Document with the Specifications 270 TABLE OF CONTENTS. VII Art. Page. 167 & 168. Contract and General Specifications for Large Pump- ing Engines . 271 169. Complete General Specifications for Water Tubular Boilers and Settings 300 170. Specifications for an Engine House 307 171. General Specifications for Highway Bridges and Viaducts of Iron and Steel 330 172. Specifications for Building a Masonry Lock at St. Mary's Falls Canal, Michigan 348 173. Specifications and Contract for Dam No. 5, Boston Water Works, 1893 367 174. Specifications for the Steel Construction of the Astor Hotel, 1895 398 175. Form of Contract Bond or Surety 411 176. Form of Indemnity Bond 413 Appendix A. Preliminary Surveys and Examinations for Bridge Renewals. . . .414 PREFACE. The leading American Engineering Schools have long needed a text-book on the subject of the Law of Contracts and Engineering Specifications. In the absence of any such text, this department of engineering practice has received scant and meagre treatment at the hands of these schools. This work has been written primarily to serve this purpose. After it was completed, however, it seemed to the author it might prove of value to the profession at large and also to contractors, espec- ially those portions of it treating of the Law of Contracts and of the General Clauses in Specifications. While the author makes no pretension to a knowledge of the law, yet he has had to impart instruction on this subject for many years, and has attended lectures in this field in the St. Louis Law School (a department of Washington University). He has tried to follow strictly the recognized authorities in all he has said in this work, and while he thinks his synopsis may serve as a good general guide to the fundamental principles of the sub- ject, he recommends that the reader refer all important particu- lar cases to his attorney, or else consult the standard works themselves. If a single volume is desired containing a general review of the Law of Contracts, the layman can not do better than obtain that of John D. Lawson, of the Law Department of the Missouri State University. Another similar, and perhaps better work for the young lawyer, is that of J. P. Bishop ; while Parson's three-volume work is the recognized standard authority for the lawyer. 3 4 PKEFACE. Since this work is designed only for laymen, however, the author may well quote the maxim that "the man who is his own lawyer has a fool for a client." The brief synopsis of the law herein given, therefore, is not intended to remove the necessity of consulting a lawyer on all important matters, but only to enable one to steer clear of some of the legal pitfalls which lie in the way of every business man and especially of engineers. Since custom has laid on engineers and architects the duty of writing specifications and contracts, it is well for them to know something of the legal ground they are foVced to traverse. The first part of this work is intended, therefore, to sel've as a cautionary warning against legal entanglements, rather than as a counselor or guide through such difficulties. The synopsis of the Law of Contracts as here given has been revised by a very competent legal authority, and the author is indebted to him for many valuable suggestions and corrections. It probably will not mislead one into trouble, though it may not always point the way out. The author also wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to the many prominent eno[ineers who have kindly sent him copies of their latest specifications for use in this work, and he has acknowledged this debt in the body of the book by append- ing to each quotation the initials of the person quoted. A key to these initials is given on page 6. The illustrative examples of engineering specifications given in Part III are selected so as to cover a wide field with as little repetition as possible. They are not given to be blindly copied, but rather as illustrating a good method of treating the subject, and to serve as patterns as to manner as well as to matter. As the best engmeers seldom copy their own specifi- cations or use them unchanged a second time, much less can one safely copy unchanged the specifications of another. In fact the writing of engineering specifications is wisely left for engineers of large experience, but as the younger men have to PEEFACE. 5 enforce them and serve as inspectors under them, they should in all cases understand fully why they have been drawn in a particular way. That this somewhat crude effort may serve to help engi- neers and architects to a more efficient and satisfactory per- formance of their professional duties, is the hope and aim of The Author. KEY TO SUBSCRIPT INITIALS. The following gentlemen have kindly furnished the author copies of their specifications from which he has freely quoted in parts II and III. In every case he has appended the initials of the writer of the specifications used, the key to which is here given : Onward Bates, Engineer Bridges and Buildings, C, M. & St. P. R'y, Chicago, 111 O. B. A. P. Boiler, Consulting Engineer, New York City A. P. B. G. Bousearen, Consulting Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio.. G. B. Wm. H. Bryan, Consulting Engineer, St. Louis W. H. B. Col. Wm. P. Craighill, Corps of Engineers U. S. Army, and Past President Am. Soc. C. E W. P. C. J. T. Fanning, Consulting Engineer, Minneapolis, Minn.. ..... J. T. F. Alphonse Fteley, Chief Engineer Aqueduct Commission, New YorkCity, N. Y A. F. E. A. Fuertes, Director School Civil Engineering, Cornell Uni- versity, Ithaca, N. Y E. A. F. John W. Hill, Consulting Engineer, Cincinnati, Ohio J. W. H. M. L. Holman, Water Commissioner, St. Louis, Mo M. L. H. Johnson & Flad, Engineers, St. Louis, Mo J. & F. Emil Kuichling, Chief Engineer Water Works, Rochester, N. Y. E. K. Milwaukee City Specifications M. George S. Morison, Consulting Engineer, New York City, N. Y., President (1895) Am. Soc. C. E G. S. M. W. D. Pence, Instructor in Civil Engineering, Champaign, 111,. W. D. P. Pennsylvania Railroad Co., Wm. H. Brown, Chief Engineer, Philadelphia, Pa P. R'y. Col. O. M. Poe, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army. O. M. P. St. Louis City Specifications St. L. Union Pacific Railway, George H. Pegram, Chief Engineer, Omaha, Neb U. P. R'y. J. A. L. Waddoll, Consulting Engineer, Kansas City, Mo J. A. L. W. 6 ENGINEERING CONTRACTS § SPECIFICATIONS PART I. BRIEF SYNOPSIS OF SUCH PORTIONS OF THE Law of Contracts AS BEAR ON THE CARRYING OUT OF Engineering or architectural Construction. 1. Introductory. The Law of Contracts Is said to be as simple and as readily comprehended by the layman as any department of the law. Two standard single volume works on the law of contracts are those of Bishop and of Lawson,* to which the reader is referred for a more complete treatment of the subject, and from which the following synopsis has been principally derived. In this synopsis only such rules and prin- ciples are incorporated as may be profitably presented to under- graduate students in our leading engineering schools. The practicing engineer or architect may also find them valuable, however, as furnishing to him certain guiding principles, the recognition of which will frequently enable him to avoid legal complications and inherent weaknesses in the drawing of speci- fications and other documents pertaining to contracts. This work is intended to emphasize the necessity of consulting competent legal authority in all important matters rather than to enable one to dispense with such reliance. 2. Essential Elements of a Legal Contract. A contract is a promise to do or to refrain from doing some act *The layman will probably find the work of Judge Lawson better suited to his waatB. 7 8 LAW OF CONTRACTS. which the law will enforce. The law will not enforce an agree- ment unless the following essentials are fulfilled. First, The parties must be competent to make the agree- ment. Second. The subject-matter must be lawful. Third. The parties must have mutually assented or agreed to the conditions named, or they must have been of the same mind and intention concerning the subject-matter. Fourth. Except in the case of sealed contracts there must be a valuable consideration. The four essentials of a legal contract, therefore, may be grouped under the four words, Competency, Legality, Agree- ment, and Consideration. 3. Two General Classes of Contracts. There are in general two kinds of contracts, namely: contracts made under seal, called sealed contracts ox specialties (see Art. 28), and simple written or oral agreements unaccompanied with the formality of a seal, called parole contracts. A sealed contract is a written agreement signed by the parties, the signatures, having appended to them what is com- monly known as a seal. Formerly a seal consisted of "An impression on wax, or paper, or some other tenacious substance capable of being impressed." Now, however, an impression of a seal on the paper itself is commonly construed as a proper seal, and in many states by statute a mere scroll enclosing the word "seal" made opposite the name of the signer is sufficient. Engineering contracts are often executed under seal, though preferably not, while the bond which holds the sureties for the faithful performance of the work by the contractor must be under seal. This is necessary because the agreement of the bondsmen to become responsible for the faithful performance of the contract by the contractor is not usually supported by a valuable consideration. The principal difference between a sealed contract and one not under seal is that in the former case a valuable considera- COMPETENCY. 9 tion is not required to support the agreement, while in the lat- ter case the contract is invalid unless such a consideration can be shown to exist.* The affixing of a seal to a signature implies a special care and deliberation on the part of the signer, more than can be assumed in the case of a simple signature. It is for this reason that a consideration is not required to support a sealed contract. The mere existence on the document of a printed scroll or word "seal" on the lines provided for signatures does not constitute a sealed document unless these words or scrolls were so intended by the signers. COMPETENCY. 4. Competency of Individuals. A sane person who has attained his majority is competent to make any legal agreement or contract. The disabilities of married women in the matter of contracts are numerous, but will not here be entered upon. Neither will any reference be made to those disabilities pertaining to aliens, convicts, infants, insane per- sons, and drunkards. 5. Competency in Governmental Relations. The national or any state government may become a party to a contract, and such government may sue on its contracts and enforce them, but the converse of this is not true. Neither the United States nor any state can be sued without its consent. \ The only remedy for a person who seeks the enforcement of a contract with such a government is an appeal to congress or to the state legislature. Many of the states of the south have repudiated •bee subject of Consideration, Art. 24. \ The state may consent to be a party to a suit in order to have the rights ot the parties passed upon by the courts. 10 LAW OF CONTEACTS. their contracts in the matter of state bonds, issued during the periods of reconstruction, Bnd the bondholders have no remedy. Neither are public officers who negotiate contracts on the part of the state personally liable on contracts made in their own names, when these are signed in their official capacities. This freedom from all legal necessity to carry out its contracts is an essential element of sovereignty, and applies to kings and other more or less absolute rulers in their official relations. All public corporate governments, subordinate to that of the state, as of the county, or township, or village, or city, can be sued upon their contracts, and such contracts enforced when- ever these lie within their legal corporate powers. Thus a county, or town, or city can not repudiate its legal obligations, as the state has the privilege of doing, but these obligations can be enforced through the agency of the courts. For instance, it a county organization should wish to repudiate a particular issue of bonds, which have been issued and sold, because of some real or fancied grievance connected therewith, and if the county commissioners who represent the county in its corporate capacity should refuse to levy taxes for the payment of the interest or principal, the courts could order them to do so, and if they should refuse they could be fined and imprisoned for contempt. In some cases city charters have been repealed by the state legislature and the city changed into a "taxing dis- trict" in order to more readily enforce orders of the courts, in requiring them to fulfill the terms of some legal contract or obligation. 6. Competency of Semi-Public and Private Cor- porations. A corporation has no powers for entering into or performing contracts beyond those given it by the state in its charter. Its capacity for transacting business, however, is not limited to the specific privileges granted in its charter, but is of necessity extended by implication to include such other powers as may be necessary for the complete consummation of its spe- COMPETENCY. ll cific purposes. For instance, if a corporation requires the use of certain real estate for the transaction of its business, it can evidently buy and sell such property when this is intended for its own uses. It may also borrow money and issue therefor various kinds of obligations, and, in fact, it may make any contract which it is lawful for an individual to make, provided such contract relates to a subject which is within the sphere of its operations. When a contract or agreement on the part of a corpora- tion does not fall within its express or implied powers, it is termed ultra vires ^ and such contracts can not be enforced. The official acts of the officers or agents of a corporation bind it much the same as such acts would bind an individual when made in a private capacity, and this applies both to oral and to written agreements, unless the corporation charter specifically requires certain kinds of agreements to be in writing. 7. Contracts by Agents.* A contract by an agent is not valid unless the principal is himself competent to enter into a contract. On the other hand, a contract by an agent is valid, provided the principal is competent, even though the agent be incompetent to enter into a contract as a principal. Thus a minor may be a competent agent, but not a competent principal. The agent, however, must have no adverse interest from that of his principal under the contract negotiated. For instance, he must not be interested on both sides of the agree- ment, if these interests are supposed to be adverse. The legality of the acts of an agent is similar to the legal- ity of the acts of a corporation. Asa corporation receives its authority for the transaction of a particular kind of business from the state, and its capacity in the formation of contracts is limited thereby to the express and implied powers under its charter, so an agent receives his authority from his principal, •An engineer or architect is the agent of the owner (person or corporation), and iis such has the express powers given him in the contract itself or in his agreement with his employer, and also many customary implied powers. 12 LAW OF CONTRACTS. his legal acts are limited to the scope of the authority conferred upon him by his principal, and, as in the case of a corporation, he will be justified in the law in the making of any contract, as agent, which may prove to be necessary or essential to the car- rying out of his more specific instructions, or for the transac- tion of the business for which he has received special authority. Unlike a corporation, however, an agent may exceed both his express and implied authority in the making of a contract, and yet this contract will become binding on the ratification of it by his principal. This ratification may also be either express or implied, an implied ratification consisting of a failure to object or protest or to annul the contract on learning of its existence, or of acting under it as though consent had been given. A ratification, whether express or implied, of the acts of an agent operates always so as to include the whole of the agent's acts pertaining to the particular transaction in question, and can not operate for the acceptance of a part, and the rejec- tion of other parts. By adopting a part, the principal is bound by the whole. If it appear, however, that the express or implied ratification was due to a mistake of fact, the principal may repudiate the action of the agent on learning of the facts. If the agent wishes to avoid personal responsibility in the entering into a contract, it must be understood by the other party that he is acting as an agent, and not in his own behalf. He may, however, enter into contract in his own name, not as an agent, when in fact he is the agent- of another party. In this case, however, the other party to the contract on learning of the principal, has his option to enforce the contract against the agent or against the principal as he may choose. In all cases of contracts with agents the other party to the contract must know of the agent's authority aside from the agent's own testimony in the case, as this latter is not received as evidence of the fact. Whatever the agent's pretended authority may be, COMPETENCY. 1 o if it should prove that he has exceeded both his express and implied authorization, the principal is at liberty to repudiate his acts, and the other party to the contract has no remedy except against the agent himself. The agent's authority is evidenced, however, by the usual and customary transactions of such agent which have been accepted by his principal, and which have become know^n to the other party in a proposed new contract. Therefore as to third persons the authority of the agent may be implied from previous performances of similar acts which have come to the knowledge and received the consent of the principal. In the case of sub-agency, or of the appointment of an agent by an agent such authorization must proceed originally from the principal, or be afterwards ratified by him before the principal can be bound by the acts of the sub-agent. In order that an agent may relieve himself from responsi- bility in the signing of a contract, the document must reveal, either in its body or in the signature, who the principal is; a mere signing of a contract by a person as "agent" will not relieve the party so signing from personal responsibility unless the document does reveal the principal. If an agent enters into contract in a matter beyond his express and implied authorization, he becomes personally liable to the third party, unless he reveal to such party, at the time of the signing of the contract, the exact relation between himself and his principal in such a way that this third party becomes aware of the dubiousness of the agent's authority. In this case the principal may repudiate the act of his agent and the third party will not be able to hold either principal or agent to the contract. If, however, the agent does not disclose his exact relations with his principal, and assumes authority beyond his authorization, he does become personally liable for such damage as may result from failure of performance on the part of his principal. 14 LAW OF CONTRACTS. The principal is also liable for all the frauds, deceits, and negligent acts of his agent so long as these pertain to the busi- ness he is authorized to perform. In this case, of course, the agent himself is liable both to his principal and to any third party. While if such fraud or deceit or negligent act pertains to matters outside the scope of his authority, the agent alone is liable. Acts of an agent continue to be binding upon the principal as to third persons, even if the agent's authority has been revoked and the agency ended, until such termination of the agency comes to the knowledge of such third person. This applies to all kinds of continuous agencies, but does not apply, of course, to an agency for the performance of a particular act. The death of the principal always acts to terminate- the agency, w^hich termination occurs at the instant of the death of the principal. This nullifies even such acts of the agent after the death of his principal as may have occurred before such death came to the knowledge of the agent; but when the agent enters into contracts for his principal after the decease of the latter, with or without the knowledge of such decease, the contract is void as against the estate of the principal, and, gen- erally speaking, as against the agent himself, and the third party is without remedy. In this case no notice of the termi- nation of the agency is required. In a -few states, however, the rule has been adopted that the bona fide acts of the agent after the death of his principal and before he becomes aware of the fact, and which do not require the principal's signature are valid in favor of third parties. LEGALITY OF THE AGREEMENT. 8. Kinds of Illegal Subject-Matter. No contract can be enforced in the courts which involves an agreement to perform an act which is («) forbidden by statutory law, or (<:5) LEGALITY. 15 is contrary to the rules of common law, or (c) which is opposed to public policy. 9. Contracts in Breach of Statute Law. This subject will not here be entered upon at length. It may be said, in short, that all acts which are expressly prohibited by statute law, or all acts for which specific penalties are attached in national, state, or municipal laws, if made the subject of a contract, such contract can not be enforced. Without here mentioning the acts which would be criminal or immoral, it may be well to call attention to a certain class of contracts which can not be enforced at law because the plaintiff in the suit has no legal standing in court. Thus where the state stat- ute requires a diploma or license for the practice of medicine or surgery, or a license to act as attorney a]: law, or as a sur- veyor, or as an engineer, a person not having such legal author- ization can not collect in the courts the price of his professional fees. Under this head also fall agreements to pay usurious inter- est, which in some states involves the forfeiture of the entire interest, and in a few states the entire contract becomes void even to the sacrifice of the principal. In most states all kinds of wagers are declared unlawful by statute and can not be collected. While all contracts for fire or life insurance are in a certain sense wagers, they are valid and lawful when the person for whose benefit the insurance is made can be shown to have a suitable interest in the property or person insured. In all states where Sunday labor, with the exception of * 'works of necessity and charity," is prohibited, contracts made on Sunday are illegal and can not be enforced. Where contracts in breach of statute law have been fully executed, in other words, where the act has been done and the compensation received, the law will not recognize such trans- actions for the purpose of annulling them. Thus, in the case of a 16 JiAW OF CONTRACTS. wager which has been paid, the law will not enforce the return of the money. 10. Immoral Acts. The courts will not enforce an agreement, the object of which is forbidden either by statute or by common law, or which in law may be regarded as immoral or wrong. Such agreements might relate to such subjects as the commission of crime • all kinds of frauds upon creditors, either by way of fraudulent assignments, or by way af agree- ments with certain creditors to the disadvantage of others ; all kinds of transactions under false pretenses, as the selling of articles under false labels; fraudulent conveyance of real estate to defraud creditors; changes in contracts after they have been signed, either by one party without the consent of the other, or by the two principals without the consent of the sureties ; all acts of officers of corporations in their official capacity, in furtherance of their private ends; fictitious bidding at auctions for the purpose of raising the bids of bona Jide pur- chasers ; collusion between the auctioneer and private individ- uals to defraud owner, and the like. The particular class of illegal acts in this category which has especial interest to engineers, is that referring to changes in contracts agreed to by the principals without the consent of the sureties or bondsmen. In all such cases if the changes are material, that is to say, if they are such as may be said to have a money value, then if these changes be made without the con- sent of the surety, such surety can no longer be held for any damage resulting from failure of his principal to fulfill his agreement. Since such changes are almost always made in all contracts after they are signed and before the work is fully executed, and since it is very common to neglect to obtain the consent of the sureties when making all such changes, these sureties or bondsmen are nearly always relieved from liability in the manner here indicated. Furthermore, if such sureties are consulted in regard to the proposed changes and they LEGALITY. 17 should not choose to give their consent, then if they are still to be held for the fulfillment of the contract their consent to such changes must be purchased, the same as must be done with the principal himself as provided for in the specifications or con- tract. Because of this common oversight and the resulting relief of these sureties, or of their opposition to allowing changes to be made in case they are consulted, it is becoming customary to provide some other kind of guarantee of fulfill- ment, other than that of personal sureties. 11. Contracts Opposed to Public Policy. These contracts may relate to all such acts as may be shown to be detrimental to the public welfare. Such as acts which would tend to injure the public service, or to obstruct the course of justice, or to encourage litigation, or as have an immoral tend- ency, or as will restrain the freedom of trade, or as will dimin- ish the security of property and life. As such contracts in general have no immediate bearing upon the work of engineers they will not be further enlarged upon here. There is, however, a class of agreements commonly entered into by the principals to an engineering contract which are often construed in the courts as against the public policy, which will be discussed in the following article. 12. Agreements Which Refer to Arbitration. The following discussion of this subject is taken bodily from Lawson on Contracts, being article 318 of that work. ♦*An agreement that matters which have arisen or may arise between the parties shall be referred to an arbitrator or arbitrators is not binding and either party may have recourse to the courts notwithstanding it. The reason of the rule is by some traced to the jealousy of the courts and a desire to repress any attempt to encroach on the exclusiveness of their jurisdic- tion, and by others to an aversion on the part of the courts from reason of public policy to sanction contracts by which the protection which the law affords the citizen is renounced. "But when a contract contains a condition which provides that disputes arising out of it shall be referred to arbitration, 2 18 LAW OF CONTRACTS. the validitv of such a condition depends upon rather a fine dis- tinction. Where the ainoimt of da??iage sustained by a breach of the contract is to be ascertained by specified arbitra- tion before any right of action arises, the condition is good ; but where all matters in dispute, of whatever sort, are to be referred to arbitrators and to them alone, the condition is ille- gal. The one imposes a condition precedent to a right of action accruing, the other endeavors to prevent any right of action accruing at all. As well put by an English judge: 'If a tenant covenant that he will cultivate the demised land in a husband-like manner and also covenants that if any dispute shall arise in respect thereof it shall be referred to arbitration, an action may nevertheless be maintained ; but where the cove- nant is to pay such damages as shall be ascertained by an arbi- trator, no action will lie until he has ascertained them.' "The principle is frequently applied in the United States to contracts for the construction of buildings, railroads, canals and other works involving numerous details. These contracts give rise to many questions \vhich a court of law might reasona-" bly send to a referee, and the parties may agree that such questions, shall be determined by an architect or engineer or by arbitra- tors, and that such determination, or a bona jide effort to obtain it, shall be a condition precedent to the right to bring an action on the contract. Contracts of insurance usually con- tain similar clauses. Thus an insurance policy provided that, in case of differences arising touching any loss or damage., the matter might at the request of either party be submitted to impartial arbitrators w^hose award in A^riting should be binding on the parties to the amount of such loss or damage, 'but shall not decide the liability of the company under this policy;' also, 'it is furthermore mutually agreed that no suit or action against this company for the recovery of any claim by virtue of this policy shall be sustainable in any court of law or chancery until an award shall have been obtained fixing the amount of such claim in the manner hereinabove provided.' It was held that no suit could be sustained against the objection of the company until an award had been made, although neither party previous to the suit had requested arbitration. But it must be expressly stipulated in all cases that the award or determination is a conditio7z precedent to the right of action en the contract, or the agreement to arbitrate will be of no effect. Agreements of a similar nature have been held illegal, as aiming to oust the jurisdictionof the courts; as, for example, a provision in the by-laws of a benefit association that the decision of the officers on the claim of a member shall be final and conclusive. And parties are not allowed by contract to vary the procedure in the courts prescribed by statute. In Illi- AGREEMENT. , 19 nois a lease contained a provision that the landlord should have the rio^ht to take immediate judgment aganist the tenant in case of a default on his part without giving the notice and demand for possession and filing the complaint required by the statute. It was held that such a provision was illegal." 13. The Engineer as Arbitrator. In the carrying out of engineering and building contracts, the specifications are usually so written as to make the engineer or architect an arbitra- tor on almost all questions which can possibly arise under the contract, and it is usual to specify that his decisions thereon shall be final and conclusive. In view of what is given in the previous article it is evident that such a clause can not operate to prevent a case being brought before the courts under such a con- tract, but when it has been so brought it evidently will operate to sustain the decisions of the engineer on all points which may be construed by the court as '-'•conditions precedent'' to final settlement. On all questions of fact, however, which the court can pass upon as well as the engineer, and on all ques- tions of law the court would retain its jurisdiction notwithstand- the agreement of both parties to submit all questions to the arbitration of the engineer, whose decisions were to be "final and conclusive.'* On all questions which the engineer is, from the circumstances of the case, especially competent to deter- mine, as to quantities and classification, as well as all questions which are more or less matters of opinion as classification of materials and perfection of work done, the decision of the engineer will be sustained under such a clause, provided it be not shown that he has acted fraudulently in the matter. See Articles 85 and loS. AGREEMENT. 14. Mutual Assent. In order that a contract shall be binding on both parties to an agreement it must have been under- 20 LAW OF CONTRACTS. stood and assented to by both in the very same sense. How- ever clear the agreement would appear to be on its face, if it can be shown that the proposition was not mutually understood in the same sense it can not, in general, be enforced. It must not be understood, however, that all pleas of having misunder- stood the plain and express provisions of a written contract will relieve the party making such claim from liability under it. In other words the mental agreement is evidenced by the language used in expressing such agreement, and the law will presume that such words were understood, provided their meaning is plain and evident. Furthermore whatever a man's real inten- tion may be, if he so acts as to lead another person to reasona- bly suppose that he was assenting to a given proposition, and this person proceeds on this assumption, the other party so act- ing becomes bound by the proposition. The agreement is not consummated until each party has communicated to the other, either orally, by letter, or by overt acts, his intention in the matter. The secret or mental acceptance of a proposition by one or both of the parties to it does not complete a legal agreement, until this mental act has been communicated to the other party. A person making an offer, whether orally, by messenger, by mail, or by telegraph, or by public advertisement, must allow a reasonable time for its acceptance, provided no time limit is stated in the proposition. If the acceptance is returned by the same agency used in sending the offer, the contract is completed at the time such acceptance is delivered to such agency, whether the party sending the offer ever receives such acceptance or not. A person is bound by the acts of the agent of his own selection, and the failure of this agent to deliver to him the acceptance does not operate to prevent the completion of the contract. For instance, a proposition sent by mail is accepted at the time the letter of acceptance is deposited in the postoffice or letter box, and a proposition sent by telegraph is AGREEMENT. 21 accepted and the contract completed at the time of the delivery of a telegraphic reply at the telegraph otfice or to a telegraphic messenger. If the person receiving the offer wishes it to remain open for a definite length of time, longer than might be construed as reasonable, if no time is specified, he must pay to the other party something which may be construed as a consideration for the privilege of acceptance for such specified time. On the other hand, the party accepting can withdraw his acceptance if he can succeed in having his withdrawal presented to the first party before his acceptance has been received. Thus an accept- ance by mail may be withdrawn by telegraph, provided the telegram is received before the letter. A mere offer may be withdrawn at any time before it is accepted, unless a consideration has been paid for the privi- lege of acceptance for a definite time as above described. A formal notice of withdrawal is not always necessary, as when the party receiving the offer becomes aware of the sale of the property in the mean time to another. When an offer is made by mail or telegraph the means used for communicating the offer become the recognized agent of the party making such offer, and the party receiving it is at liberty to accept it as received, even though a mistake may have been made in the transmission of the same. Thus if an offer is made by telegraph, and an error has been made in transmitting the same, the erroneous proposition may be accepted either by mail or telegraph, and the party making such offer is bound. His only remedy is to sue the telegraph company for damages. This is because the party making the proposition assumed all responsibility for the correctness of the transmission by the agency selected by him. When an offer has been made and no consideration paid to keep it open for a given time, it is supposed to stand for 22 XAW OF CONTKACTS. what the law will consider a reasonable time, the actual length of time depending altogether on the nature of the transaction. 15. Qualified assent. Whenever a proposition made by one party is accepted by another with any kind of qualifi- cation or change of the conditions or wording of the original proposition, such an acceptance is simply the making of a counter proposition to the first party, and does not constitute an agreement until such party has in turn assented fully to the entire proposition as last stated, and if he again assents to the proposition with further changes or amendments, it becomes again a new proposition, which must be agreed to by the second party, before it becomes binding on the party to whom it is sent. The assent which finally makes of the offer or proposi- tion a binding contract, is the full, absolute, and unconditional acceptance of its terms. 16. Qualified offers. The party making the offer has the right to prescribe in it the time, place, form, or other con- dition of acceptance, in which case such offer can be accepted only in the manner prescribed. This privilege on the part of the proposer does not enable him to impose the condition, how- ever, that a failure to receive an acceptance by a certain time will be construed as an acceptance. In other words, he may not impose the conditions of refusal. 17. Implied acceptance. An offer may be accepted by merely acting upon it, the act becoming an acceptance from the time it was performed. Thus an offer to purchase goods may be accepted by simply shipping the goods, or in the case of a published offer of a reward for the apprehension of a criminal, the act of apprehending is construed as both an acceptance and fulfillment of the contract. 18. Failure of agreement by mistake. The parties to an agreement -are bound to the fulfillment of the same in AGREEMENT. 23 accordance with the plain intent and meaning of the language used, whether oral or written, provided the meaning of this lan- guage be clear, and neither party is allowed to plead either carelessness in the reading of the terms thereof or ignorance of the meaning of the language used. It goes almost without saying, however, that apparent or evident mistakes in the use of lan- guage will be corrected by the court. However, the following kinds of mistakes will lead to a decision tiiat no contract was really entered into because of utter failure of the parties to agree to the same thing. (a) Mistake concerning nature of transaction, as where a person, by mistake, signs a document of an entirely different character from that which he intended to sign, as where he signs a bond instead of a petition, or a deed instead of a lease, the two documents being similar in form and appearance. In such cases it is held that the "mind of the signer did not accompany the signature" and therefore he never agreed to such a proposition. If it can be shown, however, that the mistake resulted from negligence to read the terms of the proposition, and that while the signer understood in a gen- eral way the character of the document, but did not read it over carefully, or perhaps did not read it at all, he will he held! to the contract because of his culpable negligence. This only holds where the plea of fraud on the part of the other party to the contract is not maintained. (b) Mistake concerning person with whom con- tract is made, as "where A contracts with B, thinking that he is contracting with C, there can obviously be no contract, for B not being present to A's mind, A can not be a consenting party to a contract with B." This, of course, does not affect contracts made through agents, when the agency is declared. (c) Mistake concerning Subject-matter of Con- tract. If the parties contracting engage themselves concenii- 24 LAW OF CONTRACTS. ing a thing which does not exist, such a mistake avoids the contract, because of the nonexistence of the subject-matter. This applies to property which may have ceased to exist before the contract is signed, although both of the parties were ignorant of the fact. In all cases, however, where the existence of the subject-matter is in the mind of the proposer more or less doubt- ful and yet the offer which he makes is unconditional, he can be held for damages resulting from failure, even though the subject-matter be nonexistent. A mistake prevents the consummation of a contract also, where each of the parties has in mind a different subject-matter from the other. This applies to mistakes which may be con- sidered legitimate, as where the same words apply with equal force to different things, or in the case of an oral contract where the language was clearly misunderstood, from a failure to hear the words which were really spoken. The remedy for a contract entered into under a mistake is the privilege of repudiating it on the part of the person who made the mistake, or the privilege of recovering, by a suit at law, part payment which may have been made, it being under- stood that the contract has not been fully executed by a com- plete payment. Or the case may be brought into a court of equity, and justice obtained by having the court correct the terms of the agreement, it being assumed in all these cases that no fraud has been committed. 19. Misrepresentation in the Contract. In order that a misrepresentation of facts may make a contract invalid, it must have been made with a fraudulent intent. The mere falsity of a statement of a material fact in the contract, however much it may have misled the other party, will not invalidate the document, unless a fraudulent motive accompanied the misrepresentation. It is necessary, therefore, to prove the motive of the misrepresentation before the validity of the con- tract can be passed upon. AGREEMENT. 25 If, however, a particular term in the contract or some integral part of it is based upon a misstatement of fact, which term or integral part can be passed upon separately from the body of the contract, such a misrepresentation is equivalent to a promise by the party making it, and if not fulfilled the other party can recover damages. This, however, does not invalidate the contract as a whole. A nondisclosure of fact is equivalent to a misrepresenta- tion of fact, provided the disclosure properly accompanied the transaction. Fraudulent misrepresentation will be treated in the follow- ing article. Contracts for insurance, whether marine, fire, or life, and contracts for the purchase of stock in corporations, also con- tracts between parties occupying intimate and confidential rela- tions with each other may be invalidated by misrepresentation of fact, which would not invalidate ordinary business or engi- neering contracts. (See a general treatise on the Law of Con- tracts for these cases.) 20. Invalidity of Contract through Fraud. As a general rule fraud vitiates all contracts. That is to say, fraudulent misrepresentation by one party enables the other or injured party to declare the contract void from fraud, or he may enforce the contract against the defrauding party, at his own option. The defrauding party, however, has no option or privilege in the way of declaring the contract void. In other words, should he find that the contract was adverse to his inter- ests, he could not plead his own fraudulent act to his own benefit. Fraud in the sense here used consists in a "false repre- sentation of fact made by the party who is charged with it, with a knowledge of its falsehood, or in reckless disregard whether it be true or false, with the intention that it shall be acted upon 26 LAW OF CONTKACTS. by the complaining parU*, and actually inducing him to act upon it to his damage." ''From the above definition the following essential ele- ments of fraud may with profit be stated separately.: (a) A false representation. (^) A misrepresentation of fact, (c) A representation made by the /tzr/v c^ar^^^. (r/) Knozuled^e of its falsity or a reckless indifference in the matter, (e) An intention that it shall be acted upon by the other party. (/) A reliance upon it by the other party. (^) Damage to the party deceived." Unless each and every one of the above essential elements of fraudulent misrepresentation be proved", the con- tract can not be avoided on the score of fraud. The false representation also must refer to some material fact. Furthermore the concealment or nondisclosure of a material fact in an active manner, that is to say, an active pre- vention of the disclosure of material facts, may constitute fraud- ulent misrepresentation. Where the one partv* knows that he is being trusted by the other party and relied upon for the disclosure of material facts, as is the case when a contractor relies upon the engineer or architect to disclose to him the material facts pertainmg to the work to be done, this rule will be more rigidlv applied than when no such confidence is imposed. A concealment of the real value of goods shipped by express or freight, or by other agency, in order to obtain such shipment at a lower rate, is a fraudulent misrepresentation. While the vendor or seller of an article is not obliged to make known to the purchaser the defects of the article, when such defects can be discovered by the buyer, yet a deliberate hiding of such defects on his part will be considered a fraudu- lent misrepresentation. As to defects which can not be dis- covered by the buyer, the vendor is bound to make known to him such defects as he himself may be aware of. AGREEMENT. 27 While known false representation of the quality or defects of an article made by either seller or buyer, for the purpose of gaining the advantage in a transaction is fraudulent, the pur- chaser, however, is not obliged to disclose his knowledge of the real value of an article, which is offered to him below its actual value. On questions which may be considered matters of opinion rather than questions of fact, misrepresentations do not consti- tute fraud ; only misrepresentations of known facts fall in this category. What is not really known may be misrepresented without invalidating the contract. Neither do false representa- tions of future intention, or of questions of law, constitute fraud. The fraudulent misrepresentation must have been made by the party charged or by his agent, or with his connivance and knowledge. The fraud of a third person does not invalidate the contract between two others. The misrepresentation must be known to be false. Some- times a contract may be set aside because of violent injustice resulting from a false representation, which was, however, believed to be true. Frequently, however, a party may make extravagant statements in a reckless manner for the purpose of influencing the other party to a transaction, not knowing whether his statements be true or not. In such a case the will- ful negligence or recklessness as to the truth of his positive statements will act to invalidate the contract, provided such statements prove to be false, the same as though he had known them to be false. The false statements must also be made with the expecta- tion that they are to be believed and acted upon. Extravagant aflSrmations made in a jocular manner, and not expected to be believed, would not constitute fraud. The misrepresentation must be accepted as true, and be acted upon before the fraud is perfected. The burden of proof 28 LAW OF CONTRACTS. here' lies upon the party charging fraud, to show that he did really act upon the statements made. It is not necessary that he shall show that the fraudulent statements formed the sole basis of his action. He need only show that they contributed materially to that end, and that the action would not have been consummated without them. A false representation as to one of several material matters in a contract operates to vitiate the entire agreement. The party claiming fraud must also show that some actual damage has been suffered. It would not be sufficient cause for the annulling of a contract to show that one was fraudulently led to the payment of a just debt, since no damage has in this case been sustained. 21. Remedy of party defrauded. Immediately on discovering the fraud the party defrauded should take action, and he has his option of the following courses, the last two being remedies. (a) He may enforce the contract against the defraud tng party, or take no action whatever, and allow the contract to be enforced against himself. If he does not take action on dis- covery of the fraud, he will be supposed to have consented to the enforcement of the contract, notwithstanding such fraud, and he will lose his option of resisting such enforcement. (^) He may at once give notice of the rescission or rescinding of the contract on his part, because of fraud claimed to have been perpetrated by the other party, and he may bring suit to recover damages, or he may either by word or act give evidence to the other party of his intention to treat the contract as null and void. (c) If it be practicable to reinstate the parties in their original relative relations, he may sue for such restoration. That is to say, if goods have been delivered, they may be recov- ered if practicable. AGEEEMENT. 29 Any action under the contract in the way of acknowledg- ing its force by the party defrauded, after he has discovered the fraud, will operate to make the contract binding upon him, as he will be assumed to have deliberately forfeited his right of rescission. It must be understood, also, that he can not con- sent to the operation of a portion of the contract with the privi- lege of rejecting another portion of it to which the fraud may more directly relate. Since fraud vitiates the entire contract, the defrauded party must forfeit his privilege of rejection entirely by agreeing to its terms notwithstanding the fraud, or he must reject it entirely and in all its parts. He can not obtain the benefit of a part and reject another part. Outside of the rights described above, arising under the contract itself, the defrauded party has the privilege at common law of bringing action for deceit to cover such damage as he may have sustained as a result of such fraudulent misrepresen- tation. This action is in addition to his privilege of avoiding or rescinding the contract itself. Furthermore a party defrauded of his property may recap- ture it, if he is able to do so without unnecessary violence and without a breach of the peace, without recourse to the law^ and its agencies. 22. Invalidity of Contract through Duress. '* A person is said to have acted under duress when he does or promises to do any act not of his own free will, but in conse- quence of unlawful physical restraint imposed by another, or in consequence of threats made by another, either to do him some great bodily harm, or to unlawfully destroy his property, or deprive him of the same. Promises made under duress will not be enforced, and money paid, or property transferred under duress may be recovered." Contracts entered into under duress as above defined are voidable at the option of the constrained party, the same as 30 LAW OF CONTRACTS. though fraud had been perpetrated upon him. The contract is not voidable, however, at the option of the other party. • 23. Invalidity of Contract through Undue In- fluence. Where the parties occupy a confidential relation to each other, or from long association and other peculiar circum- stances affording the proper and sufficient opportunities, courts of equity take cognizance of what may be called undue influ- ence, which may act the same as fraud in persuading the person to enter into an unfair and unreasonable contract. Such are the relations of the members of one family, or those of guar- dian and ward, attorney and client, priest and parishioner, physician and patient, as well as those where mental weakness from old age or sickness and the like, furnish suitable oppor- tunities. The remedies in the case of undue influence are the same as those in the case of fraud, except that the influenced party does not lose his rights of choice of remedies by delay in action, since it is unfair to assume that such a party can sud- denly recover his normal independence. CONSIDERATION. 24. Consideration Defined. All business contracts such as an engineer will be called upon to enforce must always be supported by a valuable consideration ; otherwise they are not enforceable. As such a consideration is always named and specifically determined in all engineering contracts, it is not necessary to go into that subject here very fully. A "valuable consideration" in the eyes of the law is '''-some rights interest^ profit ^ or benejit^ accruing to one party ^ or some forbearance^ detriment^ loss, or resp07isibility given, suffered, or undertaken by the other. ^^ CONSIDERATION. 31 Such a consideration is necessary to enforce a written agreement the same as would be necessary with an oral agree- ment. A contract under seal, however, does not require a con- sideration to enforce it. This is the principal- and character- istic difference between contracts under seal, and ordinary- written or oral contracts, both of which latter class constitute what is known as simple or parole agreements. It is not necessary that the consideration be named in the agreement, or that the fact of consideration should appear in the agreement; it is only necessary that there shall be a con- sideration in fact. In cases of promissory notes and other negotiable paper, the presumption is that there was in fact a consideration, whether named in the document or not, and the burden of proof rests upon the maker of the note to show that there was in fact no consideration. In the states of California, Iowa, Indiana, Kansas, Ken- tucky and Missouri, an agreement made in writing is presumed by statute law to be founded on a consideration, and is there- fore placed on the same basis as holds generally for negotiable paper. Here again the burden of proof rests upon the defendant to show that there was in fact no consideration. In both the above cases if it can be shown that the promise was not supported by what the law will construe as a valuable con- sideration, the agreement or contract fails. A promise made without a valuable consideration is con- strued by the law to be gratuitous, and not enforceable, even though the party to whom it was made has acted upon it, and has sustained serious loss or damage thereby.* 25. Adequacy of Consideration. It is not neces- sary that the consideration named, or implied, or shown to exist by any. acceptable evidence shall be adequate to support 32 LAW OF CONTKACTS. the promise. So long as it is valuable at all, in the sense defined in the previous article it w^ill support the full promise. The question of adequacy ot consideration will not be allowed to be put in evidence except for some ulterior purpose, as when it is attempted to prove fraud. Here the law seems to conflict wnth the principles of right and justice ; but for the court to inquire into the adequacy of a consideration would make nearly all contracts subject to litiga- tion and the freedom and rights of the individual would be greatly curtailed. This rule as to adequacy, however, does not apply to the exchange of sums of money, for instance, whose absolute values are fixed and known. In this case the consid- eration must be adequate and equal. When the consideration is grossly inadequate, suit may be brought in equity and the courts will in that case sometimes vary the terms of the agreement in the interest of justice. Neither is it necessary that the consideration should have any assignable money value, as is plainly implied in the defini- tion of a consideration given in the previous article. Thus mutual promises are each a consideration for the enforcement of th« other, but when the promise of one of the parties includes no more than it was already his legal duty to perform, such a promise will not support a promise made by the oppo- site party. For example, if A owes B a sum of money, and interest thereon which is due^ and A promises to pay B the interest if he will extend the loan, which B promises to do, here B's promise to extend the loan is not supported by a valuable consideration and is therefore not enforceable. Again a promise to pay to a public officer more than his lawful fee for the performance of a public duty, is not enforceable. . 26. Agreement to Take Less than is Due. A very common case in the execution of contracts is that of an agreement by one of the parties to receive or accept less than the contract calls for. It is important here to distinguish CONSIDERATION. 33 between sums of money or matters which are in dispute, and sums of money or matters which are not in dispute. •If one of the parties agrees to accept a sum of money less than that which is avowedly due him, such an agreement is not enforceable, because of failure of consideration, unless some condition of performance accompanied the offer which may be construed as a consideration. If, however, the sum of money claimed by A is disputed by the other party B, and never has been acknowledged by B as being the amount owed, then and in that case an agreement on the part of A to accept less than his claim, when accepted by B, is enforceable. This is because no agreement had been made previous to this compromise arrangement. Similarly an agreement on the part of the owner to accept a less amount of work or a cheaper construction on the part of the contractor than that contained in the written specifications is not enforceable, unless it is supported by some further act on the part of the contractor, or by a corresponding change in the price of the work, which may be construed as a considera- tion. If, however, the original contract provided for such changes as these by agreement without further consideration, such further agreements simply modify the terms of the origi- nal contract and become a part thereof without a new considera-. tion being required. Where several creditors enter into a mutual agreement among themselves and with the debtor to take less than is acknowledged to be due them, and to discharge their several debts, such an agreement is held to rest on a sufficient consid- eration, since these mutual promises are evidently for their mutual benefit, and therefore all do receive a valuable consid- eration in support of such promises. If it is desired or intended that an agreement shall hold without a correspDudin;^ co isideration, such as have been referred to above, it is only necessary to execute the new agree- 3 34 LAW OF CONTRACTS. ment under seal, in which case a consideration is not required. When a person brings suit against another or threatens to do so, for a sum of money claimed in good faith to be due, not evidenced by a note or promise to pay, the dismissal of such suit, or a promise not to bring it, is a sufficient consideration for a promise by the party sued, or threatened to be sued, to pay to the claimant a sum of money, or for a promise to do any other lawful act. In the case of an engineering contract, an agreement by the parties to vary the terms of the original contract, which variation may not have been provided for in such contract, an agreement to vary the conditions in one particular must be supported by a consideration in the way of an agree- ment to vary the terms of the original contract in some other particular which may be accepted as a consideration, or some other and new consideration must be provided for in order to support such agreement. Thus, if A has agreed to build a house for B in accordance with certain plans and speci- fications with no provision for changes of plan, if B consents to a change in the plans by which the cost is reduced, without any consideration being agreed upon or mentioned for such change of plans, B has the privilege of changing his mind, and of enforcing the original agreement, since the second agreement was not supported by a consideration. In like manner, should A consent to a change of plans without naming a consideration he can not be held to such an agree- ment even though it be made in writing, but may continue to carry out the original agreement, which alone is bindmg. In other words, all subsequent or auxiliary agreements or changes in the original contract not provided for in the original docu- ment are in fact new contracts and must each and all be sup- ported by a consideration. Promises or contracts which have been fully executed can not be inquired into by law, as to whether there may have been CONSIDERATION. 35 no consideration. Thus money which has been paid without consideration can not be recovered, and for work executed before a promise to pay has been given or implied, no recovery or compensation can be obtained. Of this general character are gifts which have been made, the article having been deliv^ered to the donee. They can not be recovered, neither can payment for them be enforced. An exception to this is where property has been given away to defraud creditors. In this case the person receiving the gift may be compelled to restore it to the creditor, or so much thereof as will discharge the creditor's claim against the donor. 27. As to Waiver of Legal Rights. An apparent exception to the general rule that a promise must be supported by a consideration is an agreement to waive a statutory right of defense. Thus "a promise to pay a debt barred by the statute of limitations, or by a discharge in bankruptcy, though made without consideration is enforceable, * and a promise by an endorser of a bill or note to pay it, although the endorser knows that he has been released from all liability, from the note not having been protested when due, is likewise binding." In these cases the new promise is equivalent simply to waiving the legal rights of the party, after which the old promise is again restored to its legal status, which former promise was supported by a consideration. "But when a debt has been canceled by the act of the parties, as by a release under seal, which would require no consideration, a subsequent promise to pay the debt, notwith- standing the release, is not valid unless supported by a consid- eration." In this case the former promise or agreement had been obliterated by a subsequent release under seal, and h^nce a new contract would have to be made. 36 LAW OF CONTKACTS. CONTRACTS UNDER SEAL. 28. Classes of Sealed Contracts. While any con- tract may be executed under seal, and so become a sealed contract, under the common law, the following must be exe- cuted under seal to become binding, namely: («) Gratuitous promises. (<5) Contracts with corporations, (d:) Conveyan- ces of real estate. (.ing mortars. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT, MOllTAR, ETC. 149 The strength of cement and cement mortar depends j^reatly on the fineness of the cement. This is usually tested by pa-^sing it through a sieve of from 50 to 100 meshes per lineal inch, having from 2,500 to 10,000 meshes per square inch. The 100 mesh sieve is much to be preferred, and is usually specified in the case of Portland cement, since proba- bly only the particles which would pass through such a sieve are really efficient or active in the process of hardening, the coarser parts being inert, or as so much sand. A cement mortar is a thorough mixture of sand with cement, first in a dry state, usually in the proportion of one of cement to two of sand by measure, with natural cements, and one of cement to three or four of sand when Portland cement is used. After these ingredients have been effectually mixed, sufficient water is added to reduce the composition to the desired consistency. It is important that the sand should be clean, or free from all earthy ingredients. It is common also to specify that it shall be sharp ; that is to say, the grains should not be too much rounded. Ocean beach sand is apt to be very much worn, and not sharp in this sense. River or bank sand is usually preferred on this account. In specifying the proportions of sand and cement to be used in making up a cement mortar, it is customary simply to name so many parts of sand to one part of cement, by meas- ure. It would, as a rule, be inconvenient to determine this ratio by weight, but a determination by measure is subject to serious objections. For instance, a barrel or original package of cement, when dumped or turned out upon a mixing platform in a loose and fluffy condition will have nearly 50 per cent, more volume than it had in the original j^ackage. It is necessary, therefore, in order that the meaning of the specifications shall be clear, to indicate whether the proportions by volume shall be taken with the cement in the original package, or in a loose state, after having been emptied from such package. It is per- 150 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. haps more convenient to measure the cement after it has been emptied from the original package. In any case the engineer should decide which method he proposes to adopt, and reveal this decision in the specifications themselves. The following specification for the making of cement mortar is satisfactory in every respect, except that it does not indicate whether the cement is to be measured in the original package, or in a loose condi- tion. Since all kinds of cement set or harden by a kind of crystallizing process, and in some cases this action begins almost immediately after the cement has been wet down, it is necessary to use the mortar as quickly as possible after it has been mixed. In the case of Portland cement, and some of the slow setting natural cements, an hour or two may be allowed to elapse between the wetting of the mortar and its final use upon the work, but, in the case of such quick setting cements as the Louisville, the mortar should be finally placed in the work within thirty minutes of the time it is first wet. If cement mortar is used after it has begun to set, it will be permanently weakened, and if used very long after it has begun to set, it will remain inert and will never hard -n. Mortar shall be composed of one measure of cement and two measures of sand, and shall be mixed on a t'ght platform as follows: One measure of sand shall be evenly distributed on the platform ; and one measure of cement shall be distributed on the sand, and a second measure of sand shall be distributed on the cement. The sand and cement shall then be thoroughly mixed in a dry state, being turned over with shovels until this is accomplished. Water shall then be added in a sufficient qu;tntity to convert the sand and cement into a mortar which will stand in a pile and not be fluid enough to flow. During the application of the water the mass must be constantly turned with shovels, so that the mortar will be of uniform consistency. O. B. 128. Cement Concrete. Cement concrete is usually composed of cement mortar as described in the previous article, mixed with broken stone. It may, however, be composed of cement mortar mixed with gravel. If gravel can be procured free from earthy matter, varying in size from coarse sand to SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT, MORTAR^ ETC. 151 stones not more than about two inches in diameter, it would serve a better purpose in the manufacture of concrete than does broken stone. Experiments have shown also, that when stone is broken in a stone crusher and not screened, so that all the finer parts remain in, including the stone dust, a stronger con- crete results than with the use of the same quantity of screened stone. The ideal cement concrete is such a mixture of material of graded size, from the largest used down to the finest sand, as will make a nearly solid mass, when properly mixed. This may then be solidified by uniting with it such an amount of finely ground cement as will serve to completely coat each and every particle of sand, gravel,, or stone, and fill the small voids remaining after the graded materials have been thoroughly and uniformly mixed. Since crushed rock is always angular it will be often impossible to make as solid a concrete mass with it as can be made by the use of gravel. When gravel is used it is best to have it screened to a series of regularly graded sizes, and then such proportions of each successive smaller size used as will serve to fill the voids in the larger size. The cement, finally fills the voids between the small sand grains. The sand and cement should always be very thoroughly mixed dry, then the coarser material should be thoroughly wet and the excess of water drained off, after which the mixed sand and cement should be incorporated with the moistened gravel or rock, and a sufficient amount of water added while the mix- ing is in progress as will reduce the entire mass to the proper consistency. The most effectual mixing can be done by machinery, but it is more commonly done by hand. Perhaps the best cement mixer is a cubical box mounted on trunions at its diagonally opposite corners into which the proper propor- tions of the constituent parts, including the water, are placed and the whole given a certain number of revolutions. There are various kinds of continuous mixtures into which the proper 152 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. proportions of the several ingredients are thrown somewhat at random^ and from which the concrete is supposed to continu- ously fall upon the work in a properly mixed condition. This method is probably fully equal to hand mixing, but is not as satisfactory as the use of the cubical box above described. Concrete should always be laid in courses of from six to nine inches in depth, and thoroughly rammed in place in order to compact it effectually. If several courses are to be laid in order to obtain the required depth of concrete, one course should fbllozv another as rapidly as possible^ in order that they may become effectually joined, and form finally one monolithic mass. The courses already laid, however, should not be dis- turbed, after the concrete has begun to take a set. Whtn the work is interrupted at the end of a day, and other courses of concrete are to be laid the following day, and especially when Sunday intervenes, the top of the concrete should be covered and kept wet, and when the next course is laid the top surface of the former should be thoroughly water soaked, and all earthy matter removed from it. Masonry or other heavy weights should not be laid upon concrete until it has been allowed to harden, usually as much as twenty-four hours. In the case of quick setting natural cements, however, twelve hours may be suflicient. Since successive freezing and thawing will prevent the ultimate hardening of cement mortar, it is customary to pre- scribe that no masonry or concrete in which cement mortar is employed shall be laid in freezing weather. It is a well estab- lished fact, however, that Portland cement mortar is not injured by freezing if it remains in a frozen condition for a considerable length of time. Again, when the temperature is not too low, but below freezing, freezing of the rnortar may be prevented by adding salt to the water in making the mortar, or the ingre- dients of concrete may be heated so that the concrete will have set before freezing can take place. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT, MOIITAR, ETC. 153 Tie following specification for cement concrete inc'iides as a constituent part of it the specification for cement mortar in the previous article. That which is given below is supposed to follow directly upon the previous quotation, the whole con- stituting a specification for cement concrete. The broken stone shall be wetted down and then' thor- oughly mixed with the mortar by turning it over with sho.els; no more stone shall be used than can be covered on all surfaces with mortar, and the proportion of broken stone in the concrete must not exceed five measures of stone to one measure of cement. All material must be actually measured in bulk. Concrete must be mixed in small and convenient quantities and immediately deposited in the work. It must be carefully placed, and not dropped from any height. It shall be laid in sections, and in horizontal layers not exceeding nine (9) inches in thickness, and it must be thoroughly rammed until the stone is covered with mortar and a film of water appears on the surface. In no case shall concrete be permitted to remain in the work if it has begun to set before the rammi g is com- pleted. When concrete is properly made the whole mass becomes one stone when it has set, and it is very important that it shall be deposited continuously in the work. All sur- faces upon which concrete is to be laid must be welted bcfoic the concrete is deposited. Plank or timber forms must be provided when necessary to confine the concrete to tlie shape and dimensions shown on the plans. Before any weight is placed on concrete it shall have as much time to set as can conveniently be allowed, and in no ^case less than twelve (12) hours. In cold weather material for concrete shall be heated as directed by the en;4ineer. The engineer v.ill issue sjoccial inbtruclions for concrete which is to be deposited under water. O. 13. The following method* of making concrete by using sea washed gravel of standard sizes as obtained from graduated screens has given most excellent results. In this mixture there were three grades of sand and gravel employed, namely, fine sand, coarse sand, and small gravel stones up to one fourth of an inch in diameter, and large gravel from one half to two inches in diameter. The proportions were one part cement, two parts fine sand, four parts coarse sand and small gravel, *See article by C. II. Platte, C. E. in Engineering News of February 21, 1S95. 154 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. and eight parts of the larger gravel, making in all one part of cement to fourteen parts of sand and gravel, by measure. The cement and fine sand were mixed dry. The two grades of gravel were then thoroughly mixed and saturated with water, the surplus water being allowed to drain off. The dry mixture of cement and sand was then uniformly spread over the wet gravel and thoroughly mixed with it. The water which remained adhering to the gravel was found sufficient to moisten the cement, and also to insure a uniform distribution of such water through the mass. The mixture was then deposited in place and thoroughly rammed, and it was found to give a very solid and strong concrete. It was found that three and one half barrels of cement were used for each four and onehalf cubic yards of concrete in place. It is said that the concrete was equal in every particular to that made of one part of cement, three parts sand, and five parts broken lime stone. This species of concrete was used in the foundations of the New York and Brooklyn bridge, and also on some of the New York City cable railways. This mixture comes very near being the ideal concrete for both solidity and economy. The following complete specification for cement mortar and concrete indicates the present practice of one of the lead- ing civil engineers of this country, and has many excellent qualities. These specifications were used in the construction of the 155th street bridge over the Harlem river, New York City. All mortar used, except for pointing, shall be composed of one part Portland cement mixed in a dry state, with two parts clean, sharp sand, free from loam; the entire quantity of water to be added, and the whole mass thoroughly incor- porated. Mortar shall only be made in batches for immediate consumption, and none used that has commenced to set. Pointing mortar shall be composed of cement and sand in equal parts, made in very small quantities, and mixed with just enough water to bind the grains. The cement used will be Rosendale or its equivalent, and jPortland. The Rosendale shall be of the best quality of SPECIFICATIONS FOR CEMENT, MORTAR, ETC. 155 established brands approved by the engineer, and showing a minimum breaking strength of seventy pounds per square inch on the twenty-four hour test. viz. : Set one hour in air, remainder of time in water. Portland cement must be of a well-established brand, English or German manufacture, and approved by the engineer. It should be a moderately slow- setting cement, weighing one hundred and six to one hundred and twelve pounds per struck bushel, not less than ninety- eight per cent, fine, using a two thousand five hundred mesh sieve, and to test neat in seven days after two hours in air,* remainder of time in water, three hundred and eighty, to four hundred and twenty-five pounds per square inch of section. When tested in cakes, all cement must be free from cracking on the edges. In general, all cements must be subject to the usual standard of inspection and testing, as recommended by the American Society of Civil Engineers. The contractor must keep on hand, under proper shelter, and convenient of access, sufficient stock of cement ahead of his wants to afford a rea- sonable time for its proper examination and testing. The sand used must be clean, sharp sand, not too fine, free from pebbles and must not soil white paper. The w^ater used must be clean, fresh water. The concrete will be mixed either by hand or machine, according to quantity needed and rapidity of requirements. Any machine used must be one of proved efficiency and reliability for uniform product. All component parts of a con- crete batch must be accurately gauged as to relative volume. Cement and sand must be thoroughly mixed dry, and the thoroughly wetted broken stone incorporated therewith, and only enough water added by sprinkling to uniformly dampen the mass without wetting it, as may be directed. The amount of water required will depend upon atmospheric conditions of heat and moisture, and due allowance must be made therefor. In hand mixing, the broken stone will be spread out upon a tight platform, within a movable frame of gauged dimensions, holding an exact manageable batch of stone, nine to twelve inches deep. The stone to be flushed off uniform with edge of frame, and thoroughly wetted, allowance being made when stone has become highly heated from the sun, when the water quickly evaporates. The sand and cement mixed dry on an adjacent platform to be then uniformly spread over the stone prepared as above. The frame will then be lifted off, and the mass shoveled over in rows, the men working from opposite sides towards each other, care being exercised not to heap the mass, but simply turn it over, keeping the original thickness. Dur- ing this process the sprinkling to be kept up to obtain the ♦This is commonly given as 24 hours in air, but kept n\oist. 156 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. required dampness. The operation to be repeated rapidly and only so often as may be necessary to obtain a uniform homo- geneous mass of concrete, which must be used as rapidly as possible. All concrete must be thoroughly rammed in layers, as may be directed, with metal rammers of an approved pat- tern, weighing from thirty to thirty-five pounds each. Corners inaccessible to direct long-handled ramming, as in air chambers of caissons, to have special devices provided to insure solid contact work. All concrete stone to be trap-rock, or a dense .fine grained blue limestone, or may be a clean screened coarse gravel, when used with Rosendale cement. All concrete stone must be clean and free from dust. There will be three grades of concrete required designated by numbers. No. I. Concrete mass on roof of caissons and filling of air chambers — one part Portland cement, two parts sand and four parts of one-half-inch clean, broken stone.* No. 2. Concrete for footings of Pier III, and hearting of all piers — one part Portland cement, two parts sand and four and one half parts broken stone, miscellaneous sizes, but none over two inches in any direction. No. 3. Common concrete in Pier II — one part Rosen- dale cement, two parts sand and five parts gravel or brokt^n stone. A. P. B. When concrete is used for the purpose of making a wall impervious to water, it must be made of small gravel or small broken stone, and it must be unusually rich. That is to say a large excess of mortar must be employed. With these precau- tions, with proper care in laying, it is possible to make a prac- tically water-tight wall of cement concrete. Such a wall or partition may be constructed between two rubble stone walls, the concrete core being relied on to make the wall practically water-tight. 129. Specifications for Stone. The following spec- ifications for stone to be used for various purposes are those in use by the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul Railway. While certain qualities of stone are here specified, no method is pre- scribed for determining these qualities. The qualities of build- ing stone are often examined by means of laboratory tests for strength, specific gravity, and for effect of freezing, and also *That is to say, crushed stone which will pass through a sieve of ^ inch mesh and be retained on a sieve of % inch mesh. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE. 157 by chemical and microscopic tests to determine composition an 1 structure. While such tests have considerable value in the absence of any knowledge from experience, they do not take the place of thut kind of knowledge which is obtained from having observed the strength and weathering qualities in actual structures which have been long exposed to the action of the elements. It is always desirable, therefore, to have stone from quarries of established reputation, the products of which have long been upon the market. For this reason where stone spec- ifications are prepared for a given locality, the engineer may inform himself of the most available kind of stone to be used at that place, and may specify two or three alternative varieties, by naming the quarries. Evidently this would not be practica- ble where general specifications are prepared for an entire railway system of such large extent as that of the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul. For this system the specifications read as follows : Stone. Bridge, block rubble and common rubble stone must be of sound and durable quality, free from flint seams, powder cracks, dry aud incipient cracks, flaws and other imperfections, and of such character as will resist the action of the weather without injury to t le masonry in the climates traversed by the railway company's lines. All stone, except riprap, shall have its top and bottom beds approximately parallel to each other and to the natural quarry beds, and shall be approximately rectangular in shape with sides perpendicular to its beds. Bridge stone shall be from 14 inches to 24 inches thick, from 4 feet to 7 feet long, and from 2 feet to 5 feet wiJe; but in no case shall its length be less than two and one half times its thickness, nor its width be less than one and one half times its thickness. Block rubble stone shall be from 8 inches to 14 inches thick, 2 feet to 5 feet long, and not less than 18 inches wide. Common rubble stone shall not be less than 6 inches thick, 16 inches long, and 10 inches wide. Riprap must be of sound stone of such quality that will not disintegrate under the action of the weather. It shall i>e of random size and shape, none to be less than 20 pounds in. weight, and the majority such as can be handled by one man. 158 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. but no stone to be larger than can be handled by two men without the use of a bar. The engineer reserves the right to specify the quarry and the particular ledge in the quarry from which the stone shall be supplied. The stone may be inspected before or after shipment from ihe quarry, at the option of the railway company, and in the former case the contractor shall furnish the inspector with full facilities for examination of the stone. The engineer reserves the right to accept or reject any or all of the stone for want of conformity with these specifications at any time previous to its being paid for in full by the railway company, notwithstanding that it may have been previously passed upon by the inspector, and in case of such rejection the title to the stone shall be in the contractor, and he shall be charged freight on the same at regular tariff rates. O. B. 130. Stone Masonry. It is not safe for the engineer to undertake to designate a particular class of masonry by a particular name, without entermg in the specifications a full description of the same. The names of classes of masonry are too indefinite and are used in too many senses to make it safe to pursue such a course. The engineer should, therefore, describe in considerable detail exactly the kind of masonry construction he desires, and he need not give to such masonry any particular class name. If he does use class names, he should define them clearly in the body of the specifications. Specifications will be given below for several different kinds of masonry. In laying masonry and in writing the specifications for the same, three particular ends should be constantly in mind. These are: («) evenness and equality of bearing in support- ing the superimposed load ; (<$) so far as possible an entire absence of voids or openings in the body of the work ; and (c) so effectual a bonding of the mass as to cause it to act so far as possible as a monolithic structure. If the masonry occu- pies a prominent situation so that its appearance is a matter of importance, the exterior surfaces may be made to conform to any desired plan. The following specifications are thought to SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY. 159 be self explanatory. They are the general specifications for bridge masonry used by the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railway. While these specifications do not require a very expensive grade of work, if fairly carried out they will produce permanent monolithic structures of great strength, provided a good quality of stone and cement have been employed, the specifications for which are issued separately. Bridge Maso7iry, All masonry shall be built according to the plans and instructions furnished by the engineer, and when built by con- tract will be measured, estimated, and paid for by the cubic yard, and only to the amount of cubical contents of the same as planned and laid out. All masonry built by contract shall be subject to the super- vision of an inspector whose duties it shall be to see that the requirements of these specifications are complied with, but his presence shall in no way or in any degree lessen the responsi- bility of the contractor or his obligations. The stone used in bridge masonry shall be of the quality and dimensions described and known as bridge stone in this company's specifications for stone. The stone shall be carefully cut and dressed, forming headers and stretchers, which must be laid in regular horizontal courses in good cement mortar, with beds and builds level, the end and side joints vertical and broken at least fifteen (15) inches. All foundation or footing courses must be made of select large stones not less than eighteen (18) inches in thickness and having a superficial area of at least fifteen (15) square feet. No course of stone shall be less than fourteen (14) nor more than twenty-four (24) inches in thickness and each course shall be continuous around and through the wall, the courses decreasing, when at all, regularly in thickness from the bottom to the top of the wall. Face stones shall be composed of headers and stretchers, and each stone in any course shall be of the exact thickness of the one adjoining it. The outer surfaces are to be rock face, but the edges shall be brought to lines corresponding to the finished dimensions of the masonry, and there shall be no pro- jections of over four (4) inches beyond these lines. The beds and joints of face stone shall be dressed back at least twelve (12) inches from the face of the wall and must be brought to a joint of not more than one half (^) an inch when 160 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. laid. The under bed must extend to the extreme back of the stone; no overhang whatever will be allowed. Stretchers shall not be less in length than two and one half (2^) times their height, and no stone shall have a less width than one and one half (i/^) times its thickness. Headers at least four (4) feet long, when the thickness of the wall will permit, shall be put in frequently to bond the wall, and they shall be so arranged that the headers of any course shall fall between the headers of the course immediately beiow it. There shall be one header to every two (2) stretchers, and they shall, as far as practicable, hold the size back into the heart of the wall that they show in the face. When the walls do not exceed four (4) feet in thickness headers must run entirely through the wall, and in pier work a number of them shall extend through, even though the walls are of a greater thickness than this. When walls exceed four (4) feet in thickness, there shall be as many headers of the same size in the back of the wall- as in the face, and so arranged that a header in the rear of the wall shall be between two headers in the front. The backing and interior of the walls shall be of large, well shaped stone of a thickness equal to that of the corre- sponding face stone. No voids over six (6) inches in width shall be left between these stone, and all such void must be filled with small stones and spawls thoroughly bedded in cement mortar or grouted. When the masonry is completed, it must contain no voids, and must be, as nearly as practicable imper- vious to water. When weep holes are necessary, they will be ordered by the engineer. All stones shall be prepared by dressing and hammering before thev are brought on the wall, and. must be so shaped that their bearing beds will be parallel to their natural beds. No heavy hammering will be allowed on the wall after a course is set, and, should any irregularities occur, they must be carefully pointed off. Each stone must be laid on its broadest bed without the use of chips, pinners or levelers, in a full bed of mortar, so that no stone shall bear upon another stone at any point without a mortar joint' intervening. Care must be taken not to injure the joints of stone already laid. Should a stone be moved or the joint be broken the stone must be taken out, the mortar thoroughly cleaned from both the stone and the masonry and the stone then reset. The stones in each course shall be so arranged as to fo'rm a proper bond with the stones of the course immediately beneath it, and in no case shall this bond be less than fifteen (15) inches. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY. 161 Both the stone and the masonry must be kept free from all dirt that will interfere with the adhesion of the mortar or cement to the stone, and in warm weather the stone and the masonry must be wet with clean water just before laying. When masonry is built in freezing weather, the masonry and stone must be thoroughly freed from ice or frost by using salt and hot water, and where practicable, the stone must be held over a fire just before being set. The top surfaces of coping stones of abutments and piers are to be rough cut to a true plane, and the surfaces where the bed plates of iron bridges rest shall be bush hammered and made level. When the track is on a grade or curve, the eleva- tion both for the curvature and grade will be provided for in the ironwork. Under no circumstances will the masonry be cut on an incline for this purpose. The front face and top of all mud walls shall be rough cut to a true plane. Whenever it may be necessary to remove any part of the present masonrv in extending abutments or piers for second track work, it shall be stepped back so as to insure a sufficient bond between the new and the old work, so as to break joints nowhere less than twelve (12) inches. O. B. The following specifications for different classes of masonry are taken from the standard specifications used by the Penn- sylvania Railroad Company. In these specifications three separate classes of masonry are recognized, and for any partic- ular piece of work, it becomes necessary to specify only the class of masonry which shall be used in these general specifi- cations: Detailed plans will be prepared by the engineer for each structure, and copies of the same furnished to the contractor before the commencement of the work. All stone used for the different classes of masonry must be sound, durable and not liable to be affected by the weather, and shall be subject to the approval of the engineer. Masonry will be classified as follows: First-class masonry ^?\\ consist of ranged rock work of the best description. The face stones shall be accurately squared, jointed and bedded, and laid in regular horizontal courses, not. less than twelve inches in thickness, decreasing regularly from bottom to top of the walls. They shall consist of headers and st etchers, and there shall be at least one header to every two stretchers, and they shall be so laid that, as nearlv as practica- ble, the headers in each course shall divide equally, or nearly 11 162 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. so, the spaces between the headers in the course immediately below. Stretchers shall be not less than three feet long and sixteen inches in width. Headers shall not be less than three feet in length and eighteen inches in width, and shall hold the size back into the hpart of the wall that they show in the face. When the walls do not exceed four feet in thickness the headers »hall run entirely through, and when they exceed that thickness there shall be as many headers of the same size in the rear as in the front of the wall, so arranged that a header in the rear of the wall shall be between two headers in the front. Every stone must be laid on its natural bed, and all stones must have their beds well dressed and made always as large as the stone will admit of. Mortar joints shall not exceed one quarter inch in width ; the vertical joints of the face must be in contact at least four inches, measured in from the face, and as much more as the stone will admit of. The stone will be cut with pitched edges, but all corners, batir lines, steps and cop- ings must be run with a neat chisel draft of one and one half inches on each corner, and the projections of the rock face must not exceed three inches beyond the face of the pitch or draft lines of the stones. The stones of each course shall be so arranged as to form a proper bond with the stones of the underlying course, and the bond shall in no case measure less than one foot. Stretchers shall in no case have less than six- teen inches bed for a twelve inch course, and for all courses above sixteen inches in thickness, at least as much bed as face. The whole of the masonry shall be laid in cement mortar, each stone being carefully cleaned and dampened before setting and each course shall be thoroughly cemented before the succeed- ing course is laid. No hammering on the wall will be allowed after the course is set; if any irregularities occur they must be carefully pointed off. The backing shall consist of stones with beds dressed to one half inch, and of a thickness equal to that of the corresponding face stones ; they shall be laid in full cement mortar beds, so as to break joints and thoroughly bond the work in all directions, and on the completion of each course the space between the large backing stones (none of which spaces will be over six inches wide) shall be filled with small stones and spalls, thoroughly bedded in cement mortar or grouted. All foundation courses must be laid with select large stones not less than eighteen inches in thickness, nor of less superficial surface than fifteen square feet. All bridge seats, steps and tops of walls should be finished with a coping course of such dimensions and projection as may be ordered by the engineer, dressed and cut to a true surface on top and on the shovving faces and in conformity with diagrams for the same. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY. 163 which shall be furnished by the engineer. If required, all copings shall be fastened together with clamps of iron. First-class arch masonry shall be built in all respects in accordance with the above specifications for first-class bridge masonry. The ring stones shall be dressed to such size and shape as the engineer may determine, and of the thickness shown on the plans. The joints must be made on true radial lines, and the face of the sheeting stones must be dressed to make close joints. The ring stones and arch sheeting stones shall break joints not less than one foot. The wing walls shall be neatly stepped in accordance with the drawings furnished, with selected stones the full width of the wing and not less than fourteen inches thick, and no stone shall be covered less than twelve inches by the one next above it. The parapets shall be finished with a coping course of full width of parapet, with such projection as may be directed by the engineer ; the coping to be not less than fourteen inches thick and to be fastened together with wrought iron clamps. Second-class bridge masonry shall consist of broken or random range work of the best description. The face stones shall be dressed to a uniform thickness throughout before being laid, but not hammered, and shall be laid with, horizon- tal beds and vertical joints on the face. No stone shall be less than eight inches in thickness, unless otherwise ordered by the engineer. There shall be at least one header to every three stretchers, and both headers and stretchers shall be of similar size, when the thickness of the wall will admit, but neither shall be less than three feet in length and fifteen inches in width. The same arrangement of headers shall be required as is specified for first-class bridge masonry. Mortar joints shall not exceed one half inch in thickness. All corners and quoins shall have hammer dressed beds and joints. All corners and batir lines shall be run with an inch and a half chisel draft. The vertical joints of the face must be in contact at least four inches, measured from the face, and as much more as the stone will admit of. The work need not be laid up in regular courses, but shall be well bonded. The stones shall be cleaned and dampened before setting and shall be laid in cement mortar. The backing shall consist of stones of the same thickness as the adjacent face stone, laid in full cement mortar beds with good joints and bonds, and the spaces filled with spalls, thoroughly bedded in cement mortar, or grouted, as specified for first-class bridge masonry. Bridge seats, steps and tops of walls shall be coped in the same manner as specified for first-class masonry. Stones in foundation courses shall be of not less than twelve inches thickness and ten square feet of surface. Second-class arch masonry shall be laid in cement mortar, and shall be of the same general character and description as 164 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. second-class bridge mnsonry, with the exception of the arch sheeting, for which proper stones shall be selecte 1 that s' all have a good bearing throughout the thickness of the arch, and shall be well bonded and be of the full depth of the arch. No stone shall be less than six inches in thickness on the intrados of the arch. The ring stones of all arches shall conform to the specifications for first-class arch masonry. Third-class ??? a so ?z ry shuU be laid dry, or in lime or cement mortar as may be directed by the engineer. It s^'all be formed of good quarry stones, laid upon their natural bed<=, and roughly squared on the joints, beds and faces, the stones breaking joints at least six inches, and with at least one header for every three stretchers. No stone shall be used in the face of the wall less than six inches in thickness, or less than twelve inches on the least horizontal dimensions. Headers shall be at least three feet long, or extend entirely through the wall. The ends of all walls shall be dressed and finished in accordance with the plans. The stones in the founiauons must not be les^ than ten inches in thicknes^, and shall contain not less than ten square feet surface, and each shall be firmly, solidly and care- fully laid. In box culverts the top courses of the side walls shall extend entirely across the walls, and the covering stones shall have a bearing of at least one foot on each wall. The thickness of covering stones shall not be less than ten inches for two feet openings ; not less than twelve inches for three feet openings, and not less than fifteen inches for four feet openings. Unless built on timber foundations reaching entirely across the open- ing, the space between side walls of box culverts must be paved with stone, set on edge, not less than eight inches deep, and well secured at the ends with deep curbing. P. Ry. 131. Specifications for Stone Masonry for a Large Stone Dam. The following specifications for stone masonry are those which were used in the construction of the new Croton dam, New York City, 1892. They are com- mended especially for their securing a most efficient, solid, and impervious grade of work, at a minimum cost. Thus the body of the dam, composed of rubble stone masonry laid in cement mortar, thoroughly bonded, and made entirely solid, cost from $3.40 to $4.00 per cubic yard, the cement mortar being one of Rosendale cement to two of sand, the stone having to be hauled about one mile. SPECiriCATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY. 1G5 Another significant feature of these specifications is the paying for the face dressing per unit of surface in addition to the standard price per cubic yard, the matter of this face dress- ing being left until the work is executed. In this way such small details need not be determined in advance and indicated upon the drawings. Stone Masonry. All stone masonry is to be built of sound, clean quarry stone of quality and size satisfactory to the engineer; all joints to be full of mortar, unless otherwise specified. Dry rubble masonry and paving are to be laid without mortar, and are to be used for walls, for the slopes of the dam embankments, and at any other place that may be designated. This class of masonry is to be of stone of suitable size and quality, laid closely by hand with as few spawls as practicable, in such manner as to present a smooth and true surface. The work is to be measured in accordance with the lines shown on the drawings or ordered during the progress of the work. The stones used must be rouiihly rectangular; all irregular projec- tion and feather edges must be hammered off. No stone will be accepted which has less than the depth represented on the plans or ordered. Each stone used for paving must be set solid on the foundation of broken stone or earth and no inter- stices must be left. In the dry rubble masonry walls, large stones must be used, especially for the faces, and the walls must be bonded with frequent headers, of such frequency and sizes as shall be approved by the engineer. Riprap may be used in connection with the protective work, and wherever the engineer may order it. It shall be made of stone of such size and quality and in such manner as he shall direct, and must be laid by hand. After the slopes which are to receive the paving hav^e been dressed, a laver of l)rokcn stone is to be spread as a foundation for the paving, wherever ordered. The broken stones must be sound and hard, not exceeding two inches at their greatest diameter. 13roken stone, not exceeding one inch in diameter, may be used for forming roadways ; it is to be spread to such thickness as ordered and iieavily rolled or rammed. Broken stones may be used also wherever the engineer may direct, rolled if so directed, and paid for under this head, except the broken stone used for making concrete, the cost of which is included in the price hereinbefore stipulated for concrete laid. 166 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. Rubble stone masonry is to be used for the central part of the dam, for the overflow, for the center walls of the earth embankments, for most of the structures and appurtenances of the dam. and wherever ordered by the engineer. Rubble stone masonry shall be made of sound, clean stone of suitable size, quality and shape for the work in hand, and presenting good beds for materials of that class. Especial care must be taken to have the beds and joints full of mortar, and no grouting or filling of joints after the stones are in place will be allowed. The work must be thoroughly bonded. The faces of the rubble stone masonry, especially the up-stream face of the walls, shall be closely inspected after they are built, and if any mortar joints are not full and flush, they shall be taken out to a depth of no less than three inches or more, if so ordered, and repointed properly. A large quantity of rubble stone masonry in mortar is to be used in the construction of the central part of the dam and of the center wall and overflow. The stones used therein must be sound and durable ; they must have roughly rectangular forms, and all irregular projec- tions and feather edges must be hammered off. Their beds, especially, must be good for materials of that class, and present such even surfaces that, when lowering a stone on the level surface prepared to receive it, there can be no doubt that the mortar will fill all spaces. After the bed joints are thus secured, a moderate quantity of spawls can be used in the preparation of suitable surfaces for receiving other stones. All other joints must be equally well filled with mortar. The quality of the beds is to regulate, to a large extent, the size of the stones used, as the difficulty of forming a good bed joint increases with the size of the stones. Various sizes must be used, and regular coursing must be avoided, in order to obtain vertical as well as horizontal bonding. The sizes of the stones used will vary also with the char- acter of the quarries, but, especially in the places where the thickness of masonry is great, a considerable proportion of large stones is to be used. If the size and character of the stones, in the opinion of the engineer, shall admit of it, the joints (except the beds), instead of being filled with mortar, may, at his request or on his approval, be filled with concrete made as hereinbefore specified, with the exception that 'the component materials be mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to three parts of small stone or gravel of such size as the engineer shall direct, and thoroughly rammed, care being taken to use a moderate amount of water only which must be brought to the surface by ramming, such filling of joints with concrete to leave no vacancies and to be thoroughly made. If concrete is SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY. 167 so used, the spaces left between the stones should not be less than six inches, in order that proper ramming can be obtained. No extra compensation shall be paid to the contractor for the use of such concrete, the cost of which is to be included in the price herein stipulated for the masonry in connection with which it is used. The exposed faces of the main wing wall, of road culverts, of some of the walls and of any other rubble work that the engineer may designate, are to be made of broken ashlar with joints not exceeding one half inch in thickness ; the stones not to be less than 24 inches deep from the, face, and to present frequent headers. This face work to be equal in quality and appearance to the face of the breast wall in front of the new gate house at Croton dam (Section i), and to be well pointed with Portland cement. This face work is to be paid for by the square foot of the superficial area for which it is ordered, in addition to the price paid per cubic yard of rubble stone masonry. Block stone masonry is to be composed mainly of large blocks and is to be used for the steps of the overfall or for other steps, or whenever and wherever ordered by the engi- neer. It is to be laid in Portland cement mortar, well pointed, or may be ordered laid dry at the price stipulated in clause O, item (0). This stone, which is to receive the shock of water and ice, is to be especially sound, hard and compact, and of a durable character; it is to be prepared to the dimensions given so that no joint will in any place be more than one inch wide. The outside arrises must be pitched to a true line. The outer faces of the masonry dam and of its gate chambers, of the overflow (except steps), and of any other piece of masonry that may be designated, are to be made of range stones, as shown on the plans, the stone to be of unobjec- tionable quality, sound and durable, free from all seams, dis- coloration and other defects, and of such kind as shall be approved by the engineer. All beds, builds and joints are to be cut true to a depth of not more than 4 inches, and not less than 3 inches from the faces to surfaces allowing of one half inch joints at most; the joints for the remaining part of the stones not to exceed two inches in thickness at any point. All cut arrises to be true, well defined and sharp. Where this class of masonry joins with granite dimension stone masonry the courses must correspond, and the joining with arches and other dimension stone masonry must be accurate and workmanlike. Each course to be composed of two stretchers and one header alternately, the stretchers not to be less than 3 feet long 168 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. nor more than 7 feet long, and the headers of each successive course to alternate aj^proximately in vertical position. The rise of the courses may vary from bottom to top from 30 inches to 15 inches in approximate vertical progression, and the width of bed of the stretchers is not to be at any point less than 28 inches. The headers are not to be less than 4 feet in length. This class of masonry, for the faces of the dam and gate chamber, including the headers, is to be estimated at 30 inches thick throughout. At other places that may be designed by the Engineer, the size of the stones is to be established by him, and the facing stone masonry is to be estimated according to the lines ordered or shown on the plans. In no case are tlie tails of the headers to be estimated. The work to be equal in quality and appearance to th.^ facing stone masonry work built by the aqueduct commis- sioners for then* masonry dam across the east branch of the Croton River near Brewster. All copings that may be ordered and the heads of the arches of the highway culverts, will be classed as facing stone masonry. ^ The price herein stipulated for facing stone masonry is to cover the cost of pointing, of cutting chisel drafts at all corners of the gate-house dam and other corners, and of preparing the rock faces ; but if any six-cut or rough-pointed work is ordered in connection with this class of masonry it shall be paid for at he prices therein stipulated for such work. The face bond iliust not show less than 12 inches lap, unless otherwise permitted. The pointing of the faces to be thoroughly made with pure Portland cement after the whole structure is completed ; unless otherwise permitted, every joint to be raked out therefor to a depth of at least two inches, and, if the engineer is satisfied that the pointing at any place is not properly made, it must be taken out and made over again. Granite dimension stone masonry must be made of first- class granite of uniform color, free from all seams, discolora- tion and other defects, and satisfactory to the chief engineer. It is to be used for the gate openings in the gate chamber, for the coping of the dam, for the gate-house superstructures and for the crest and first step of the overflow, and at any other place that may be designated by the engineer. The stones shall be cut to exact dimensions, and all angles and arrises shall be true, well defined and sharp. All beds, builds and joints are to be dressed, for the full depth of the stone, to surfaces, allowing of one quarter (^) inch joint at most. No plug hole of more than 6 inches across SPECIFICATIONS FOK STONE MASONRY. 169 or nearer than 3 inches from an arris is to be allowed, and in no case must the aggregate area of the plug-hole in any one joint exceed onequarter of its whole area. The stone shall be laid with onequarter (j{) inch joints, and all face joints shall be pointed with mortar made of clear Portland cement, applied before its first setting. All joints to be raked out to a depth of two inches before pointing. The pointing of all masonry, including the faces of the main body of the dam and of the center walls which are below the ground, is to be done thoroughly with Portland cement mortar, mixed clear where used for all exposed faces of brick and cut stone masonry of all kinds (including the rubble facing) ; and mixed for other work in such proportion as the engineer shall determine. The cost of all pointing is to be included in the price stipulated for the masonry to which it is applied. The exposed faces of the cut stone are to be finished in various ways, in accordance with the various positions in which they are placed. They shall be either left with a rock or quarry face, rough-pointed, or fine hammered (six-cut Work). The various classes of face dressing must be equal in quality and appearance to those on the sample in the office of the chief engineer. In rock face work the arrises of the stones inclosing the rock face must be pitched to true lines ; the face projections to be bold, and from 3 to 5 inches beyond the arrises. The anofles of all walls on structures havinsr rock faces are to be defined by a chisel draft not less than i^ inches wide on each face. In rough-pointed work, the stones shall at all points be full to the true plane of the face, and at no point shall project beyond more than j^ inch, the arrises to be sharp and well defined. Each stone to have its arrises well defined by a chisel draft, which is included in the price for rough-pointed dressing. In fine hammered work the face of the stones must be brought to a true plane and fine dressed, with a hammer having six blades to the inch. In measuring cut stone masonry, when the stones are not rectangular, the dimensions taken for each stone will be those of a rectangular, cubical form which will just inclose the neat lines of the same. The price herein stipulated for granite dimension stone masonry is to cover the cost of preparing the rock faces, of making the chisel drafts, and of preparing all holes and recesses and grooves. No payment will be made for cutting grooves and recesses other than the price paid for the dressing of their surfaces, which are to be fine hammered. 170 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. For rough-pointed and fine hammered (six-cut) dressing, a price per square foot of dressing will be paid in addition to the price per cubic yard of masonry, viz. : For rough-pointed dressing, the price stipulated in clause O, item (/), and for fine hammered (six-cut) dressing, the price stipulated in clause O, item (j). The exposed parts of the cut stone are generally to be prepared with rock face. The inside surfaces and copings are generally to be rough-pointed. All the gateways, grooves, sills, floors, and all other surfaces designated by the engineer are to be fine hammered. A. F. 132. Specification for First-class Bridge Ma- sonry. The following specification for first-class bridge masonry represents the current practice of one of the leading American engineers: Masonry — The stone to be used shall be the best quality of limestone from the quarries, except the nose stones for the curved upstream starlings of Piers I, II and III, one stone to each course shall be granite. The stone must be strong, compact and of uniform quality and appearance and free from any de;,fects which in the judg- ment of the engineer may impair its strength or durability. No course shall be less than i6 inches in thickness and no course, except the coping, shall be thicker than the one beneath it. Each bed of every stone shall measure at least thirty-six inches in each direction, except that where the thickness of the course is less than twenty-four inches the bed need not exceed one and one half times the thickness of the stone. The bottom bed shall always be the full size of the stone and no stone shall have an overhanging top bed. Stretchers shall not be less than four feet nor more than seven feet long and stretchers of the same width shall not be placed together vertically, but this shall not apply to the ends of stretchers where headers come centrally between stretchers. Headers shall be at least four feet long and shall be at least three quarters their full width for the whole length. There shall be at least two headers on each side of every course between the shoulders. At least two stones on one side of each course shall reach through to the stone on the other side. The joints of the face stones shall be cut twelve inches back from the face. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STONE MASONRY. 171 The beds and the joints shall be cut to within one quarter of an inch of a true plane. The depressions below this plane shall not be more than one tenth of the v.'hole surface. The vertical joints shall not average more than three eighths of an inch and shall not exceed one half. Thin horizontal mortar joints will not be insisted on, but every stone shall be set in a full bed of mortar and brought to a proper bearing- with wooden mauls, no levelers being allowed. All stones must be carefully cleaned and wet before set- ting, and no mortar beds shall be laid until the course below has been cleaned and wet. The beds and joints of all face stones shall be cut to true pitch lines. The face of the upstream cutwaters of Piers 1 and II shall be fine pointed work with no projections exceeding one half inch. The coping shall be two feet thick with a bush-hammerep face throughout and be cut with a wash as shown on the plans. A four inch draft line shall be cut on all vertical angles". All other portions of the piers shall have a rough quarry face with no projections exceeding three inches, the quarry face to average at least one and one half inches from the pitch line of the joints and never be run back of such pitch line. No grab holes shall be made in the face of the coping or on the pointed work of the cutwater. The stones of the curved upstream starlings of Piers II and III shall be doweled into those of the course below with one and one eighth inch steel dowels extending six inches into each course, these dowels to be placed about ten inches back from the face and seven inches on each side of each joint. The stones of the upper course shall be drilled through before set- ting after which the hole shall be extended six inches into the lower course, a small quantity of mortar shall be put into the hole, the dowel dropped in and the hole filled with mortar and well rammed. The coping shall be cut with close joints throughout the whole pier and each stone under the bridge seat shall go com- pletely across the pier. The joints in the two courses below the coping in all piers shall be cramped with cramps of one inch round iron, sixteen inches long, the ends four inches into each stone. The backing shall be composed of stones of the same thickness as the face stones and with beds cut in the same manner as required for the face stones. The spaces between the large stones shall not occupy more than one fifth of the entire area of the pier inside of the face stones and these spaces shall be filled with good rubble masonry carefully laid up on full mortar beds and well rammed. 172 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. All face stones shall be laid in Portland cement mortar two parts of sand to one of cement. The backing shall be laid in natural cement mortar, two parts of sand to one part of cement. The Portland cement shall be an imported cement, equal in quality to O. F. Alsen & Sons' best quality, natural cement shall be equal to the best grades of Louisville cement. At least 88 per cent, shall pass through a sieve of 350 meshes per square inch. Each carload shall be treated as a separate lot. Samples shall be mixed separately and formed into briquettes which shall be kept one day in air and six days in water and then broken. When broken they shall have an average tensile strength of at least eighty pounds per square inch and a mini- mum of at least seventy pounds. None of the briquettes shall crack or blow while in water. The tests shall be made in the manner usual on works under charge of the same chief engineer. When the masonry is laid up in freezing weather the back- ing shall be laid in Portland cement, three parts of sand and one part of cement, and such other precautions taken against freezing as the engineer may direct. The joir.ts of the face stones shall be picked out and pointed in mild weather with one part of sand and one part of Portland cement which sh:ill be driven in with a calkintj iron. The masonry of the pivot pier will be built hollow, the central opening to be of cylindrical shape and 24 feet in diani- ter, the interior face of the masonry to be rough and everv fovuth stone to project at least one foot from the general interior surface. This central space shall be filled with con- crete. The upper three feet of the filling of the pivot pier shall be made of Portland cement concrete, the center of the pier to finish six inches above the masonry coping, the top to be fin- ished with a granitoid surface two inches thick. The anchor bolts to secure the center casting of the turntable shall be set before the concrete is completed, and the concrete filled around it. G. S. IVJ. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS AND MATERIALS. 133. Specifications for Paving Brick. The essen- tial properties of a good paving brick are : ((2) Strength to resist cross breaking; (<^) strength to resist crushing ; (c) tough- T'.> SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 17) ness or streng-th to resist shocks and blows; (c/) it must be comparatively non-absorbent. Any brick which possesses these qualities in a high degree will also resist abrasion or wear sat- isfactorily. The above four qualities c;an be determined very accura'cly by laboratory tests. The author h ts had a large experience in testing paving brick for these qualities, and offers the following S|Decification as one which can be readily fulfilled, without lim- iting the competition overmuch, and, therefore, without adding appreciably to the cost. Pavincr Brick. b Bidders must submit not less than 20 samples of the brick which they propose to use upon the work, at least ten days pre- vious to the letting of the contract. Ten of these brick will be submitted to the following tests at the expense of the bidder, the r.^maining ten supplied by the successful bidder will be retained as samples for comparison until the work is completed. The brick shall be what is known as paving brick, made from a suitable quality of shale, and burned to a uniform con- consistency throughout, but not to the degree of actual vitrifac- tion.* The tests to which the brick shall be subjected are as follows: (^a) Cross breaking. Five brick will have their top and bottom faces, as laid edgewise upon the street, ground to per- fectly true and parallel planes. They shall then be supported edgewise on rounded knife-edges seven inches apart, and loaded in the center to rupture. The total breaking load in this test, divided by the thickness of the brick (top width as laid in pave- ment) shall give a result of not less than 3000 pounds, this being the strength of the brick per inch in width when laid in the pavement.! *IIere might follow any desired description of the size, dimensions, roundiny- of edges, etc. ■fTnis method of reducing cross breaking strength to strength per inch in width givgs a great advantage to the deeper grades of brick, but this is an advantage which sv.ch bricks are properly entitled to. It evidently would not be fair to compute trom this test the tensile strength of the brick per square inch, that is to say to obtain the cross breaking modulus of rupture by the ordinary formula, and use this function in making the comparison, since in this case no advantage would accrue to the deeper brick. The shallow brick being able to show as great a strength per square inch as the deeper brick. It is true the brick as tested after having been ground down have not their normal width, Init it is probable that on the average one set of samples of brick will have been reduced in width about the same as the average of any other sample in the process of grinding down. Therefore it is thought the specification here given is both fair and adequate to determine the strongest brick against cross breaking when used in a pavement. 174 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. ((^) Crushing. One end of each brick, after having been broken as above, shall then be tested in crushing. For this purpose it shall be dressed approximately to two inches square and a height equal to the width of the brick, which is approximately four inches. This makes a crushing specimen two inches square, of four inches cross-section, and nearly four inches high, which is tested w^ith the load parallel to the longer longer dimension, these top and bottom surfaces having been ground to true planes as described above. In other words, the brick is tested for crushing by applying the load edgewise upon the brick, or as it will be applied in the pavement. When tested in this manner the brick shall show a crushing strength of not less than 12,000 pounds per square inch.* (c) Impact Test. For this test five entire bricks of each sample shall be placed in a tumbler or rattler, along with ten cast iron brick with rounded edges, weighing six pounds each. These materials shall not be accompanied by any kind of cush- ioning material or any other matter whatever. The rattler shall then be revolved for thirty minutes at a speed of thirty revolu- tions per minute. The bricks are weighed before they are put in and after they have been removed, and the loss in weight found. This last divided by the original weight gives the per- centage of loss. The average percentage of loss of the five brick shall not exceed twenty per cent.f (^) Absorption. The five brick which have been tested for resistance to impact shall be broken across and then dried for four hours, at a temperature of not less than 212 ^ F. and then weighed. They shall then be soaked in water for twenty- four hours (or forty-eight hours) and when removed from the *The author has tested paving brick in this way that has had a strength of over 25,000 pounds per square inch, and the 12,000 pound minimum limit is readily complied with by many makers of paving brick. A crushing test of paving brick by applying the load to the side of the brick, or testing the brick flatwise, is very deceptive, inas- much as the specimen is too short in the direction of the stress to allow failure to occur in a normal manner. Even cubical forms are theoretically much too short. A crushing test specimen should always have the length in the direction of the load nearly twice that of its least lateral dimension, in order to obtain a normal failure. This height is necessary, since the theoretical angle of rupture of such materials when fric- tion is taken into account, is 45 degrees plus one half the angle of repose, the tangent of which is the coefficient of friction. This makes the angle of rupture about 58 degrees to 60 degrees with the horizontal, instead of 45 degrees, as is commonly stated in the text books, where friction is neglected. jThis test is a very severe one, but one of the most valuable to which paving brick can be subjected. If the brick resists this test satisfactorily, it may be relied on to resist the abusive action it will receive in a street pavement. This should not be called an abrasion test, since the loss here suffered is not due to wear, but is wholly due to chipping and breaking off under impact. It, therefore, can not be compared with the ordinary abrasion tests of brick where small castings are used and the treatment con- tinued for a long period. In this latter case the loss of weight is due to abrasion proper. But since a brick pavement does not wear out in this way, but chips off and breaks up, it is thought the proper test is an impact test, such as above described, rather than an abrasion test. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 175 water they shall be wiped dry with a towel, and again weighed. The increase in weight divided by the original or dry weight gives the percentage of water absorbed. This test shall indi- cate an absorption of less than two per cent, (or three per cent.* Average Results. It is to be understood that in each of the tests described above the standard of requirement is to be applied to the average result from five specimens, these aver- ages being within the requirements. It is also to be understood that no one specimen shall fall without the requirement by more than 40 per cent., and in case either the average does not come up to the requirement, or any one test fails of the requirement, by more than 40 per cent., the entire sample of twenty brick shall be rejected and not allowed to enter the competition ; or the bidder will be allowed to submit other twenty samples at his option. The average result of the four tests made on each sample will be indicated by the sum of four characteristic numbers, cor- responding to their respective tests, these four characteristic numbers being derived as follows: 1. The characteristic number for the cross breaking test shall be the cross breaking strength in pounds per inch in width divided by 1,000. 2. The characteristic number for the crushing test, shall be the crushing strength in pounds per square inch divided by 4,000. 3. The characteristic number for the impact test shall be twenty-five minus the percentage of loss of weight sustained in this test. 4. The characteristic number for the absorption test shall be three minus the percentage of absorption. In case the characteristic numbers found for the impact and absorption tests prove to be negative, they are to be subtracted from the sum of the other characteristic numbers, or added to them negatively. In other words the algebraic sum of these four characteristic numbers shall form the basis for determining which brick has sustained the best test. Thus, if the average cross breaking strength were 3,500 pounds per inch in width, its characteristic number would be 3.50. If the average crushing strength were 15,000 pounds *While the test for absorption is not very important, and while the maximum limit is not well defined, the precentage of absorption does indicate something of the general character of the brick, and, therefore should be made. It should not, however, have equal weight with the other tests. Probably any absorption less than two or three per cent, would never prove a source of weakness in any brick. While, therefore, the two per cent, limit is specified above, probably three per cent, would not be objectionable. In making the absorption test, it is best to use the brick which have already been tested for impact. These have their outside faces largely removed, and will allow water free access to the interior portion of the substance of the brick. It is also well to break these brick in two before subjecting them to the moisture test. 176 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. per square inch, its characteristic number would be 3.75. If the average loss in weight in the impact test w^as 18.25 P^"" cent, the characteristic number of this test would be 6.75. If the average percentage of absorption was 1.50, the character- istic number for this test would be 1.50*, the sum of these characteristic numbers being 15.50. This becomes the total characteristic number, indicating the average value of this sample of brick. The sample giving the hiiihest total charac- teristic number as determined by the above rules, to be declared the brick which sustained the best test. While the particular numerical quantities chosen in the rules given above may not be the best to use, the writer believes these rules fairly represent the proper method to be employed in arriving at the best average tests. 134. Specifications for Brick Paving. The specifi- cations in this and the following articles for various kinds of wearing surfaces of street pavements are taken from the stand- ard specifications used in the city of St. Louis. In these specifications all the general clauses and also all detailed description of the grading, curb, gutter, and foundation will be omitted, since it is the intention to include in them only that portion of the specification describing the wearing surface. In this specification for brick pavement, after describing the curbing, preparation of the roadbed, which involves a thorough rolling with a steel roller, weighing not less than ten tons, or three hundred pounds per lineal inch of roller ; also the concrete foundation of six inches in depth, the following specification is given for WEARING SURFACE. Upon the foundation of concrete shall be laid a bed of coarse sharp sand free from loam or vegetable matter one and one half (i)^) inches in thickness when compacted to serve as a bed for the bricks, which will be laid directly upon and imbedded in it, with clobe end and side joints. Upon this base of sand a pavement of the best quality of vitrified paving brick shall be laid. The brick shall not be less than seven and one *This indicates how the absorption test can be made to enter into the final total with a small weight, since it is not so important as the other tests. The impact test, on the other hand, is given a relatively large weight as it is of Uie greatest importance. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 177 half inches, nor more than inches long, not less than two and one eighth inches, nor more than two and one half inches wide, not less than three and one half inches, nor more than four and one fourth inches deep. All paving brick must be homogeneous and compact in structure, free from loose lumps of uncrushed clay or from laminations caused by the process of manufacture or fire cracks or checks of more than superficial character or extent. All brick so distorted in burn- ing as to lay unevenly in the pavement shall be rejected. All brick shall be free from lime or magnesia in the form of peb- bles and shall show no signs of cracking or spalling on remaining in water ninety-six (96) hours. The brick shall have a specific gravity of not less than 2. They shall not absorb more than 3 per cent, of water when dried at 213 degrees Fahrenheit, and immersed for twenty-four hours in water. The bidders shall submit twenty-five samples of the brick they propose using. A portion of these bricks shall be sub- jected to such physical tests as the board of public improve- ments shall deem necessary,* and the remainder shall be retained as samples of the material to be furnished and used. Any brick which does not stand the tests satisfactorily will be rejected, and no bid contemplating the use of the rejected brick shall be entertained. Samples may be subm'tted by manufacturers, in which case the bidder proposing to use brick of such manufac- ture will not be required to submit samples. The quality of the brick furnished must conform to the samples presented by the manufacturers and kept in the office of the street commis- sioner. All brick may have a proper shrinkage but shall not differ materially in size from the accepted samples of the same make, nor shall they differ greatly in color from the natural color of the well burned brick of its class and manufacture. No bats or broken brick shall be used except at the curbs where nothing less than a half brick shall be used to break joints. The bricks to be laid in straight lines and all joints broken by a lap of at least two inches, to be set upon the sand in a perfectly upright manner as closely and compactly together as possible, and at right angles with the line of the curb, except at street intersections where they are to be laid as the street commissioner may direct. The pavement to be thoroughly rammed two or three times, as may be directed by the street commissioner, with a paver's rammer, weighing not less than seventy-five pounds, or a roadroller weighing not less than three nor more than six tons. * Tests similar to those described in the previous article are required. 12 178 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. All the joints in the pavement shall be completely filled with clean coarse river sand, and an additional layer of sand not less than one inch in depth shall be spread uniformly over the whole surface of the pavement. The joints may be filled with hot pitch or asphaltum, with some sand or gravel at bottom, or with cement grout, this latter being now(iS95)recommended in order to prevent the brick from chipping on the edges. On steep grades, however, this would give too smooth a surface. St. L. Following the above specification is a "maintenance clause," similar to that given in the following article, provid- ing for the maintenance of the pavement in good repair for a period of nine years. The contract price provided also for an annual sum to be paid for maintenance, and the bond given by the contractor covered the maintenance, as well as the original construction. The tests to which the brick are submitted under this specification are the same as those given in Art. 133. 135. Specification for Asphaltum Pavement. After describing the preparation of the roadbed, curbing, concrete foundation, having a depth of five inches, etc., the following specifications of the asphaltum body and wearing surface are employed. BINDER. The second or binder course will consist of a fine bitumin- ous concrete composed of clean broken stone, slag or gravel, not exceeding one and one half (i^) inches in their largest dimensions, thoroughly screened, and asphaltic cement made from lake asphalt, as below described. The stone, slag or gravel, will be heated by passing through revolving heaters and thoroughly mixed by machinery with the asphaltic cement in the proportion of not less than fifteen gallons of the asphaltic cement to one (i) cubic yard of stone, slag or gravel. The mixture will be so made that the resulting binder has life and gloss without an excess of cement. Should it appear dull from over heating or lack of cement it will be rejected. This binder will be hauled to the work and spread on the base with hot iron rakes, and immediately rammed and rolled with hand and steam rollers while in a hot and plastic condition, until it has a thickness of one and one half (i^) inches. The upper surface will be made exactly parallel with surface of the pave- ment to be laid. WEARING SURFACE. Upon this binder course thus prepared shall be laid a wearing surface or pavement proper, the basis of which shall SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 179 be composed of lake asphalt unmixed with any of the pro- ducts of coal tar, of a nature and quality proved to be durable and proper by having been in successful use in roadway pave- ments in one or more cities of the United States for a period of at least two years and in an amount greater than five thousand square yards in each of said cities. The wearing surface shall be composed of — I St. Refined lake asphaltum. 2d. Heavy petroleum oil. 3d. Clean sharp sand. 4th. Fine powder of carbonate of lime. Refined asphalt shall be smooth and free from lumps of unmelted pitch or organic matter not bituminous. It shall not at any time reach a temperature over 375 degrees Fahrenheit. The asphaltic cement shall be prepared from such refined asphalt as may be approved by the street commissioner, and suitable heavy petroleum oil or other approved solvent. The heavy p troleum oil, which may be the residum by distillation of the petroleum oils as found in the market, generally contains water, light oils, coke, and a gummy sub- stance soluble in water. This petroleum oil is freed from all impurities and brought to a specific gravity of from 18 degrees to 22 degrees Beaume, and a fire test of 250 degrees Fahrenheit. To the melted asphalt, at a temperature of not over 325 degrees Fahrenheit, the oil, after having been heated to at least 150 degrees Fahrenheit, is to be added in suitable propor- tions to produce an asphalt cement. To accomplish this, from 15 to* 21 pounds of oil per 100 of refined asphalt will be required. As soon as the oil has begun to be added, suitable agitation, be means of an air blast or other acceptable appli- ances, will commence and be continued till a homogeneous cement is produced. The appliances for agitation shall be such as to accomplish this in at least ten hours, during which the temperature shall be kept at from 290 degrees to 325 Fahrenheit, and no higher. If the cement then appears homo- geneous and free from lumps and from inequalities, as shown by samples from different parts of the still, it may be used. Should it not prove homogenous, such deficiencies as may exist shall be corrected by the addition of hot oil or melted asphalt, in the necessary proportion. They shall be mixed in the following proportions by weight: Pure asphalt . . 100 parts. Heavy petroleum oil 15 to 20 parts. The asphaltic cement being made in the manner above described, the pavement mixture shall be formed of the follow- ing materials, and in proportion stated : 180 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. Asphaltie cement from 12 to 15 Sand " 83 " 70 Pulverized carbonate of lime *' 5 " 15 100 100 Limestone dust shall be an impalpable powder of carbonate of lime, the whole of which will pass a 30-mesh screen, and at least 75 per cent, pass a lOO-mesh screen. The sand and asphaltie cement are heated separately to about three hundred degrees Fahrenheit. The pulverized carbonate of lime, while cold, is mixed w^ith the hot snnd in the required proportions, and is then mixed with the asphaltie cement at the required temperature, and in the proper propor- tion, is a suitible apparatus, which will effect a perfect mixture. The pavement mixture, prepared in the manner thus indicated, shall be laid on the foundation. It shall then be carefully spread, by means ol hot iron raises, in such manner as to give a uniform and regular grade, and to such depth th.it after having received its ultimate compression, it shall have a thickness of two inches. The surface shall then be compresse.l by rollers; after which a small amount of hydraulic cement shall be swept over it, and it shall then be thoroughly com- pressed by a steam roller, weighing not less than ten (10) tons, in order to get a thoroughly compressed wearing surface, the rolling being continued as long as it makes an impression on the surface. The powered carbonate of lime shall be of such degree of fineness that 5 to 15 per centum by weight of the entire mix- ture for the pavement shall be an impalpable powder of lime- stone, and the whole of it shall pass a No. 26 screen. The sand shall be of such size that none of it shall pass a No. So screen, and the whole of it pass a No. 10 screen. In order to make the gutters, which are consolidated but little by traffic, entirely impervious to water, a width of twelve inches next the curb shall he coated with hot pure asphalt and. smooth with hot smoothing irons, in order to saturate the pave- ment to a certain depth with an excess of asphalt. TOOLS AND SAMPLES OF MATERIALS. The contractor shall furnish and have on the line of work at all times, a complete and. sufficient plant of tools, rollers, carts, etc., as may be determined by the street commissioner, to carry on the work in an expeditious and workmanlike manner, also furnish samples of the crude lake asphalt to be used in the work, properly labeled, also samples of the A'earing surfaces as prepared for use, and the statement of the amount of each material used in making up the pavement mixtures, when called for by the street commissioner. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 181 In order that the asphalt may be fully tested, each bidder must deposit with the street commissioner, at least three days before making his bid, samples ot materials he intends to use, tosether with certificates and statements as follows: I St. A specimen of the crude asphaltum not less than five (5) pounds in weight with a certificate stating the place from whence the asphaltum was taken. 2d. A specimen of the asphaltic cement not less than five (5) pounds in weight with a statement of its composition, and also a statement of the composition of the proposed wear- ing surface. 3d. A sample of the pavement surface showing the Asphalt after two years' actual use in a street, said sample be not less than one foot square and to be accompanied by a cer- tificate from the proper city official showing the time during which said pavement has been in use on the street on which it was laid, and the certificate shall further show that the pave- ment from which the sample is taken, or similar pavement, has been in successful use on one or more roadways in said city for a period longer than two years, and in an amount greater than five thousand (5000) square yards. 4th. A statement of the location and the capacity in square yards per day of the works or factory where the paving material is to be prepared. Specimens must be furnished to the street department as often as may be required during the progress of the work. MAINTENANCE. The said , party of the first part, expressly guar- antees to maintain at grade and surface in good order the aforesaid work of reconstruction throughout and at the end of the full period of nine years, commencing one year after the said work of reconstruction is completed and accepted, and binds himself, his heirs and assigns to make all repairs which may from any imperfection in said work or materials or from any rotting, crumbling or disintegration of the materials, become necessary within that time ; and the party of the first part shall, whenever notified by the street commissioner that repairs are required, at once make such repairs at his own expense, and if they are not made within the proper time, the street commissioner shall have power to cause such repairs to be made, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the fund provided for the payment of contracts for street maintenance, and the amount shall be deducted from any money then due under the contract, or which may thereafter become due. At the end of the nine-vear period the street commissioner must determine whether or not the street is in good order at grade and surface, and the principal and his sureties under this con- 182 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. tract shall not be discharged from liability on their maintenance bond hereunder until the street commissioner shall so determine and certify thereto in writing to the principal under this con- tract. And it is further expressly agreed, that if at any time during the term for which the contract for the maintenance of the above street is in force, the pavement of said street, or any part thereof, has deteriorated to such an extent as to require, in the opinion of the board of public improvements, reconstruc- tion, the street commissioner shall, with the approval of the board of public improvements and of the mayor, notify the contractor that reconstruction is necessary, and the contractor shall, within three months after receiving such notice, recon- struct the whole or such part of the pavement with the same kind of material as heretofore applied, or with some other material approved by the board of public improvements. And if the contractor fails to reconstruct the street within three months after having been notified, the board of public improvements may, with the approval of the mayor, cancel the contract and relet the w^ork of reconstructing the pavement, and that the cost of such reconstruction shall be paid by the city and the amount collected by suit from the contractor or his sureties, not to exceed fifteen dollars per square of pavement, included in the contract. And it is further agreed that whenever any repairs of the street are made necessary from the construction of sewers, the laying of pipes or telegraph wires, or from any other disturb- ance of the pavement by parties acting under permits issued by the city, the contractor shall, on notification from the street com- missioner, immediately make all necessary repairs in conformity with the specifications for this class of work. The cost of all such repairs, exclusive of trenching and back filling, which shall be done by the parties who hold the permits, and in the same manner as now required by existing ordinances, shall be paid for at the full contract price for a superficial square of new pavement out of the fund set apart for the payment of con- tracts for the maintenance of streets, and the amount shall be certified by the street commissioner to the auditor, who shall reimburse, by transfer, the aforesaid fund from the funds of the proper department, if the repairs were made necessary by the construction of any public improvement; and out of the funds to be deposited by persons obtaining permits for opening streets before such permits are granted, if the repairs are made necessary by work done under such permits. And it is agreed that the contractor shall have the right to make all repairs which become necessary by the construction of any public improvement or work done by private parties under permits given by the city. St. L. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 183 136. Speciflcation for Asphalt Pavement. The following specification for asphalt pavement was prepared in 1893, by Mr. A. P. Boiler, of New York City, for such a pavement upon the new Harlem river bridge at 155th st., New York. It probably embodies the latest and most approved methods of making such a pavement, and so far as it is appli- cable to ordinary street pavements, it might be followed with advantage. The sub-surface must then be brought to a uniform grade and cross-section not to exceed a crown of three inches in width of roadway by filling all depressions w^ith a fine bituminous concrete or binder, to be composed of clean, broken stone not exceeding one inch in their largest dimensions, thoroughly screened, and coal tar residuum, commonly known as No. 4 paving composition. If required by the department of public parks, clean, sharp sand may replace a portion of the broken stone. The stone or stone and sand must be heated by passing through revolving heaters, and thoroughly mixed by machinery With the paving composition in the proportion of one (i) gal- lon of paving composition to one (i) cubic foot of stone. This binder must be hauled to the work and spread with hot iron rakes in all holes or inequalities and depressions below the true grade of the pavement, to such thickness that after being thoroughly compacted by tamping and hand rolling the surface shall have a uniform grade and cross-seclion, and the thickness of the binder at any point shall be not less than three quarters of an inch. The upper surface shall be exactly parallel with the surface of the pavement to be laid. Upon this foundation must be laid the wearing surface or paving proper, the basis of which or paving cement must be pure asphaltum, unmixed with any of the products of coal tar. The wearing surface must be composed of: — 1. Refined asphaltum. 2. Heavy petroleum oil. 3. Fine sand, containing not more than one per centum of hydro-silicate of alumina. 4. Fine powder of carbonate of lime. The asphaltum must be specially refined and brought to a uniform standard of purity and gravity of a quality to be approved by the engineer. The heavy petroleum oil must be freed from all impurities and brought to a specific gravity of from eighteen to twenty 184 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. two degrees Beau me, and a fire test of two hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit. , From these two hydro-carbons shall be manufactured an asphaltic cement which shall have a fire test of two hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit, and at a temperature of sixty degrees Fahrenheit shall have a specific gravity of 1.19, said cement to be composed of one hundred parts of pure asphalt and from fifteen to twenty parts of heavy petroleum oil. The asphaltic cement being made in the manner above described, the pavement mixture will be formed of the follow- ing materials, and in the proportions stated: Asphaltic cement . from 12 to 15 Sand from 83 to 70 Pulverized carbonate of lime from 5 to 15 The sand and asphaltic cement are to be heated separately to about three hundred degrees Fahrenheit. The pulverized carbonate of lime, while cold, shall be mixed with the hot sand in the required proportions, and then mixed with the asphaltic cement at the required temperature, and in the proper propor- tion, in a suitable apparatus, which will effect a perfect mixture. The pavement mixture prepared in the manner thus indi- cated must be brought to the ground in carts at a temperature of about two hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit, and if the temperature of the air is less than fifty degrees, iron carts, with heating apparatus, must be used in order to maintain the proper temperature of the mixture; it shall then be carefully spread by means of hot iron rakes, in such manner as to give a uni- form and regular grade, and to such depth that after having received its ultimate compression, it will have a thickness of two inches at crown of roadway, tapering off, if required, to about one inch at gutters. The surface shall then be com- pressed by hand rollers, after which a small amount of hydraulic cement shall be sw^ept over it, and it shall then be thoroughly compressed by a steam roller weighing not less than two hundred and fifty pounds to the inch run ; the rolling to be continued for not less than five hours for every one thousand yards of surface. The powdered carbonate of lime must be of such degree of fineness that five to fifteen per centum by weight of the entire mixture for the pavement shall be of an impalpable powder of limestone, and the whole of it shall pass a No. 26 screen. The sand must be of such size that none of it shall pass a No. So screen, and the whole of it must pass a No. 10 screen. In order to make the gutters, which are consolidated but little by traffic, entirely impervious to water, a width of twelve inches next the curb must be coated with hot, pure asphalt and smoothed with hot smoothing irons in order to saturate the pavement to a certain depth with an excess of asphalt. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 18'5 If rock asphalt be used, it must be natural bituminous limestone rock: (i) from the Sicilian mines at Ragusa, equal in quality and composition to that mined by the United Lim- mer and Ver Wohle Rock Asphaltc Comj^any, Limited; (2) from the Swiss mines at Val de Travers, equal in quality and composition to that mined by the Neuchatel Rock and Asphalte Company, Limited, or (3) from the French mines at Seysscl, equal in quality and composition to that mined by the Com- pagnie Generale des Asphaltes de France, and it shall be pre- pared and laid as follows: (i) The lumps of rock shall be finely crushed and pul- verized, the powder shall then be passed through a fine sieve. Nothing whatever shall be added to or taken from the powder obtained by grinding the bituminous rock. The povvder sliall contain from nine to twelve per cent, natural bitumen, eighty eight to* ninety one per cent, pure carbonate of lime, and must be free from quartz, sulphates, iron pyrites, or aluminum. (2) This powder shall be heated in a suitable apparatus to two hundred or two hundred and fifty degrees P'ahrenheit, and must be brought to the ground at such temperature in carts made for the purpose, and then carefully spread on the foun- <+) inch in width. The blocks will be imbedded in the sand bed and laid at right angles to the line of the street, except at street and alley intersections, where the same will be laid at an angle of about 45 degrees with the line of the street. The stone will be laid close tosrether with the ton surface smoothly conforming to the crown of the street. Each course is to be of uniform width, with each longitudinal joint broken by a lap of not less than two inches. The blocks are to be immediately covered with sufficient, clean, fine, hot, screened gravel to fill the joints, to not more than 3 ^^ inches from the top after which the blocks will be tamped with a heavy paver's ram to a firm, unyielding and uniform smooth surface. The joints will then be filled fiush with top of pavement with a hot paving cement obtained by direct distillation of coal tar, imme- diately after which fine, dry, hot gravel will be run ir.to the joints. Not less than three (3) gallons' of paving cement shaU be used to each square pard of pavement.* M. 138. Specification for Granitoid Sidewalks. Side- walks made after the following specifications are now exclusively used in St. Louis, and have been in use in that city for many years. Where granite can be obtained at a reasonable price, it is thought this composition is more durable and satisfactory for sidewalks than any other material or mixture which has ever been used. The making of these sidewalks has grown to be a very large industry in St. Louis and the price has been gradu- ally reduced because of the great amount of this kind of work done, until in 1S95, the total cost of removing old pavement, regrading, laying the foundation and pavement as here described in the most approved manner, and strictly in accordance with this specification is from eighteen to twenty cents per square foot for the "ordinary single flagging.'* ♦This treatment of the joints is especially satisfactory. — Author. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 187 The sidewalks shall be of three sepnrnte and distinct thick- ness and kinds, and shall be classified as follows: ''Ordinary Single Flaggixg," "Extra Double Thick Flagging," and "Driveway OR Entrance Flagging," and siall be laid in the different localities within the above described limits at the discretion of the street commissioner, who shall determine which of the above named kinds shall be laid. Preparation of Bed. The sidewalks shall be excavated and shaped to the proper depth and grade as directed by the street commissioner, and all the refuse material therefrom shall belong to the contractor and shall be promptly removed from the line of work. Ordinary Single Flagging. After the shaping is done a foundation of cinders not less than eight (S) inches thick shall be placed upon the subgrade, which shall be well consolidated by ramming to an even surface, and which shall be moistened just before the concrete is placed thereon. After the sub-foundation has been finished the artificial stone flagging shall be laid in a good workmanlike manner. The same to consist of two parts: ist. A bottom course to be three and one half (3^) inches in depth. 2d. A finish- ing or wearing course, to be one half (7-2) inch in depth. The bottom course shall be composed of crushed granite and the best Portland cement, equal to the Dyckerhoff brand, and capable of withstanding a tensile strain of' 400 pounds to the square inch alter having been threj hours in air and seven days in water, and shall be mixed in the proportion of one part cement to three parts of crushed granite. The crushed jj^ranite shall consist of irregular, sharp-edged pieces, so broken that each piece will pass through a three fourths (^) of an inch ring in all its diameters, and which shall be entirely free from dust or dirt. The crushed granite and the cement in the above mentioned proportions shall first be mixed dry, then sufficient clean water shall be slowly added by sprinkling, while the material is con- stantly and carefully stirred and worked up, and said stirring and mixing shall be continued until the whole is thoroughly mixed. This mass shall be spread upon the sub-foundation and shall be rammed until all the interstices are thoroughly filled with cement. Particular care must be taken that the bottom course is well rammed and consolidated along: the outer edsfes. After the bottom course is completed, the finishing or wearing course shall be added. This course to consist of a stiff mortar composed of equal parts of Portland cement and the sharp screenings of the crushed granite, free from loamy or earthy substances, and to be laid to a depth of one half (^) 188 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. of an inch and to be carefully smoothed to an even surface, which, after the first setting takes place, must not be disturbed by additional rubbing. When the pavement is completed it must be covered for three days and be kept moist by sprinkling. Extra Double lliick Flagging. After the grading and shaping is done, a foundation of cinders not less than six (6) inches thick shall be placed upon the subgrade, which shall be well consolidated by ramming to an even surface and which shall be moistened just before the concrete is placed thereon. After the sub-foundation has been finished the artificial stone flagging shall be laid in a good, workmanlike manner. The same to consist of two parts: ist. A bottom course to be five (5) inches in depth. 2d. A finishing or wearing course to be one (i) inch in depth. The bottom course shall be composed of crushed granite and the best Portland cement equal to the Dyckerhoif brand, and capable of withstanding a tensile strain of 400 pounds to the square inch after having been three hours in air and seven days in water, and shall be mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to three parts of crushed granite. The crushed granite shall consist of irregular, sharp-edged pieces, so broken that each piece will pass through a three fourths (^) of an inch ring in all its diameters, and which shall be entirely free from dust or dirt. The crushed granite and the cement in the above mentioned proportions shall first be mixed dry, then sufficient clean water shall be slowly added by sprinkling, while the material is con- stantly and carefully stirred and worked up, and said stirring and mixing shall be continued until the whole is thoroughly mixed. This mass shall be spread upon the sub-foundation and shall be rammed until all the interstices are thoroughly filled with cement. Particular care must be taken that the bottom course is well rammed and consolidated along the outer edges. After the bottom course is completed the finishing or wear- ing course shall be added. This course to consist of a stiff mortar composed of equal parts of Portland cement and the sharp screenings of the crushed granite, free from loamy or earthy substances, and to be laid to a depth of one (i) inch and to be carefully smoothed to an even surface, which, after the first setting takes place, must not be disturbed by additional rubbin*:^. When the pavement is completed it must be covered for three days and be kept moist by sprinkling. Driveway or Entrance Flagging. — After the grading and shaping »s done, a foundation of crushed limestone and hydraulic SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREET PAVEMENTS, ETC. 189 cement mortar shall be laid to a depth of six (6) inches on the subgrade. The stone used in this concrete shall be broken so as to pa^s through a two (2) inch ring in its largest dimensions. The stone shall be cleaned from all dust and dirt and thoroughly wetted and then mixed with mortar, the general proportion being: One part of cement, two parts of sand, and five parts of stone. It shall be laid quickly and therl rammed until the mortar flushes to the surface. No walking or driving over it shall be permitted when it is setting, and it shall be allowed to set for at least twelve hours, and such additional length of time as may be directed by the street commissioner or by his duly authorized agents, befoie the pavement is put down. After the subfoundation has been finished, the artificial stone flagging shall be laid in a good, workmanlike manner. The same to consist of two parts: ist. A bottom course to be five (5) inches in depth. 2d. A finishing or wearing course to be one (i) inch in depth. The bottom course shall be composed of crushed granite and the best Portland cement, equal to the Dyckerhoff brand, and capable of withstanding a tensile strain of 400 pounds to the square inch after having been three hours in air and seven days in water, and shall be mixed in the proportion of one part cement and three parts of crushed granite. The crushed granite shall consist of irregular, sharp-edged pieces, so broken that each piece will pass through a three fourths (^) of an inch ring in all its diameters, and which shall be entirely free from dust or dirt. The crushed granite and the cement in the above men- tioned proportions shall first be mixed dry, then sufficient clean water sha'l be slowly added by sprinkling, while the material is constantly are carefully stirred and worked up, and said stir- ring and mixing shall be continued until the whole is thorough- ly mixed. This mass shall be spread upon the subfoundation and shall be rammed until all the interstices are thoroughly filled with cement. Particular care must be taken that the bottom course is well rammed and consolidated along the outer edges. After the bottom course is completed, the finishing or wearing course shall be added. This course to consist of a stiff mortar composed of equal parts of Portland cement and the sharp screenings of the crushed granite, free from loamy or earthy substances, and to be laid to a depth of one (i) inch and to be carefully smoothed to an even surface, which, after the first setting takes place, must not be disturbed by additional rubbing. . When the pavement is completed, it must be covered for tliree days and be kept moist by sprinkling. St. L, 190 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 139. Specifications for Brick and Tile Sewers. The following specifications for brick and tile sewers are those used in the city of St. Louis, so far as they relate to the con- struction proper, except that part relating to the use of cement, concrete, and rubble masonry. As specifications on these sub- jects are given elsewhere, they are not included here : Excavation. — All excavation shall be done by open cut from the surface, except where tunneling is shown on the plans or is expressly permitted or directed by the sewer commissioner. Wherever the material is of such a nature as to allow it, the bottom of the excavation up to the greatest horizontal diameter of the sewer shall be made with a template so as to conform to the exact shape of the brickwork. Above this line the cut may, in all ordinary cases, be carried to the surface at such a slope as the contractor may desire, but it will be calcu- lated with a slope of one horizontal to vertical, whatever may be the actual slope. Should the con- tractor think it best to keep ihe sides of the excavation vertical by bracing or otherwise, it is expressly understood that it shall be done at his own cost and risk. Rock shall be excavated so as to conform as nearly as possi- ble to the lower half of the sewer, and all irregularities shall be filled with masonry or concrete so as to make a smooth bed for the brick work. The amount of the excavation in rock cuts will be calculated with a base at the bottom of the brickwork equal to the greatest horizontal diameter of the sewer, and with side slopes of the same inclinations as in other excavations. All the rock taken from the excavations shall belong to the contractor for his own use. Wherever the excavation can not be adapted to the shape of the brickwork, it shall be done according to such directions as may be given in each case. The sides of the excavation shall, whenever it may be necessary, be supported with suitable plank and shoring, but no allowance will be made therefor unless the same is left in by express orders of the sewer commissioner, when it will be paid for at dollars per thousand feet, board measure. In all other cases it will be drawn as the work progresses and not paid for by the city. The contractor shall, at his own cost, keep the trenches free from water during the progress of the work. Excavated material must be so placed as not to interfere with travel on SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 191 the street or to incommode occupants of adjoining property. Trenches shall not be opened more than 200 feet in advance of the laying of the sewer. Back Filling. — Back fillmg shall follow close after the construction of the sewer, and in no case be more than 100 feet in the rear. The filling of the earth around and on top of the sewers shall be done with the utmost care, and in a manner to obtain the greatest compactness and solidity possible. For that pur- pose the earth shall be laid and rammed in regular layers not more than nine inches thick up to the surface of the street, or thoroughly soaked with water, as may be directed by the sewer commissioner.* The macadamizing, if any has been removed, shall be carefully replaced on the top of the said filling ; and when paving has been removed it shall be replaced in the same manner as when originally constructed, and the street or alley left in as good condition as it was before. If any new mater- rials are needed for such repairing, they shall be of the best quality, and shall be furnished and put down by the contractor at his own cost. The gutter paving in front of and adjoining sewer inlets shall be taken up and replaced in proper shape, so as to con- duct the storm water into the sewer inlets. All work of restoring the surface of the streets and alleys shall be done to the satisfaction of the street commissioner, or his duly authorized agents, immediately after the sewer is laid. If not so done within five days after notice, the work may be done by the street commissioner, and the cost thereof shall be paid by the contractor; and in default of payment, the cost may be retained by the city of St. Louis, out of any money that may be due or become due to the contractor under this contract. Surplus Earth. — All surplus earth shall be hauled away promptly to such places, within a distance of 3,000 feet, as the sewer commissioner shall designate, and be spread according to his directions ; but if no such place is designated, the con- tractor shall dispose of such surplus at his own risk and expense. No surplus earth shall be deposited on private property, if within the limit just named, it can be used on the streets or alleys or other public places. But if no such use can be found for it, it may, with the consent of the sewer commissioner, be deposited on private property ; but all earth so deposited with- out the consent of said commissioner, shall be measured, and the amount thereof deducted from the measurement of the excavation. The price paid for earth and rock excavation shall cover the whole cost of excavating the trenches and refilling the same * A better plan is to thoroughly ram the layers in nine-inch courses and then to also thoroughly soak with water every four or five feet, whenever water is available. 192 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. with earth, restoring the street and hauling away the surphis materials, as well as the whole cost of pumping, bailing, plank- ing, and shoring, excepting such planking as may be left in by express orders as hereinbefore specified. Bricks. — All the bricks used shall be of uniform texture, hard-burned entiixly through, free from lime or other impuri- ties, that will affect them in water, and shall have straight edges and square angles. Broken bricks must not be brought on the ground, and such as are broken afterwards in handling shall be used only in inaking closures, or as shall be otherwise specially directed. The bricks are to be culled as they are brought on the ground, and all bricks of improper quality thrown out and removed from the ground. The culling to be done at the expense of the contractor, who shall furnish the inspector with men for this and similar purposes, when required. Brick Masonry. — In building brick masonry, none but careful and skillful bricklayers shall be employed. The bricks shall be clean and thoroughly wet just before being laid, unless otherwise specially directed. Every brick shall be laid with 3l push joint; that is, by placing sufficient mortar on the bed and forcing the brick into it in such a manner as to thoroughly fill every joint, whether on the bottom, side or end of the brick with mortar. The joints shall be made as nearly as possible of uniform . thickness, not exceeding three eighths of an inch, and in the inside of the invert or lower arch, they shall not exceed one eighth of an inch. The bricks in each course shall be all stretchers, and to break joints with those in the adjoining courses. The bricks of the inside course shall be laid to a line and to the true cylin- drical or other form given for each case. The inside course shall also be made of the smoothest and hardest bricks, care- fully seleced for this> purpose. The upper arch shall be built on strongly made centers, which shall be drawn with great care, so as not to disturb the brickwork. The crown of the arch shall be properly keyed with stretchers, and all the joints be well filled with the mortar. The exterior surface of the upper arch shall be covered with a coating of mortar, not less than three eighths (^) of an inch thick. The mortar joints on the inside of the sewer below the center line shall be carefully struck when laid, and those above be scraped smooth with the brickwork immediately after the centers are drawn, and the mortar scraped off and entirely removed from the sewer, which is to be left perfectly clean throughout. All unfinished brickwork must be racked back in courses^ except when otherwise specially directed or permitted, and SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 193 when new work is to be joined to it, the surface of the bricks must be cleaned and moistened. Openings for branch sewers shall be made and junction pieces inserted in the main sewers in such manner and at such places as may be directed. Every junction piece shall be closed with a cover of earthenware, or with bricks and cement. All brickwork will be measured and paid for by the cubic yard of solid wall. TUNNELING. In tunneling, the excavation shall be made so as to con- form neatly to the regular section of the sewer, and nothing will be allowed for any excavation beyond this. All holes or irregularities outside of the regular section must be filled up solid with bricks and mortar, but no extra allowance will be made therefor. All timbers used in sustaining the excavation must be removed as the brickwork progresses. Points, by which to get the proper line of the sewer, will be given from time to time as may be needed, and from these the contractor will be required to continue the line of the exca- vation at his own risk of its accuracy, and to correct at once any errors of alignment that may be discovered before the brickwork is finished. In tunnels, the quantities paid for will be the earth or rock excavated in the regular section of the sewer, and the brick or stone masonry required for this section, together with any foun- dation work that may have been expressly ordered, and the amount paid for these items shall be in full for furnishing all materials, and finishing the sewer; the cost of sinking shafts, pumping water, shoring, restoring falls and all accessory works of every kind being borne wholly by the contractor. Those parts only of the sewer will be paid for as tunnels, which are so marked on the plans exhibited at the time of the letting ; all the rest will be paid for as open cut, regardless of the manner in which the work is actually done. PIPE SEWERS. All pipe sewers shall be made of the best quality of vitri- fied clay pipe with smooth interior surface. Each piece shall be straight or evenly curved, as maybe required, and in section shall not vary more than half an inch from a true circle. The thickness of six-inch pipes shall not be less than three quarters of an inch ; of twelve-inch pipes, not less than one and one eighth inches ; of fifteen-inch pipes, not less than one and one quarter inches; and of eighteen-inch pipes, not less than one and one half inches. Junction pieces, for use in brick 13 194 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. sewers, shall be smoothly beveled off to an angle of forty-five degrees, and be not less than two feet long, exclusive of the socket. For pipe sewers the junction piece shall be a part of the main pipe, and no right angle junction shall ever be used. So far as the specifications for the excavation of trenches, shoring and pumping, preparation of foundations, backfilling and restoring the street surface, already given for brick sewers, can b*e made to apply to the construction of pipe sewers, they shall be followed. Each pipe is to be laid on a firm bed and in perfect con- formity with the lines and levels given. The bottom of the trench must be shaped so as to fit the lower half of the pipe as nearly as possible, with places cut at the joints for the sockets to rest in, so that the pipe shall have a uniform bearing on the ground from end to eqd. The pipes shall be joined by filling the socket with a mortar of pure cement w^ithout sand, with only water enough to give it a proper consistency. Great care must be taken to make the joint throughout the lower three fourths of the pipe perfectly water tight. The upper one fourth of joint, when so directed, shall be left open. The interior of the pipes shall be carefully cleaned from all dirt, cement and superfiuous material of every description, and a wad made of a sack filled with hay, large enough to fill the pipe and attached to a rod or cord, shall, at all times be kept in the pipe and drawn forward as the swork proceed, care being taken not to loosen the joints. After the pipes are properly laid and joined, any space between them and the sides of the excavation must be filled with sand, either washed in or well rammed, up to the middle of the pipe. From this point for at least twelve inches above the top of the pipe, the earth shall be filled in so as not to disturb the pipes, and thoroughly rammed ; after which, up to the surface, it may be either rammed in layers or thoroughly soaked with water, as may be directed by the sewer commissioner, so that the least possible settling will take place after the work is com- pleted. Pipe sewers will be paid for by the linear foot of finished work, the price sopaid to be in full payment for furnishing and laying the pipe, including the earth excavation, shoring and pumping, backfilling, restoring the street surface, hauling away surplus material, and all other work and material required by the specifications or necessary to give a finished result. Where rock is encountered in pipe sewers, such rock excavation shall be paid for at the price named herein — ; the amount to be estimated with SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWERS. 195 a base of six inches more than the inside diameter of the pipe and the side slope of one horizontal to eight vertical. 140. Specification for Sewer Pipe. The follow- ing specification for sewer pipe and specials is probably the most carefully worked out of any found in current American practice. While these specifications are very full and complete in many details which are usually overlooked, they are not unreasonably severe. They simply describe clearly what kinds of faults will serve as cause for rejection, and are as valuable to the manufacturer of the pipe in enabling him to select those specimens which he feels will be accepted, as to the inspector himself, who is called upon to accept or reject the material when supplied upon the ground. This specification, therefore, has the great merit of extreme definiteness of meaning, which is the most vital and necessary quality of all specifications. They were prepared by an engineer who knew from experience exactly what could be furnished by the best sewer pipe manu- facturers without greatly increasing the cost. Sewer Pipe and Specials — Pipe sewers are composed of straight sections which are herein termed '"pife^''^ and of branches, bends, reducers, etc., which will here be called ''''Specials'^ or '-'■ special pieces.''' The main sewer, as well as all surface and lot lateral sewers, shall be constructed of the best quality of salt-glazed, vitrified stoneware sewer pipe, and all special pieces that may be required in the work shall be of the same description and quality. The pipes and specials must be carefully selected and examined by the contractor before or while being delivered upon the street, and all such material which may be used in the work must conform to the following requirements and con- ditions: All hubs or sockets must be of sufficient diameter to receive their full depth the spigot end of the next following pipe or special without chipping whatever of either, and also to leave a space of not less than i-S inch in width all around for the cement mortar joint. Pipes and specials which can not be thus freely fitted into each other shall be rejected. In the case of pipes and specials of 12 inches and upward in diameter, at least 40 per cent, of all such that will be used 196 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. in the work must be truly circular or substantially circular in cross-section, and in the case of pipes and specials less than i3 inches in diameter, at least 60 per cent, of the whole number required must be truly circular or substantially circular ni cross- section. Of the remainder, in each case, the allowable diver- gence from a truly circular cross-section shall never exceed the following limits: a. For an elliptical cross-section, the great- est internal diameter must not be more than from 6 to 7 per cent, longer than the least internal diameter in the same cross- section, b. For an oval or egg-shaped cross-section, the same rule as for eliptical cross-sections shall apply, c. Pipes and specials having cross-sections which exhibit angles^ sharp curves or flat places oi appreciable magnitude in the circumfer- ence, will be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through the entire thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over two inches long at the spigot end, nor more than one inch long at the hub or socket end, measured in the latter case from the bottom, or shoulder, of said hub or socket. Two or more such fire-cracks,^ however, at either end of said pipe or special will cause the same to be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through only two thirds of the thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over four inches long at either end thereof, measured in the direction of its length. Two or more such fire-cracks, howev^er, at either end of said pipe or special will cause the same to be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through only one half of this thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over six inches long at either end thereof, measured in the direction of its length. Two or more such fire-cracks, however, at either end of said pipes or special will cause the same to be rejected. A single fire-crack, which extends through less than one half of the thickness of a pipe or special, must not be over eight inches long, measured in the direction of the length of such pipe. Two or more such fire-cracks, however, anywhere in the pipe will cause the same to be rejected. A transverse fire-crack in a pipe or special must not be longer than one sixth of the circumference of such pipe, nor shall its depth be greater than one third of the thickness thereof. Two or more such fire-cracks will be cause for rejection. No fire-cracks of any description shall, however, be more than one eighth inch wide at its widest point. No combination of the foregoing six limitations will be allowed, except with the express consent of the executive board and the city surveyor, as the intent and meaning of these restrictions or limitations is to insure the furnishing of the best marketable quality of pipe and specials by the contractor. In SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER PIPE. 197 general, any pipe or special which exhibits more than one fire- crack of the magnitudes above mentioned should be rejected at once by the inspector in charge of the work of laying the pipes, unless there be time to make a thorough aud minute examina- tion of the other fire-cracks which it may display, and to become thereby convinced that they are of trifling significance. Any pipe or special which is found to be cracked through its whole thickness from any other cause except the process of burning in the kiln, shall be rejected at once, regardless of the extent of such crack. This refers particularly to damage done by tran*»portation, by cooling or by frost. Irregular lumps or unbroken blisters on the interior surface of a pipe or special of sufBcient size and number to form an appreciable obstruction to the free flow of the sewage, will be cause for rejection. A few small, unbroken blisters, not exceeding one fourth of an inch in height and one or two inches in diameter, upon the inner surface, need not reject a pipe or special. If there is a broken blister or a flake on the interior of a pipe or special which is thicker than one sixth of the nor- mal thickness of said pipe or special, and whose largest diame- ter is ofreater than one twelfth of the inner circumferenc of said pipe or special, the latter shall be rejected. Furthermore, if such broken blister or flake is as large or smaller than just defined, then, unless said pipe or special can be properly fitted and laid so as to bring such broken blister or flake on the top or upper side of the sewer, the said pipe or special shall also be rejected. Irregular lumps and small, unbroken blisters on the out- side of a pipe or special need not reject it. A large and broken blister or a flake on the outside of a pipe or special, which is thicker than one sixth of the normal thickness of said pipe, and whose largest' diameter is greater than from one ninth to one twelfth of the outer circumference of said pipe, will cause the same to be rejected. Should, however, the broken blister or flake be within the limits of size just defined, and should the pipe or special admit of being properly laid so as to bring said blister or flake on the upper part of the sewer, tlien said pipe or special may be accepted, if otherwise sound in all respects. Any pipe or special which betrays in any manner a want of thorough vitrification or fusion, or the use of improper materials and methods in its manufacture, shall be rejected. Attention of inspectors is particularly called to the character of the material composing the interior of a pipe or special where the same is exposed by the breaking of a blister, the removal of a flake, or the face of the spigot end of such pipe. All pipe and specials which are designed to be straight shall not exhibit any material deviation from a straight line. 198 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. Special curves or bends shall substantially conform to the degree of curvature and general dimensions that may be required. If a piece be broken out of the rim forming the hub or socket of a pipe or special without injuring the body of such pipe, the latter shall be rejected if the length of said broken piece, or the gap left thereby, is greater than one tenth of the circumference of said hub. In case that a defect of this nature, and within the limits just defined, occurs in a pipe or special, the latter shall also be rejected unless it can be so fitted in the sewer as to bring said defect on the upper part thereof. The attention of the inspector in charge of the work of laying the sewer pipe is herewith particularly directed to the foregoing requirements as to the quality of the pipe and specials that will be allowed in the sewer, and in all cases of doubtful interpretation of said requirements, the necessary definitions will be given by the city surveyor and the executive board. Said board also reserves the right to add to the foregoing requirements, at any time during the progress of the work, such further restrictions and conditions respecting the quality of the said pipe and specials as it may deem for the best interests of the tax-payers, in order to secure the best materials which can practically be obtained. All such explanations or definitions of said requirements, in cases of doubtful interpre- tation, together with all said further restrictions and conditions relating to the quality of said pipe and specials, shall have the same force as though a part of this specification, and the con- tractor shall be required to comply therewith without extra compensation beyond the prices bid by him for performing the work. E. K. 141. Specification for Laying Sewer Pipe. The following specification for the laying of sewer pipe and specials has all the merits ascribed to the specification for sewer pipe as given in the previous article, and has been pre- pared by the same engineer. For the purpose of removing any cement mortar which may have been forced through the joints, and which may, when hardened, form serious obstruc- tions in the sewer, probably no specification will insure such excellent results as that given in the St. Louis specifications for pipe sewers in Art. 139, where the contractor is required to provide "A wad made of a sack filled with hay, large enough to fill the pipe and attached to a rod or cord, which SPECIFICATIONS FOK SEWER PIPE. 199 shall at all times be kept in the pipe, and which shall be drawn forward as the work proceeds, care being taken not to loosen the joints." It is an easy matter for the inspector to examine at any time to see whether or not this wad is being drawn forward, and when drawn forward it must of necessity remove any protruding fins of mortar, and leave the interior smooth and entirely free from such obstructions. Laying the Sewer Pipe and Specials. — Previous to laying the pipe and specials which have been delivered upon the street, into the trench, they shall all be subjected to a rigid inspection by both contractor and inspector, and those which do not come up to the foregoing requirements shall be rejected. Additional tests by sounding said pipe for cracks, and examining closely all blisters and flakes, shall also be applied. Before lowering the pipes and specials which have passed the inspections into the trench, they shall first be properly fitted together upon the surface of the street in the order in which they are to be used ; and to facilitate the process of laying, the top of each pipe or special, after said fitting, shall be jDlainly marked with chalk or paint, so that the pipe previously laid in the bottom of the trench shall be disturbed as little as possible. All pipes and specials in which the spigots and sockets can not be made to fit together, while on the surface, must be rejected, as no chipping of either socket, hub or spigot will be allowed. The faces of all spigot ends and of all shoulders in the hubs or sockets must be true, and be brought into fair contact, and all lumps or excrescences on said faces shall be carefully cut away before the joipes are lowered into the trench. In all cases where the rim of any hub or socket has been broken, as aforesaid, the pipe or special shall be rejected unless it can be so fitted as to bring the broken portion on the top, or upper portion of the sewer. The same condition shall also be applied to the case of broken blisters and flakes, as above mentioned, on either inside or outside of the pipes and specials. All special pieces required in the work, such as branches, bends, curves, reducers, etc., shall likewise be subject to the same conditions as the straight pipe. The pipes and specials shall be so laid in the trench that after the sewer is completed the interior surface thereof shall conform on the bottom accurately to the grades and alignment fixed and given by the city surveyor. The main sewer will be divided by man-holes and lamp or hand-holes into a number of distinct divisions or working sections, in each of which the 200 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. grade and alignment shall, under ordinary circumstances, be truly straight. Changes of grade or direction, or both, in said main sewer will generally be made at man-holes or lamp or hand-holes, although under special conditions, to be defined only by the executive board and city surveyor, such changes may be made at intermediate places. While the pipe and specials are being laid in each of the aforesaid straight divisions or working sections of the main sewer, a light or a burning lamp must be maintained continu- ally by the contractor at the beginning of such section, and each pipe and specials must be so laid that such light or lamp shall remain constantly in plain view throughout the entire length of such section or division. The same test shall also be applied during the work of refilling the trench, so that when the sewer is in all respects fully completed and accepted by the executive board a light which may be applied at one end of such a division of the main sewer shall be clearly and plainly seen by looking through said sewer from the other end of said^ division or working section. The length of any such division or the distance between a man-hole and the next following lamp or hand-hole, or between any two consecutive open'ngs of such kind in the main sewer, will, in general, not exceed 300 feet, although in particular cases it may be somewhat greater. The trenches must, in all cases, be wide enough to admit of the laying of the pipe and specials as above mentioned, and wherever they have not been thus excavated, all necessary widening thereof must be done before the pipe and specials are lowered therein. Ample room or space must likewise be left on each side of said pipe and specials, both to admit of proper refilling underneath and also to allow of free access to all parts of the hub or socket while making the cement joint. Wherever any additional excavation or enlargement in the sides of the trench is required for such purposes, it shall be satisfactorily performed before the pipe and specials are laid or put into place, as no cutting away of the banks will be per- mitted after any such pipe or special has been set. Furthermore, before any pipe or special is put into place, a small excavation must be made in the bottom of the pre- viously graded trench to receive the projecting part of the hub or socket, so that each pipe will have a firm and uniform bear- ing upon said graded bottom over virtually its entire length. All adjustment of the pipes to line and grade must be done by scraping away or filling in the earth under the body of the pipe, and not by blocking or wedging up the spigot or the iiub or socket. Special attention must be jDaid to this part of the work, since the stability and permanence of the sewer depend largely upon the manner in which the pipes are bedded. SPECIFICATIONS FOR SEWER PIPE. 201 The joints between the individual pipes and specials shall, in all cases, be made water-tight by completely filling out the entire annular space between the exterior of the spigot end and the interior of the hub or socket with hydraulic cement mortar, of such composition as is hereinafter specified. To prevent the mortar from reaching the interior of said pipe, the con- tractor may if he desires, use a narrow gasket of oakum or hemp, which shall be properly caulked into each joint, after which the mortar shall be introduced therein ; but no extra compensation for the use of such gaskets will be allowed. Special care must be taken to secure a perfect filling of the aforesaid annular space at the bottom sides of the pipes, as well as at the top ; and previous to the introduction of the mortar, said space, together with the surfaces of the pipe bounding the same, shall be thoroughly free all around from dust, sand, earth, dirt, small stones and water. After said space has been filled as described, a neat and proper finish shall be given to the joint by the further application of similar mortar to the face of the hub or socket, so as to form a con- tinuous and even beveled surface, from the exterior of said socket to the exterior of the connecting spigot all around. The pipes must also be thoroughly cleaned before being laid ; and any mortar, earth or other material which may have found its way through a joint or otherwise, into any pipe or special must be carefully removed before the next succeeding pipe is laid, in order that the interior of the sewer shall be left smooth and clean. As soon as the cementing of any joint, whether in a main sewer or in a lateral sewer, has been completed, the excavation previously made in the bottom of the trench for the reception of the hub or socket must be carefully atid compactly filled with sand, loam or fine earth, so as to hold the external mortar finish of said joint securely in its place; and such refilling shall also be carried up around the sides or circumference of the socket, as far as may be necessary. Any water w^hich may have accumulated in said excavations must first be removed, or else said excavations must be completely filled out with the cement mortar specified, in which event no extra compensation will be allowed. When a pipe or special is used in any main or lateral sewer, which is affected by a broken hub or socket, or a boken blister or flake, or a fire-crack on its exterior surface, as limited and defined in the foregoing, such pipe or special must be set so as to bring said permissible defect on the top or upper part of the sewer; and said defect must thereupon be completely and liberally covered over with a thick layer of hydraulic cement mortar, of the quality specified for the joints, to the full satisfaction of the city surveyor, and the executive board. 202 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. As the work proceeds, all of the required specials that are indicated upon the plan of the street, or that may be required during the progress of the work, shall be introduced and set in their proper positions. Any omissions of the required specials intended to be laid, and indicated upon the plan for the sewer, or that may especially be ordered beforehand by the surveyor, shall be corrected by the contractor without additional compensation ; but in case that any special not indicated upon the said plan, or not distinctly required to be introduced beforehand by the surveyor is inserted into the sewer after the latter has been laid, the expense of such insertions will be paid by the execu- tive board upon proper certificate from said surveyor. Befoi-e leaving the work for the night, or during a storm, or for any other reason, care must be taken that the unfinished end of the main sewer, or of any lateral sewer is securely closed with a tightly fitting iron or wooden plug. Any earth, or other material that may find entrance into said main sewer, > or into any lateral sewer, through any such open end or unplugged branch, must be removed at the contractor's expense. The cost of all such plugs, and the labor connected therewith, moreover, must be included in the regular prices bid for the sewers. E. K. 142. Specifications for the Manufacture and Delivery of Cast Iron Water Pipe. The following specifications for the manufacture of cast iron water mains are in use in the city of Rochester, N. Y. Although water pipe is now manufactured and sold as a standard article of com- merce, and is often purchased without any test or inspection whatever, it must be admitted to be a poor practice, and if the contract is a large one, the material should be thoroughly inspected and tested in all the stages of manufacture. Special attention should be given to the tests of the strength and resil- ience of the material. When cast iron water mains burst, it is due to a water ram or shock, and the more elastic the material is of which the pipes are composed, the less will be the force of the ram the more able the pipes will be to withstand the shock. The resilience of the iron is measured by the product of the strength into the deflection, and in the following specifications both tensile and cross-breaking tests are required, and the SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER PIPE. 203 requisite deflection in the cross-breaking test is also specified. The deflection here named will insure a very good quality of cast iron, so far as its resilience is concerned, although the strength requirement is not particularly high. The author has had a large experience in testing the strength of cast iron, and he can approve of the standards of strength and resilience here named for water pipe metal. Specifications fo J' Water Pipe. DimcMsions and Weight of Pipe. — The pipe shall be of the kind usually known as "Hub and Spigot," and in general each straight pipe shall be about twelve feet in length from the bottom of the hub to the end of the spigot. No straight pipes will be received that will lay less than 1 1 feet 8 inches ; but it is understood that not more than two per cent, of the total number of pipes required in each class may be lo feet or more in length, produced by properly cutting off in a lathe a defect- ively cast spigot end. The form and dimensions of the hub and spigot ends of all pipes and castings shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, when specific drawings therefor are not furnished by him, and shall conform accurately in shape and dimensions to all drawings that may be furnished by him from time to time. (See accompanying figure for these dimensions for the St. Louis standard water pipe.) The weights and dimensions of the straight pipes shall conform to the figures in the following Table, it being stipu- 204 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. lated that the same may be modified at any time hereafter by the Engineer: TABLE OF WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS OF STRAIGHT PIPE. >! D H w H d Stan dard *n S g > o o p 3- W2. 3* ft weight of ^1^ »='S p 3 r*?: ft 11 ^-c P o^S- ^'=^ tn p ft pipe laying ±d >< £. ^ 2. 3-3 ^-c -1 s: 2-n • ,■;! = 3 •^ 12 eet. 3 3 aC"? ft — en to •-h O* P "! 3 a p' B ft ft ft CO to ►*> fT p 0. 0* 5' l-S 3* ►0 ft (jq 3 S3 >-►>< ft ft 3* •5* ft n 3" ►♦» •0 •5' ion from stan !it for each inch g length than 12 tr5 S § 5' n s p. p' 3 n ft "^ 5' ft p_ ►+, ft *5' re (0 standard w 1 inch of gr ength than 12 to ft re s^ — 0- i-h ft ft n ^ to ;^ -» ft 3- t in. "1 «• in. inches. in. inches. lbs. lbs. p.c. lbs. lbs. pounds. pounds. 36 a; iK 38J^ 7-i6to^ 4J^ 492 5,904 3 6,oSi 5,727 SI 41 3^' B 1/8 38K 7-16 to J^ 4J^ 444 5,328 3 5,488 5,168 47 37 36 C I 3SJ^ 7-16 to J^ 4J^ 397 4,764 3 4,907 4,621 43 33 30 B I 32 K ^to7-i6 4'A 330 3,960 3 4,079 3,841 35 26 20 H ^to7-i6 3K 165 1,980 4 2,059 l.yoi 20 14 12 9-16 ^to7-i6 3J^ 75 900 4 936 864 8 6 10 K 5-i6to^ 3K 56 672 4 699 645 7 S 8 7-16 S-i6to% 3J^ 41 492 4 512 472 4 3 6 2 7 6 4 S-i6to% 3H 30 360 4 374 346 3 2 The specified internal diameter of the pipe is nominal, but no pipe or special casting of any class shall have a less internal diameter than the nominal diameter. The external diameters of all classes of said pipe shall be the same throughout, and all variations in thickness of metal of the shells or barrels shall be made by changing the internal diameter. The thickness of the metal of the pipe and castings will be measured after they have been thoroughly cleaned, and before being coated. No pipe of any class will be received when the thickness of the metal is over one sixteenth (j-g-) of an inch less in any part than the thickness above specified, or hereafter required by the engineer. No pipe of full length will be received whose weight is less than the above specified minimum weight, and no excess of weight in any such pipe, beyond the specified maximum weight, will be paid for. It is also expressly understood that the average weights of the straight pipe of the several classes SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER PIPE. 205 shall not exceed the said standard weights by more than two per cent, of the latter, and that no greater over-weight than this percentage will be paid for in the final settlement. The standard weight of the straight pipes will depend upon the laying length of the pipes actually furnished, and will be determined by the engineer. Quality of Metal. — The materials, details of manufacture, and the testing of all pipe and special castings herein, referred to, shall at all times be subject to the inspection and approval of the engineer. The metal, which must be remelted in the cupola or air furnace, shall be made without admixture of cin- der-iron or other inferior metal, and shall be of such character as to make a pipe strong, tough, and of sound, even grain, free from uncombined carbon when examined under the microscope, and such as will satisfactorily bear drilling, chipping and cut- ting. Its tensile strength and resilience, when tested in proper samples, shall meet all the requirements hereinafter expressed. Specimen rods of the metal used, of a size and form suita- ble for a testing machine, shall be made and carefully tested to ascertain its tensile strength. iVnother set of test bars, each being twenty-six (26) inches long, two (2) inches wide, and one (i) inch thick, shall also be made as often as the engineer shall direct, and shall be tested both for transverse strength and deflection by placing them horizontally and flatwise upon sup- ports twenty-four (24) inches apart, and then applying a steadily increasing load at the middle of each bar. The bars for testing the transverse strength or resilience of the metal shall be cast from regular patterns in dry or green sand, and as nearly as possible to the required dimensions without being finished up; proper corrections will, however, be made in the results for slight variations of width and thick- ness. The rods for testing the tensile strength of the iron, on the other hand, must be turned down on a lathe in order to remove the rough exterior and enable the diameter to be accu- rately measured. At least one set of four test bars, of each kind above des- JG^nated, shall be made and tested as described on each working day during the manufacture of the pipes and specials. These test bars must be poured from the ladle either before or after any particular pipes or special casting are poured, and must present true samples of the iron used in said pipes or castings. Records shall be kept of the tests of all bars made, and a duly certified copy of such records shall be forwarded weekly to the engineer. The quality of the metal used for the pipe and specials must be such that said bars for testing resilience, as aforesaid, 206 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. shall each carry a center load of not less than nineteen hundred (1.900) pounds before breaking, and exhibit a deflection of not less than five sixteenths d-g) of an inch; also that the tensile strength of said metal shall be at least 17,000 pounds per square inch, as determined by the tests with the first named set of rods. In estimating the suitability of the metal from said tests, the average of the three highest results obtained from each set of four bars will be considered as representing the actual strength of the iron. Manufactu7'e of Pipe and Special Castings. — All the straight pipes shall be cast in dry sand moulds, vertically with the hub end down. Every pipe is lo have the initials of the maker's name cast distinctly upon it, and also the year, the class letter, and a number signifying the order of its casting, in point of date ; the several different classes of pipe each to have its own series of numbering; the figures and letters to be at least two inches ni length, with a proportionate width; the weight of each pipe to be conspicuously painted on the outside^ before delivery, with white lead paint at the contractor's expense. The branches and all other special castings must conform in weight and thickness of iron to the drawings and directions to be furnished bv the ensrineer, and no allowance will be made for making or altering patterns for the pipe or any special cast- ings, or for any machine work in properly facing and drilling flanges, etc., where bolted joints are to be made. All required machine work on said castings shall be done in the best and most workmanlike manner, in accordance with said plans and directions of the engineer, and to his entire satisfaction. Said castings shall be subjected to the same examinations and tests at the foundry, except the water- pressure proof, as the straight pipe, and shall be marked in a similar manner. The engineer may reject, without proving, any p'pe or casting which is not in conformity with the specifications or the drawings furnished. Pines and special castings shall not be taken from the pit and stripped while still showing an}' color of heat, but shall be left in the flasks for a sufficient length of time to prevent unequal cooling and contraction by subsequent exposure. On being removed from the flasks, all pipes and special castings shall be subjected to a careful examination and hammer test for the purpose of detecting imperfections of any kind. Thev shall then be thoroughlv dressed and made clear and free from earth, sand or dust, which adheres to the iron in the moulds; iron wire brushes must be used, as well as softer brushes to remove the loose dust. No acid shall be used in cleaning the castings. After having been properly dressed and cleaned, they shall again be subjected to a thorough inspection and hammer test. The contractor will be required at the SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER PIPE. 207 foundry to place all castings in such positions as may be deemed necessary by the Engineer for convenience of inspection. The pipes and special castings shall be free from scoria, sand-holes, air-bubbles and other defects or imperfections; they shall be truly cylindrical in the bore, straight in the axis of the straight pipes, and true to the required curvature or form in the axis of the other pipes ; they shall be internally of the full speci- fied diameters, and shall have their inner and outer surfaces concentric. To insure proper diameters of sockets and spigots, a circular iron templet of the required dimensions shall be passed to the bottom of every socket, and a circular ring over every spigot. Care shall also be taken to avoid all excess in diameter of the sockets. No pipes or special castings will be accepted which are defective in joint room, whether in conse- quence of eccentricity of form or otherwise. No lump or rough places shall he left in the barrels or sockets, and no plugging or filling will be allowed. All pipes and special castings with defective hubs or flanges will be rejected. When a defective spigot end is to be cut off from any straight pipe, such cutting must in all cases be done in a lathe, and a suitable bead or fillet of half-oval wrought iron, about three fourths (^) inch wide and five sixteenths (-/g-) inch thick shall be shrunk upon the new end of the pipe ; and there shall be deducted from the proper original weight of the pipe an amount as determined from the rate specified in the foregoing table. Coating the Pipe and Special Castings. — After the above described cleaning and inspection, every pipe and special cast- ing shall be heated in a suitable oven to a temperature of about 320° F. and, while at this temperature, be immersed in a bath of hot coal tar pitch varnish, prepared in general according to Dr. R. Angus Smith's process. Special care shall be taken to have the surfaces of all pipes and castings entirely clean and free from rust immediately before putting them into said bath. If any pipe or casting cannot be dipped in said bath soon after its removal from the mould, it shall at once be thoroughl}' coated with pure linseed oil in order to prevent the formation of any rust before applying said varnish. The varnish above mentioned shall be made from coal tar, distilled until the naptha is entirely removed and the material deodorized, also until it attains the consistency of wax when cold. Pitch which becomes hard and brittle when cold will be rejected. To this material from five to six per cent, of its weight of pure boiled linseed oil shall be added and thoroughly boiled therewith. The relative portions of pitch and oil, as well as the details of mixture and boiling, are to be carefully determined by experiment. 208 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The coating must be durable, smooth, glossy, hard, tough, perfectly water-proof, not affected by any salts or acids found in the soil, free from bubbles or blisters, strongly adhesive to the iron under all circumstances, and with no tendency to be- come soft enough to flow when exposed to the sun in summer, or to become so brittle as to sca'e off in winter. As one test of the quality of the coating, a properly coated specimen casting will be plunged into a freezing mixture, and kept therein until the metal has acquired the temperature of said mixture, after which the casting shall be well hammered. If the coating remains tough and adhering closely to the metal, it will be con- sidered proper, provided that it be satisfactory in all other respects. After a varnish of the proper quality has been obtained, it shall be heated in a suitable dipping tank to a temperature of about 300° F., or such other temperature as may be found expe- dient, and shall be maintained thereat uniformly during the time of dipping. Fresh materials must be added from time to time in the right proportions to keep the mixture of the proper consis- tency. The exact proportions will be determined by the Engineer, and will be varied also according to the season of the year, as may be directed by the said Engineer, or found neces- sary to produce a coating of the required quality. The tank shall also be occasionally emptied of its contents and refilled with fresh material, tiie frequency of such operation depending both on the character of the mixture and the manner of con- ducting the coating process. Every pipe and special casting, after having been inspected, cleaned and dressed as above described, shall be heated in a suitable oven to a temperature about 20° F. higher than that which was found most expedient for the bath of coating mate- rial aforesaid, and while at such temperature, shall be immersed or dipped in said bath. All pipes or castings shall remain in the tank at least twenty (20) minutes, or as much longer as may be necessary to insure the soundness of the- coating. Whilst any pipe or casting remains in said bath, the hot rnixture must be kept thoroughly stirred by a frequent rolling, turning or churning motion of such casting, and upon its re- moval from the tank, the coating shall fume freely for a short time, and set perfectly hard within one hour thereafter. Prop- er facilities for handling the castings and allowing all surplus material to drip off, shall be provided by the contractor. The co^t of all labor and material involved in the coating of the pipes and castings must be included in the prices bid for fur- nishing said pipes and castings. Testing. — After the said coating has become thoroughly set and hard, every pipe shall be subjected to a proof by water- SPECIFICATIONS FOK WATER PIPE. 209 pressure of from 200 to 300 pounds per square inch, according to its class and diameter, and as will be determined by the Engineer. Each pipe while under the required pressure, shall be sharply rapped from end to end with a hand hammer, to ascertain whether any defects have been overlooked ; and any pipes which may exhibit any defects by leaking, sweating or otherwise, shall be rejected. All the above inspections, manipulation and tests of the pipe and test bars shall be made at the expense of the contract- or for the pipe, said expense, however, not to include salary of anv inspector who may be appointed by the Executive Board. If required by the said Board, the affidavit of the superintend- ent of the foundry, or that of the foreman employed by him to perform the above described testing, shall also be furnished to the Engineer from time to time; said affidavits to be recorded upon the pipe inspector's sheets, and stating in detail that the pipes or castings therein described have been carefully tested at the foundry in accordance with these specifications, and that no defects were discovered or discoverable. Weighing jor Payment. — The pipes and castings will be weighed lor payment after all cleaning, dressing and maciiine work has been done and the coating has been applied, and the contractor must furnish, at his own expense, accurate and properly sealed scales, together with the necessary labor for the purpose. The Executive Board also reserves the right to re- weigh on similar scales, any pipe or casting upon or after its arrival at the designated point of delivery ; and if any discrep- ency be discovered between the weight marked upon said pipe or casting and that which was found on such re-weighing, the latter weight will be adopted in the final settlement. Payment for all material furnished in accordance with these specifica- tions will be made at the prices bid per net ton (2,000 lbs.) for straight pipe and special castings. Tra7isfortation of Pipes and Castings. — All pipes and castings must be delivered in all respects sound and in conform- ity with these specifications. Upon their delivery at the point designated, the Executive Board reserves the right to subject the said pipe and castings to the same water-pressure proof and hammer tests as are above specified to be applied at the foundry ; and all defective pipes or castings which may have passed the i:'spector at the foundry, or which may have been broken in transportation from the foundry to said point of de- livery, will be rejected when there discovered, unless the same may be cut as hereinafter provided. Care must also be taken 14 210 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. in handling the pipes and castings not to injure the coating, and no material of any kind shall be placed in said pipes and castings during transportation, or any time after being coated. If, upon its arrival at the designated point of delivery, the spigot end of any straight pipe should be found cracked or broken, during transportation from the foundry to the said point or otherwise, such defective portion will be cut off at the contractor's expense, provided that the same does not exceed a length of four (4) feet, and a suitable fillet or bead shall then be shrunk on the new spigot end, as above specified. A deduc- tion from the proper original weight of such pipe shall also be made in each such case at the rate specified in the above table for every inch of length so cut off. No pipe or special casting in which the hub is found to be cracked or defective in any respect, will be accepted at said point of delivery or elsewhere ; nor will any special casting with a defective spigot end be received, or permitted to be cut off, without the written order of the Engineer. E. K. 143. Specifications for Laying Water Pipe. The following clauses referring to the methods of laying water pipe, and making the joints, are taken from the complete speci- fications on this subject used by the water commissioner of St. Louis. All that portion of the specification referring to the trenching, protection, tools, alignment, grades, connections, back-filling, etc., together with the general clauses are here omitted. The reducers, bends, caps and such other parts as are liable to draw, shall be firmly secured by straps and bolts, and in addition to this a firm blocking shall be set behind all caps, curves, fire hydrants and three way branches, said blocking to have a large surface bearing against the undisturbed earth, and to be wedged up tight. All applications necessary to the per- fv-ct working of the distribution, when the water is let on, shall be made and completed. The straps and bolts used shall be made from the best American refined iron, and the size and workmanship, as well as the material, shall be in all respects satisfactory to the water commissioner. SPECIFICATIONS FOR LAYING WATER PIPE. 211 Any omission of branches, stop-cocks, or other appurte- nances intended to be laid, shall be corrected when required, by re-opening the trench, if it has been filled up, and introducing what m:iy have been omitted. At the time when laid, the spigots of the pipe shall be so adjusted in the sockets as to give a uniform space all around, and if any pipe does not allow sufficient space, it shall be replaced by one of proper dimensions. The joint shall, at all points, be at least five sixteenths of an inch in thickness. In the lead and gasket joints, the depth of lead shall not be less than three and one quarter inches for the fifteen inch pipes and over, nor less than two and three quarter inches for smaller pipes. Gaskets of clean, sound hemp yarn, braided or twisted, and tightly driven, shall be used to pack these joints, when required, a space of one quarter inch shall be left between the contiguous pipes. The lead used shall be of the best quality of pure and soft lead, and suitable for caulking and securing a tight and perma- nent joint. Before running the lead, the joints shall be carefully wiped out to make them clean and dry; the joint shall be run full at one pouring, and the meltinf>- pot shall always be kept within fifty feet of the joint about to be poured. The joint shall be caulked by competent mechanics. The caulking to be faithfully executed, and in such a manner as to secure a tight joint without overstraining the iron of the bell. In all cases the caulking shall be done tozvards the place of the gate and other points where the lead is likely to be poroLis, so as to drive it together at these points. The lead, afler being driven, shall be flush with the face of the socket. The pipes and all other castings shall be carefully swept and cleaned, as they are laid, of any earth or rubbish which may have found place inside, during or before the operation of laying. Every open end of a pipe shall be plugged or other- vrise closed before leaving the work for the night. In refilling the trenches, the earth filled into the bottom of the trench, under and to the top of the pipes and other cast- ings, shall be carefully packed and well rammed with proper tools for the purpose. Whenever written directions so to do are given, the con- tractor shall fill the trench with river sand, said filling to be done in exact accordance with the orders and directions of the water commissioner. For all sand filling done as above, the sum of $ per cubic yard will be paid, which sum shall include all expense of materials, tools and labor for the sand filling, and removing the surplus earth from the work. Care shall be taken to give the pipe a solid bearing through- out its entire length. The earth filling above the pipes shall 212 • ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. also be sufficiently packed and rammed to prevent after settle- ment, and the material used shall be free from stones or rock fragments. The trenches shall, in all cases ; be refilled with the material furnished by their excavation, provided that it be of a proper quality, and the necessary haul be not more than 500 feet. Earth borrowed or hauled over 500 feet, to refill the trenches (excepting trenches where rock lias been excavated), will be paid for as embankment, at the price given under item of section seven. In streets and roads, the class of surface before existing, shall be replaced, so as to be in every way equal to that surface in materials and workmanship, and satisfactory to the water commissioner. Whenever trenches are excavated i;i or across streets paved with granite or wood blocks, or with asphalt, the con- tractor will be required to have the back-fill of trench thoroughly^ rammed (not less than three men ramming to each man filling the trench), and to replace the paving temporarily, so as ta make the street passible for traffic ; the permanent laying of the pavement in these cases, will be assumed by the city. A wooden box or vault shall be furnished and set over each of the stop cocks, a'r cocks, and fire hydrants, and the iron frames and covers shall be properly fastened to them. Thc'^e boxes are to be made of the form and dimensions shown by^ samples furnished and approved by the water commissioner; they shall be made from sound, well seasoned oak lumber; the corner posts shall be of four-inch scantling, .and the sides sfjall be formed from two-inch plank, set close, and securely nailed. M. L. H. 144. Specifications for Stop Valves. The follow- ing specifications for stop valves for water mains are thought to be particularly strong in the requirements governing the strength of the material used in the different parts. These require- ments are followed up very carefully by numerous tests of the strength of the material, and in this way the character of the composition metal used has come to be very superior to that formerly employed, and much superior to that which would be obtained without such rigid specifications arid tests. They are the standard specifications used in the St. Louis water depart- ment. All the iron castings shall be made from a superior quality of iron, remelted in the cupola or air furnace, tough and of even SrECIFICATIONS FOR STOP VALVES. 213 grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than iS,ooo pounds per square inch. Test bars of the metal 3 inches by ^4 inch when broken transversely, iS inches between supports and loaded in the cen- ter shall have a breakinof load of not less than 1,000 pounds, and shall have a total deflection of not less than -^^ of an inch before breaking. Said bars to be cast as near as possible to the above dimensions without finishing, but correction will be made by the water commissioner for variations in thickness and width, and the corrected result must conform to above requirements. Specimen bars of the metal used, of a size and form suit- able for testing, shall be prepared when required. These specimen bars shall be poured from the ladle at any time, either before or after the casting has been poured, as may be required, and shall present a true specimen of the iron used for making the castings. If any two test bars cast the same day do not show the required cross breaking load and deflection, all the castings made from the same mixture to be rejected. Each valve shall have the maker's initials, the numbers showing point in time of casting, and the year cast upon it. The year above and the number below, thus: ^--, ^--, etc. The figures and letters will be from 2 to 2 ^ inches long, and shall have at least ^ inch relief. All the wrought iron used shall be of the first quality of American refined iron. All the composition metal used, except the valve stem, shall be composed of the following proportions, viz: 85 per cent, copper, 10 per cent, tin, and 5 per cent, spelter; and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 22,000 pounds per square inch, with 5 per cent, elongation in 8 diameters, and 5 per cent, reduction of area at breaking point. All castings must conform in shape and dimensions to the drawings. The c;; stings must be clean and perfect, without blow or sand holes, or defects of any kind. No plugging or other stopping of holes will be allowed. The valve guides must be straight and smooth. Irregular- ities, if any, must be planed or chipped off smooth. All face joints must be planed true and smooth, in the most workman- like manner, so as to make a perfectly water-tight joint, with a very thin layer of strictly pure lead cement. All bolt holes must be accurately drilled from templates. The upper part of valve to be finished to receive the valve stem, collar and stuffing box, and the fitting at this point must be such as to secure a perfect working joint. The valve to be a two-faced wedge valve ; the castings for same to be as shown on drawing. Th'^ raised rims to be turned 214 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. true with dovetailed channel to hold the composition rings. The faces must be brought to the exact angle before the rings are put on. The face rings are to be of composition metal, of quality hereinbefore specified, and are to be turned to fit the dovetail in the iron wedge. The composition rings of valves must be shrunk on, and also fastened by copper studs, placed not over three inches apart — the whole to be then brought to a true plane surface. The upper portion of the wedge to be arranged to receive the composition nut as shown. Care shall be taken to give the composition nut a perfect bearing surface — both top and bottom. On the 36 inch and 30 inch valves, the brass bearings of side guides shall be of the full dimensions, and have the exact clearance shown on drawings, and be secured in place by coun- tersunk copper studs, placed not over three inches apart, after which the guides shall be brought to a true and smooth surface. The seats for rings in body of valve shall be turned true and smooth, and to the required angle as shown on drawings.. The seat rings shall be of form and* dimensions as shown on drawings, and faced true and smooth. Seat rings to be forced into position and thoroughly and securely fastened in place, and a perfectly water-tight joint secured. All valves of 10 inch diameter and upwards to be provided with indicator as shown on drawings. All wrought iron bolts and nuts to be made from the best quality of American refined iron. The nuts to be hexagonal and the heads square. Heads, nuts and threads to be standard size. Valve stem shall be made of phosphor bronze, quality B ; or Crescent bronze, quality No. 2 ; or of first quality of "Stuck- stede" bronze, and shall be free from flaws or defects of any kind, and have a tensile strength of not less than 30,000 pounds per square inch. Screw threads on the stems and nuts to be cut in most perfect manner, and of the exact pitch shown on the drawings, and so as to work true and smooth, and in perfect line throughout entire lift of valve. There shall be two dowel pins, made of composition, set in the flanges connecting the dome and main casting, as shown on drawings, for the purpose ot centering and bringing into perfect alignment these castings. Holes for dowel pins to be drilled and reamed tapering, and pins turned to perfect fit. Pins for the 36 inch and 30 inch to be i inch in diameter ; for the 20 and 15 inch, ^ inch diameter; for the 12 and 10 inch, ^ inch diameter; and for the 8 and 6 inch, y^ inch diameter. Gearing to be extra strong, and of the form and dimen- sions shown. Pinion post to be of a good quality of steel ; key seats shall be truly cut, and keys made of steel, and of the full dimensions. • SPECIFICATIONS FOR STOP VALVES. 215 Cap nuts for valve wrench to be of the following outsidfe dimensions: for all 6 to 15 inch valves (inclusive), to be 2 inches square; for the 20 inch, to be 2^ inches square; and for the 30 and 36 inch, to be 3^^ inches square. All iron work, after being thoroughly cleaned, to be painted with three good coats of parafHne varnish, applied hot. The valves shall be tested by hydraulic pressure, as follows: First. Heads shall be secured at each end of casting, the valve opened, and a pressure of 200 pounds per square inch applied. Second. Each face joint of valve shall be tested by clos- ing the valve, leaving one end of the casting open, and apply- ing a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch to the other — this operation to be reversed to test the other face. Any and all defects developed in testing shall be thor- oughly corrected to the satisfaction of the water commissioner. After testing all valves to be thoroughly drained. All parts of valves of the same size to be perfectly interchangeable. The water commissioner may take at random any wrought iron bolt or nut, and have it broken in a testing machine. If bolt shall not fulfill the requirements of table below, the whole lot of that size and make to be rejected : Size of Bolt. Tensile Breaking Reduction of Area at Strength. Breaking Point. 5-8 inch. 9,000 lbs. 20 per cent» 3-4 13,000 '' 20 per cent^ ' 7-8 19,000 " 20 per cent.. 1 25,000 " 20 per eent^ 11-8 31,000 " 20 per centv 1 1-4 40,000 " 20 per cent;. 11-2 58,000 '* 20 per cent. The Water Commissioner may take at random any valve stem with nut, either finished or unfinished, for 6, 8, 10 or \% inch valves, and have it broken in a testing machine. If any stem or nut shall not fulfill the requirements of the table below, the rejected. w bole lot of that ma ke and size to be Size of Valve. Tensile Breaking Strength of Stem. (Including Nut and Collar.) Ductility in S Diameter. 6 inch. 8 " 10 " 12 " 34,000 lbs. 34,000 " 34,000 " 42,000 " 8 per cent. 8 8 " 8 216 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. All valve stems for 15 inch and larger valves to be cast with a coupon on one end, 15 inches long by i)^ inches diameter. Any one or all of these coupons may be taken by the Water Commissioner and broken in a testing machine. ,1£ any coupon shall show a breaking strength of less than 30,000 lbs. per square inch, or shall have a ductility of less than 8 per cent, in 8 diameters, the stem from which it was cut shall be rejected. For all materials taken by the Water Commissioner for testing which are found to conform to the above requrements, there shall be added. to the final estimate: For all wrought iron 7 cents per pound. For all Phosphor bronze 25 cents per pound. For all Crescent bronze 25 cents per pound. For all Stuckstede bronze 25 cents per pound. The broken material to belong to the party of the second part. For all materials taken for testing which do not come up to requirements there shall be no allowance, and the broken, material shall be returned to party of the first part.* The whole to be put together in a thorough and workman- like manner, and delivered, packed, ready for use. The work- ing parts to be perfectly fitted together and working true in line. The joint between the face rings, when the valve is glosed, must he absolutely water-tight. The whole to be in material, workmanship and finish, to the satisfaction and acceptance of the water commissioner. M. L. H. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 145. Rules of the Southern Lumber Manufac- turers' Association. The rules given in the following articles were adopted by the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Association at Memphis, Tennessee, February 31, 1895. They are given here entire to assist the engineer to use descriptive terms in the same sense in which they are used by the lumber manufacturers and dealers. While they are intended to apply only to southern yellow pine, they can be understood to apply in a general way to all merchantable lumber. Since lumber is always sold under certain grade names, and since in the large *In the St. Louis specifications the contractor is the party of the first part. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 217 markets the lumber is oflficially graded, it is sufficient for the engineer and architect to use these technical terms in his speci- fications, provided he knows that he is using it in the same sense in which it is used Ijy lumber dealers in that market. If he does not feel safe in limiting his description to the use of such technical class terms, he will still find considerable infor- mation in the following official rules, which will enable him better to describe the kind of lumber wbich he wishes to have supplied. 146. General Rules for Classifying Lumber. The following general rules are intended to serve as a guide to lumber inspectors in enabling them to classify the lumber in accordance with the grades named below in subsequent articles. 1. Yellow pine lumber shall be graded and classified according to the following rules and specifications as to quality; and dressed stock shall conform to the subjoined table of stand- ard sizes, except where othervvise expressly stipulated between buyer and seller. 2. * Recognized defects in yellow pine are knots (pin, round, spike, black, encased, loose or rotten), knot holes, splits (either from seasoning, ring-heart or rough handling), shake, wane, crooks, warp, rotten streaks, dote, rot, worm holes, pitch pockets, seasoning or kiln checks, blue sap and pitch streaks. * Some of the following terms may need defining: Ring-heart is a "shake" or cleavage along the plane of an annual ring, usually about half way between the pith and the circumference. "Shake" or "wind shake" is a cleavage of the trunk of a tree while yet standing, due to the action of the wind in bending the trunk. It is usually along the plane of an annual ring, that is to say, concentric with the center or pith of the tree. "Heart-shake" is a diametral or radial cleavage through the tree or log. If it occurs after the logs are cut, or in large timbers after they are sawed, it is due to shrink- age in drying. This is the common defect of all oak logs or large timbers. "Wane" is a deficiency in width, either over the entire edge or on one corner, caused by a crook in the log. "Crooks" are permanent distortions of the board, due to defective piling or from other causes. "Warp" is a twisting of the board into a warped surface. "Seasoning or kiln checks" are either very small or large cracks, caused by dry- ing the surface of the board with its accompanying shrinkage, while the interior is still wet. "Blue sap" is a discoloration, which green yellow pine is subject to, especially the sap portion, if not at once piled for drying or placed in a dry kiln. "Pitch streaks" are longitudinal openings, sometimes of considerable size, as J4 inch to J^inch wide and several inches (or even feet) long, filled with rosin. 218 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. 3. Bright sap shall not be considered a defect in any ot the grades provided for and described in these rules. The restriction or exclusion of bright sap constitutes a special class of material which can be secured only by specific contract. 4. Firm red heart shall not be considered a defect in common grades. 5. Defects in rough stock, caused by improper manufac- ture or drying, will reduce grade, unless they can be removed in working such stock to standard sizes. 6. Imperfect manufacture in dressed stock, such as chipped, grain splintered or torn places, broken knots on edge of shiplap, insufficient tongue on flooring, etc., shall be con- sidered defects, and reduce grade accordingly. 7. A standard knot is sound, and not over i}{ inches in diameter. A pin knot is sound, and not over half an inch in diameter. 8. Any piece that will not work one half its size shall be classed as a dead cull. 9. The grade of all regular stock shall be determined by the number and position of the defects visible in any piece. The enumerated defects admissible in any given grade are intended to be descriptive of the coarsest pieces such grade may contain. The average quality of the grade should be midway between such pieces and the defects allowed in the next higher grade. 10. Lumber or timber sawed for specific purposes, such as wagon tongues, bridge timbers, car sills, etc., must be inspected with a view to the adaptability of the piece for the use intended. 11. In finishing, flooring, etc., the enumerated defects admissible in a given grade apply only to the face side of tfce piece, but reverse face should not admit defects that would render the piece unsuitable for the purpose intended. 12. Standard lengths are multiples of 2 feet from 10 to 20 feet, inclusive, for boards and strips, and from 10 to 24 feet, inclusive, for dimension, joists and timbers. Longer or shorter lengths than those herein specified are special. Odd lengths, if below 24 feet, shall be counted as of the next higher even length. 13. On stock width shipments of 8-inch and under no board shall be admissible that is more than j^ inch scant ; on lo-inch not more than ^ inch, and on 12-inch not more than j4 inch scant of specified width. 14. Yellow pine of better grade than No. i common up to 4 inches in width is classified according to grain as edge grain and flat grain. Edge grain yellow pine has been vari- ou.ly designated as rift-sawn, straight grain, vertical <^rain and quarter-sawed, all being commercially synonymous terms. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 219 Edge grain stock is specially desirable for flooring, and admits no piece in which the angle of the grain exceeds forty-five degrees from vertical, thus excluding all pieces that will sliver or shell from wear. Such stock as will not meet these require- ments is known as flat grain. 15. All dressed and matched stock shall be measured and sold "strip count," i. e., full size of rough strijD from which such stock is made — 3, 4, 5 and 6 inches wide. 16. The foregoing general observations shall apply to and govern the following detailed descriptive enumeration of recognized grades. 147. Rules for Grading Finishing Lumber. The following rules for grading apply to all kinds of finishing stock, whether for interior or out-door work. In these rules such expressions as "S. i S."or "S. 2 S." mean "surfaced one side," or "surfaced two sides," respectively. Also "S. i S. i E." will be understood to mean "surfaced one side and one edge." By surfacing is meant planing or running it through a planing machine. It may still require hand dressing for the best work. Nearly all saw mills now dry their lumber and run it through the planer, in order to save the extra freight on the rough and green lumber. (Grades: First and second clear; third clear; barn and roofing stocks). 17. First and Second Clear Finish^ i inch, S. i or 2 S., up to and including 10 inches wide, must show one face clear from all defects; 333^ per cent, of any shipment of 12 or 14 inches wide will admit two pin knots or one standard knot, slight pitch streak, or small pitch pocket, or sap stain not over 13^ inches wide running across the face, or small kiln or seasoning checks, but no two of these defects shall appear in a single piece ; 16 inches wide will admit of two defects allowed in 12-inch or their equivalent. Wider than 16-inch will admit proportionately more defects. Pieces otherwise admissible in which the point of the grain has been loosened or slivered in dressing on the face side should be put in lower grade. Defec- tive dressing or reverse face of finishing is admissible. In case both faces are desired clear special contract must be made. 18. Third Clear Fiiiish^ i inch, S. i S. or 2 S., up to and including 10 inches in width, may have not more than two, of the following defects on best or face side: Three pin knots one standard knot; three sap stains 2 inches wide running across 220 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. the face or their equivalent; two pitch pockets; slight pitch streaks, kiln or seasoning checks ; torn places, and wane which does not enter more than i inch, nor extend more than 2 feet; 12-inch will admit three of the above defects, or their equiva- lent. This grade is suitable for paint finish. 19. 13^, I ^ and 2 inch, S. i or 2 S., shall take i inch inspection, and unless otherwise agreed between buyer and seller, shall be subject to inspection on face or best side only. 20. Barn and novelty siding, shiplap and grooved roofing- shall be S, 10 and 12 inches wide, and consist of boards falling below third clear which are sound and water-tight, free from coarse knots and wane over i inch wide extending more than 3 feet in any piece. Pitch, except in narrow streaks, should be excluded. 21. Edge-Grain Flooring- (Grades: First clear, second clear). First clear edge-grain flooring must be well manufac- tured, and free from all defects on face side of strip. 22. Second clear edge-grain flooring will admit of three' pin knots or one standard knot, or small pitch pocket, or blue sap stain not to exceed 10 per cent, of the face. 23. Flat-Grain Flooring. (Grades: A flat, B flat). A flat flooring may contain two pin knots or one small pitch pocket, but shall be free from other defects, and must be well manufactured. Pieces in which the point of the grain has been loosened in dressing should be put in lower grade. 24. B flat flooring may have any two of the following defects: Three pin knots or one standard knot, slight sap stains, small pitch pockets, slight torn places and defects in manufac- ture, narrow pitch streaks and seasoning checks. When all other defects are absent, blue sap stain in any quantity shall be admitted. 25. Common Flooring. (Grades: No. i common. No. 2 common). No. i common flooring must be manufactured from sound stock. In addition to the defects described in B flat, also admits of sound knots, blue sap and firm red heart in any quantity, pitch and slight shake, but must lay without waste. No division as to grain is made in this grade. 26. No. 2 common flooring includes all pieces that will not grade No. i common which can be laid without wasting more than one fourth the length of any piece. This grade will admit imperfections which do not render the piece unfit for use in cheap floors and roof sheathing. 27. Center-matched flooring shall be required to come up to grade on one face only. 28. Ceiling. (Grades: A, B, C). A ceiling shall be free from all defects on face side and well manufactured. LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 221 29. B ceiling will admit slight imperfections in dressing — three pin knots or one standard knot, pitch streaks or small pitch pockets, or blue sap stain not to exceed 10 per cent of the face; but not more than two of these defects to be admitted in any piece. 30. C ceiling conforms to grade of No. i common flooring and is suitable for paint finish. Will admit imperfections that do not prevent its use without waste. 31. Wagojz Bottotns. (Grades: A, B). Wagon bottoms shall be graded the same as flat grain flooring. 33. Bevel and Drop Siding. (Grades: A, B and C). Shall be graded according to ceiling rules, but will admit more blue stain, and, except in C grade, should exclude pitch. Slight additional imperfections on the thin edge of bevel siding which will be covered by the lap are admissible. 33. Partition. (Grades: A, B and C). Partition shall conform to ceiling grades, but must meet the requirements of the specified grade only on one face. The reverse face shall not be more than one grade lower. 34. Molded Casings and Base. (Grades: First clear, second clear). First clear shall be free of all defects on face and perfect in manufacture. 35. Second clear is suitable for work that is to receive a paint finish, and usually consists of rejections, made after dressing, from stock inspected in the rough as first clear. The defects admitted in B ceiling would be allowed. 148. Rules for Grading Common Boards and Rough Lumber. COMMON BOARDS AND SHIPLAP. 36. No. I common boards, S. i S., and No. i common shiplap shall be manufactured from sound stock, of even thick- ness the entire-length. Will admit of any two of the following defects : Wane one half inch deep on edge and one sixth the length of any piece ; tight sound knots, none of which shall be larger than three inches in diameter, or equivalent spike knots; one split not more than sixteen inches long, and blue sap. These boards should be firm and strong, suitable for use in all ordinary construction and serviceable without waste. 37. No. 2 common boards and No. 2 common shiplap admit pieces that fall below No. i common which are free from the following defects : Rotten streaks that go through the piece, through heart shakes which extend more than one half the length of the piece, and wane over two inches wide exceeding one third of the length of the piece. A knot hole i^ inches in diameter or its equivalent will be allowed, pro- vided the piece would otherwise grade No. i common. Worm 222 ENGINEEEING SPECIFICATIONS. holes and straight splits one fourth of the length of the piece are admissible. FENCING s. I s. 38. No. I common fencing must be manufactured from sound stock. May contain sound knots equal in diameter to not over one third the width of piece at any given point throughout its length, but must be free from spike knots the length of which is over one half the width of piece. Also, free from wane over one half inch deep on edge and one half the length of any piece measured on one side. This grade must work its full length without waste. 39. No. 2 common fencing shall admit of pieces that fall below No. I common which are free from through rotten streaks. 40. Miscut I inch stock in boards and fencing which does not fall below ^ inch thick shall be admitted in No. 2 com- mon, provided that the grade of such thin stock is in all other respects as good as No. i common. DIMENSION S. I S. IE. 41. JVo. J Common Dimension shall be manufactured from sound stock, and be free from loose and unsound knots, and large knots so located as to materially impair the strength of the piece ; v^'ill admit of seasoning checks and heart shakes that do not go through, of slight w'ane and such other defects as do not prevent its use as substantial structural material. 42. JSfo. 2 Common Dimension admits all pieces falling below No. I common which are free from through rotten streaks, and sound enough to be used without w aste. 43. Miscut 2 inch stock which does not fall below 1 5^ inch shall be admitted in No. 2 common, provided that the grade of such thin stock is in all other respects as good as No. I common. 44. In boards, fencing and dimension, stock falling below No. 2 grade and excluding dead culls shall be classed as No. 3. 45. Dressed timbers shall conform in grade to the speci- fications applying to rough timbers of similar size. ROUGH YELLOW PINE FLOORING STRIPS AND FINISHING. 46. Flooring strips are 3 inches, 4 inches, 5 inches and 6 inches wide when green ; square-edged and evenly manu- factured. 47. Finish must be evenly manufactured, and shall embrace all sizes from i inch to 2 inches thick by six inches and over in width. 48. No finishing lumber, unless otherwise ordered, should measure when dry and rough less than ig inch scant in thick- LUMBER GRADING AND CLASSIFICATION. 223 ness. No piece in any shipment of boards and strips shall be more than j^ inch scant on 6 and 8 inch stock, ^ inch scant on lo and }4 inches scant on 12 inch and wider stock. 49. Wane and seasoning checks that will dress out in working to standard thicknesses and widths are admissible. 50. Subject to the foregoing provisions rough finishing shall be graded according to the specifications applying to dress finishing. When like grade of both faces is required special contract should be made. COMMON BOARDS, FENCING AND DIMENSION. 51. Rough Common Boards and Fencing must be evenly manufactured, and should not be less than y% inch thick when dry, nor more than ^2 inch scant of specified width. 52. Rough 2 inch Common shall be evenly manufactured and not less than ij^ inches thick when green, or i^ inches thick when dry. The several widths must not be less than ^ inch over the standard dressing width for such stock. 53. The defects admissible in rough rock shall be the same as those applying to dressed stock of like kind and grade, but such further defects as would disappear in dressing to standard size of such material shall be allowed. 54. Rough timbers 6y.6 and larger shall not be more than 5^ inch scant when green and be evenly manufactured from sound stock with not less than three square edges, and must be free from knots that will materially weaken the piece. 55. Timbers 10x10 in size may have a 2 inch wane on one corner, or its equivalent on two or more corners, one fourth the length of the piece. Other sizes may have proportionate defects. 56. Seasoning checks, and shakes extending not over one eighth the length of the piece, are admissible. 149. Standard Dimensions of the Southern Lumber Manufacturers' Association.* 2J7 3 2 Flooring. The standard of 1x4 and 6 inch shall be X354! and 534^ inches; i^ inch flooring, i ^^ inches. Ceiling. Yz inch ceiling, ^\ inch ; )^ inch ceiling, j^g inch; S/^ inch ceiling, j^^ inch; ^ inch ceiling, J-J inch; same width as floorinof. Finishing, i inch, S i S or S 2 S, to -|4 ; 1% inch, S I S or S 2 S, to 13^2 inch; i^ inch, S i S or S 2 S, to iJI inches; 2 inch, S i S or S 2 S, to 1% inches. Boards and Fencing, i inch, S i S or S 2 S, to 13-16. *These particular dimensions can not be assumed to hold for all parts of the country. 224 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. Dimension. 2x4, S i S i E, to if^x3^ inches; 2x6, S I S I E, to i^x5fi inches; 2x8, S i S i E, 1^x7^ inches; 2x10, S i S i E, to lysx^j^ inches; 2x12, S i S I E, to i^xiij4 inches; 4x4, 3/^ inch off side and cage; 4x4, 848,^ inch off each side. 150. Specification for Thoroughly Seasoned Lumber. There is no difference between "seasoned"' lum- ber and "dried" lumber. "Thoroughly seasoned" or "thor- oughly dried" lumber is lumber which has been dried, either in the open air or in a dry kiln, until it has reached that state of dryness which is relatively permanent. It then contains water equal to about ten per cent, of its weight. This is what might be called the atmospheric moisture. This will remain in the wood unless driven off by evaporation at a temperature of 212 degrees Fahrenheit or more. The word "thoroughly" when used in this connection, means "uniformly" as w^ell as "effect- ually." That is, "thoroughly dried" lumber is dried uniformly throughout its entire cross-section and throughout its entire length. To determine the percentage of moisture of lumber It is only necessary to cut a section from a board or §tick and weigh it; then dry in an ordinary stove oven with a slow fire for an hour or two and then weigh again ; the difference in weight divided by the dry weight is the percentage of moisture. As determined by this test, "thoroughly dry lumber" should not contain more than ten or twelve per cent, of water, and the interior should be as dry as the exterior. The necessity for using thoroughly dried lumber where shrinkage is to be avoided, arises from the fact that belotv about JO per ce?it. moisture lumber skri?iks nearly as much as it dries. That is to say, when lumber dries down from 30 per cent, moisture to 10 per cent, moisture it dries out, or loses in weight, 20 per cent, of its dry weight. It also loses about 20 per cent, of its dry volume, or say 15 per cent, of its volume at 30 per cent, moisture. The shrinkage lengihwise is very slight, SPECIFICATIONS FOR CAST IRON. 225 hence it hiis lost about 15 per cent, of its cross-section, or say six or seven per cent, of each of its lateral dimensions. That is to say a board one foot wide at 30 per cent, moisture is only about 11^ inches wide at 10 per cent, moisture; or a floor- ing board 4 inches wide at 20 per cent, moisture is only about 3^ inches wide at 10 per cent, moisture. On account of the very large radial fibres (medullary rays) in oak wood, this kind of lumber shrinks mostly in a circumferential direction, and all timber shrinks more circumferentially than radially since all woods have these medullary rays to a greater or less extent. It is for this reason that * 'quarter sawed" (radial sawed) lumber is more satisfactory than "flat sawed" for all kinds of furniture and house trimmings. For flooring quarter sawed, or "rift sawed" boards, presenting an "edge-grain" surface, is far preferable to "flat-grain" because it wears evenly and does not sliver on the surface. The specification may read as follows: All the lumber delivered under this contract, to be used for purposes of , shall be thoroughly seasoned or dried, either in the open air or in a kiln or both. By "thor- oughly seasoned" as here used is meant a seasoning or drying uniformly throughout the entire sections of the various sizes delivered, and the average percentage of moisture contained in the lumber when delivered shall not be more than ten per cent, of its weight, as determined by actual experiment. SPECIFICATIONS FOR IRON AND STEEL. 151 . Specification for Cast Iron. There is prob- ably no material in engineering structures which can more profitably be governed by specifications involving tests than cast iron. Since cast iron usually breaks under some kind of shock or blow, it is more necessary to test the iron for resilience than for strength. The most convenient test for resilience is 15 226 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. the cross-bending test, in which deflection is measured. The half product of the deflection multiplied by the breaking load is the mathematical measure of the resilience in inch pounds. This can be reduced to an absolute unit by dividing by either the weight or the volume of the bar, and if all the bars tested in this way are rectangular in cross-section and of uniform size from end to end, the unit obtained in the above manner will be comparable, notwithstanding great variations in the dimen- sions. ,It is best, however, to have the test specimens always made from the same pattern, using the thickness of metal which corresponds closely to the average thickness of web of the castings required. If uniform test specimens be employed, there is no necessity of dividing the half product of deflection and breaking load by the volume or by the weight, since this volume or weight remains a constant. In this case the relative resilience of the material will be indicated by the product of the breaking load into the maximum deflection. The strength of the material will be indicated by the breaking load alone. The following specification is the one commonly employed for all castings made for the water department of St. Louis, and is designed to answer the above requirements. Cast Iron. All of the iron castings shall be made from a superior quality of iron, remelted in the cupola or air furnace, tough and of even grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 18,000 pounds per square inch. Test bars of the metal 3 inches by ^z inch, when broken transversely. 18 inches between supports, and loaded in the center, shall have a breaking load of not less than 1,000 pounds and shall have a total deflection of not less than 3-10 of an inch before breaking.* Said bars to be cast as near as possi- ble to the above dimensions without finishing; but correction will be made by the water commissioner for variations in thick- ness and width, and the corrected result must conform to above requirements. *The tensile strength may be raised to 20,000 or even to 25,900 pounds per square inch, while the deflection may be made y^ inch for ordinary good cast iron and y, inch for a better quality. For a superior quality it may be made Yt, inch, with a breaking load of 1250 pounds. SPECIFICATIONS FOE WROUGHT IRON. 227 Specimen bars of the metal used, of a size and form suit- able for testing, shall be prepared when required. These specimen b.irs shall be poured from the ladle at any time, either before or after the casting has been poured, as may be required, and shall present a true specimen of the iron used for making^ the castings. If any two test bars cast the same day show a breaking strength of less than 18,000 pounds per square inch, or do not show the required cross-breaking load and deflection, all the castings made from the same mixture to be rejected. All castings shall conform to the shape and dimensions required by the drawings, and shall be clean and perfect, with- out blow or sand holes, or defects of any kind. No plugging or other stopping of holes will be allowed. Particular care shall be taken to secure perfect lugs, where such are required by the drawings. Whenever any doubt exists of the exact interpretation as to the shape or dimensions shown on the drawings, the contractor must consult with the water commissioner, or his duly authorized agent, in regard thereto. M. L. H. 152. Specification for Wrought Iron. Since the cost of the manufacture of soft and mild steel has been so greatly reduced as to enable this material to compete in price with that of wrought iron, the wrought iron mills haye been driven to cheapen their product, and they do this by hurrying the metal through the puddling process too rapidly. The result is that whereas steel has been constantly improved for structural purposes wrought iron has constantly degenerated. It is necessary, therefore, now to examine and test the wrought iron very rigidly to insure against obtaining a comparatively worthless product. It is thought the following specification is suiHcient for this purpose, provided it is followed up by suitable tests. IVf'oteght Iron. All wrought iron used must be tough, ductile and fibrous, of a uniform quality, free from crystalline structure, cinders, flaws or cracks. In bars, it must have an ultimate strength of 50,000 pounds per square inch, with 26,000 pounds^ elastic limit and an elongation of 25 per cent, in eight inches. Angle iron must have an ultimate strength of 48,000 pounds per square inch, 24,000 pounds elastic limit, with 20 per cent, elongation in eight inches. A. P. B. 228 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. 153. Specification for Structural Steel. While ordinarily it is not wise for a civil engineer to specify methods of manufacture, the author of this work believes that it is advis- able in the case of structural steel to limit the manufacture to the open-hearth process, and also to limit the product to that supplied by the manufacturers of established reputation. It is now an easy matter to obtain any desired grade of structural steel from that having a strength of 55,000 pounds to that hav- ing a strength of 70,000 pounds, wherein the ultimate elonga- tion of a test specimen eight inches in length will be from 33 per cent, to 35 per cent, for the softer grades, to 20 per cent, or 25 per cent, for the higher grades. It ii> important also to limit the phosphorus, as this produces brittleness. The best o-f this material can be bent cold upon itself and mashed flat with- out showing signs of failure up to a thickness of plate of ^ of an inch. Steel manufactured by the open-hearth process is usually more uniform in character, and if care is taken in its manufacture as is necessary under rigid specifications, it is always possible to obtain the desired results. The following specification is probably fully up to the present practice in this direction. All steel used shall be open-hearth, made at works of established reputation, and which have been successfully man- ufacturing steel for at least one year. All melts must be made from uniform stock in which jDhosphorus shall never exceed eieht hundredths of one per cent. A sample bar must be rolled from each melt, of three quarters of an inch an diameter, the method of obtaining the same being uniform for all melts. Tests upon such samples to be made without annealing. Tests shall also be made upoa specimens cut from the finished product. The three-quarter-round tests must conform to the requirements hereinafter given, and the finished product tests cut from shapes and plates must conform to the same within four per cent. Every piece of steel shall be stamped with a number identifying the melt, and a full record of all laboratory tests kept. Three qualities of steel will be required. First — For the main trusses, floor beams and stringers and cross girders, exhibiting an ultimate strength of sixty-three to seventy thousand pounds per square inch, a minimum SPECIFICATIONS FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL. 229 elastic limit of thirty-seven thousand pounds per square inch, with an elongation in eight inches of not less than twenty-two per cent., and a reduction of area of not less than forty-four per cent. Second — For buckle plates, caisson plates, rivets, or where wrought iron is permi;ted (and in lieu thereof), a steel having an ultimate strength not exceeding sixty-two thousand pounds per square inch, or less than fifty-five thousand pounds, with fifty-eight per cent, elastic limit, a reduction in area of fifty per cent, and an elongation in eight inches of twenty-eight per cent.* Third — For wheel treads of track circle in turn-table, a steel having an ultimate strength of from seventy thousand to eighty thousand pounds per square inch, with sixty percent, elastic limit. The first two steels to be subject to bending test, before and after quenching, and the metal when cold must bend one hundred and eighty degrees upon itself without sign of fracture in convex side. Specimens must withstand such punch, drift- ing, and forge tests as may be required to test soundness, tem- per and ductility. All metal, whether steel or iron must be clean rolled, and any imperfect work, such as ragged or cracked edges, sur- face imperfections, or imperfectly rolled shapes, will be suffi- cient cause for rejection. Materials will be also rejected vary- ing more than two and one half per cent, from weights or sizes. A. P. B. 154. Tests, Inspection, and Acceptance of Medium Structural Steel. The following specifications were prepared in 1895 for the Northwestern Elevated Railroad of Chicago, and represents the latest and best American prac- tice: All steel shall be manufactured by either the acid or the basic open hearth'process, preference being given to the former, and must be uniform in character for each specified kind. Any attempt to substitute Bessemer or any other steel for the open hearth product, will be considered as a violation of the contract, and a good and sufficient reason for canceling the same. It is understood also that, if the contract be let on the basis of using acid open hearth steel, no basic open hearth steel will be permitted to be employed in any part of the work ; but, if the contract be let on the basis of using basic open hearth steel, the employment of the acid open hearth product ♦This is the common specification for steel plates used for boilers, stand-pipes, plate-girders, etc 230 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. will be permitted whenever the contractor may desire to use it, provided, of course, that it comply with these specifications. The maximum limits for phosphorus shall be as follows: For acid open hearth steel, eight hundredths oi one per cent. (0.08 per cent.). For basic open hearth steel, five hundredths of one per cent. (0.05 per cent.). Each ingot which is cast shall be stamped or marked plainly with its proper melt number, and this melt number must br stamped or painted plainly on all blooms, billets or slabs made from such ingots, in order to identify the material throughout its various processes of manufacture ; and the proper melt number together with the furnace heat number must be stamped plainly on each piece of finished material. All finished material must be free from injurious seams, flaws or cracks, and must have a clean, smooth finish. All slabs for rolling plates must be hammered or rolled from ingots of at least twice their cross section. Test Bars. The tests shall be made in the following manner: The tensile strength, limit of elasticity and ductility shall be determined from standard test pieces, not less than three eighths (^) of an inch in thickness, and from full sized pieces, tooled to parallel sides.. If the cross section be reduced, the tangent between shoulders shall be not less than eight (8) inches, an,d the area of the minimum cross section in either case shall not be less than one half ()^) of a square inch, and preferably not more than one and a half (i^) square inches. When of a rectangular cross section, two opposite sides of the piece are to be left, if practicable, as they come from the rolls, but the finish of opposite sides must be the same in this respect. A full sized piece, when not exceeding the above limita- tions, may be used as its own test piece. Tensile Tests. The ultimate tensile strength of all steel, except that used for rivets and adjustable members, shall be sixty four thousand (64,000) pounds per square inch. Steel for rivets and adjustable members shall have an ulti- mate tensile strength of fifty seven thousand (57,000) pounds per square inch. All test bars must have a tensile strengfth within four thousand (4,000) pound's per square inch of that specified : and for medium steel an elastic limit not less than one half of the tensile strength of the test bar, a percentage of elongation not less than 1,500,000 divided by the tensile strength in pounds per scjuare mch, and a percentage of reduction of area not less SrECIFICATIONS FOR IRON AND STEEL. 231 than 3,000,000 divided by the tensile strength in pounds per square inch. In determining the ductility, the elongation shall be measured after breaking on an original length of eight (8) inches, in which length must occur the curve of reduction from stretch on both sides of the point of fracture. For rivet steel the elastic limit must not fall below thirty thousand (30,000) pounds, the elongation in eight (8) inches shall not be less than twenty-five (25) per cent., and the reduc- tion of area shall be at least fifty (50) per cent. All broken samples must show a siiky fracture of uniform . color. Be7tdi7ig and Drifting Tests. Specimens of medium steel, when heated to a cherry red and cooled in water at seventy (70) degrees Fahrenheit, shall be capable of bending one hundred and eighty (180) degrees around a circle whose diameter is equal to the thickness of the test piece, without showing signs of cracking on the convex side of the bend. Punched rivet holes in medium steel, pitched tw'o (2) diameters from a sheared edge, must stand drifting until their diameters are fifty (50) per cent, greater tlnn those of the original holes, and must show no signs of cracking ihe metal. Specimens of rivet or soft steel shall be capable of bending cold to one hundred and eighty (180) degrees and closing down, flat, upon themselves without cracking. JVumber of Test Pieces, At least three tests for tensile strength, etc., and three for bending shall be made on specimens from different ingots of each melt. These tests shall be made by the contractor with- out charge, and if the consulting engineer or his autliorized: inspector be not satisfied that the tensile test correctly indicates^ the effect of the heating and rolling, such additional tests for tensile strength, limit of elasticity and ductility, as he may desire, shall be made for him on test pieces conforming to the provisions named above, at the rate of one dollar ($1.00) each ; or, if the contractor desire additional tests, he may make them at his own expense under the supei vision of the consulting engineer or his authorized inspector, the quality of the material to be determined by the result of all the tests in the manner set forth in the following paragraph. If material of various shapes is to be made from the same melt, the specimens for testing are. to be so selected as to represent the different shapes rolled from. such melt. The contractor will be required to manufacture and test oa- his own or some other testing machine, fiee of all extra charge for either material or labor, a reasonable nutn'^er of full-sized 232 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. details used in the design of the structure. It is understood that no allowance will be made for the weight of any test pieces, when the total weight of metal, for which the contractor is to be paid, is computed by the consulting engineer. Accepiaizce and Rejection. ^ Except for tensile strength, the respective requirements stated are for an average of the tests for each; and the lot of finished pieces from which samples were selected shall be accepted, if the tests give such average results; but, if any test piece give results more than four (4) per cent, below said requirements, the particular piece from \Ahich it was taken may be rejected, but such tests shall be included in making the average. If any piece have a manifest flaw, its test shall not be considered. For each piece thus giving results more than four (4) per cent, below requirements, tests from two addi- tional pieces shall be furnished by the contractor without charge; and, if in a total of not more than ten (10) tests, two (2) pieces (or for a larger number of tests a proportionately greater number of pieces), show results more than four (4) per cent, below the requirements, it shall be cause for rejecting the lot from which the samples were taken. Such lots shall not exceed twenty (20) tons in weight; and plates rolled in universal mill or in grooves, or sheared plates, shall each con- stitute a separate lot, as shall also angles, channels or beams. Va7'iation in Weight. A variation in cross section or weight of rolled material of more than two (2) per cent, from that specified shall be cause for rejection, and no excess of metal above that computed from the drawings exceeding one (i) per cent, will be paid for. J. A. L. W. 155. Specification for Riveted Work. The fol- lowing specification for riveted work in structural designing has been carefully drawn to give the highest possible efficiency and strength without causing extravagant expense. If the highest perfection in this kind of work is not required, some reduction in cost can be effected, without materially lowering the standard, by punching to full size of hole all plates having a thickness of ^ of an inch or less, and for such plates resort- ing to reaming only after the plates are assembled to secure the necessary coincidence of parts. For all plates greater than S3 of an inch in thickness the holes should be punched ^ of an SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 233 inch less in diameter than required, the parts then assembled and the holes reamed out to the requn-ed diameter.* After plates or bars are carefully straightened the rivet holes will be accurately spaced, so that when members are brought into position, the holes shall be truly opposite before rivets are driven. Drifting under no circumstances will be allowed. In steel work, for all thicknesses up to three quarters of an inch, the rivet holes shall be punched one eighth of an inch smaller than the rivet required, the parts assembled, and the holes reamed out to just pass the rivet before driving. For all thicknesses over three quarters of an inch, punching will not be permitted, and the holes must be drilled, parts assem- bled, and reamed as above. Reamed work is not required for lacing bars, transverse, diagonal, or lateral bracing, or for caissons, excepting the cross girders belonging thereto, and their connection to caisson sides. In the lattice girders for the web system of fixed spans, and plate girders of draw span, the sharp edges h f t by drilling or reaming to be eased off before driving rivets. Surfaces in contact shall be thoroughly coated with boiled linseed oil and pure red lead before being assem- bled for riveting. Power riveting to be alone used wherever possible. All rivets to have neatly capped hemisphered heads. Tightening loose rivets by recupping or "setting up" will not be allowed; they must be cut out and redriven, whether in shop or field. Every built member or girder must be true and out of wind, neatly finished to length, and field driven rivets of all main girder connections shall be laid out with iron templates and accurately drilled so as to just pass the rivet cold. A. P. B. 156. Specification for Wrought Iron and Steel Railroad Bridge Superstructure. The specifications for iron and steel superstructures have been undergoing gradual changes at the hands of the leading American civil engineers for many years. The changes have all been based on numer- ous experiments on full-sized bridge members and they have always leaned to the safe and conservative side. The follow- ing specification is fully up to the best practice in the year 1895 and probably will not be varied much in the near future, as to either materials or w^orkmanship : The superstructure will consist of one pivot draw 440 feet long, divided into fourteen panels of 30 feet each, and one cen- *See Modern Framed Structures, Appendix A, for a full discussion of this subject. 234 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. tral panel of 20 feet, carried on a rim bearing turntable, and of two spans each 330 feet long, divided into eleven panels of 30 feet each. It will include the iron fence which sustains the ends of the ties. The trusses will in all cases be spaced 20 feet between centers. Full detail plans showing all dimensions shall be prepared at the expense of the contractors under the direction of the chief engineer, these plans to be made in accordance with the standard practice of the chief engineer. The superstructure shall be proportioned to carry the fol- lowing loads: The actual weight of the structure including floor, rails and all other parts. A moving load of 3,000 pounds per lineal foot on all lengths exceeding 120 feet. A moving load of 6,000 pounds per foot on a length not exceeding 20 feet. A graduated moving load decreasing by 30 pounds for each foot from 6,000 pounds per foot on 20 feet, to 3.000 pounds per foot on 120 feet. A concentrated load of 60,000 pounds upon a single axle. Provision shall be made for impact by adding fifty per cent, to the portion of the strain of the web members which is due solely to variable load. The tension members of the trusses shall be proportioned on the basis of a strain of 20,000 per square inch for dead load and 10,000 pounds per square inch for live load. Stringers, floor beams, and other riveted girders shall be proportioned on the basis of a strain not exceeding 8,000 pounds per square inch of net section. The maximum compression strain allowed on mild steel shall not exceed 14,000 pounds per square inch and the maxi- mum compression strain allowed on soft steel shall not exceed 10,000 pounds per square inch when the length of the member does not exceed sixteen times the least transverse dimension, these strains to be reduced in proportions which will limit the strain to 6,000 pounds per square inch when the length of the member is thirty times its least transverse dimension. In the draw, the turntable, eleven panels of each bottom chord, the four central posts, the eye-bars, the pins, and some details of the end lifting apparatus shall be of M steel. The coned wheels and the two principal pinions shall be of cast steel. The lower casting of the track and the center casting shall be of cast iron. All other parts shall be of soft steel or of wrought iron at the option of the contractor. In the flxed spans, the chords, end posts, eye-bars and pins shall be of mild steel. The expansion bearings shall be accord- SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 235 ing to the special provisions of the specifications. All other parts shall be of soft steel or wrought iron at the option of the contractors. STEEL. Classes. — Steel will be divided into four classes: HM, M, MS, and S, of which M and S will be standards, and HM and and MS intermediates. Class M will be known as medium steel, and will be used in those portions of every member which constitute the calcu- lated section. Class S will be known as soft steel, and will be used for rivets, fences and the lateral rods of the floor system. HM and MS steel \w\\\ be accepted for details and parts which do not form portions of the calculated sections. Manufacture. — Steel shall be made by the open hearth process and no steel shall be made at works which have not been in successful operation for at least one year ; but this pro- vision shall not be held to exclude new furnaces erected in con- nection with old works. If made in an acid furnace, the amount of phosphorus in the finished product shall never exceed eight one hundredths of one per cent., this being a maximum and not an average requirement. If made in a basic ftirnace, the amount of phosphorus shall never exceed four one hundredths of one per cent., this being a maximum and not an average requirement and being consid- ered necessary to show a proper amount of work in the furnace. The finished product shall be perfect in all parts and free from irregularities and surface imperfections of all kinds. All steel must be free from piping. The cross sections shall never differ more than 2^ per cent, from the ordered cross sections as shown by the dimen- sions on the plans. Steel for pins more than four inches in diameter shall be hammered. Every finished plate, bar or angle shall be stamped on one side, near the middle, with a number identifying the melt and this stamp shall be surrounded with a heavy circle of white paint. Steel for pins shall have the melt numbers stamped on the ends. Rivet steel and s«nall pieces which do not form part of the cal- culated section of members may be shipped in bundles, wired together, with the melt number on a metal tag attached. Tests, — A sample bar not more than two inches wide, and having a cross section of one square inch when the material is not less than one half inch thick, shall be cut from the finished product of every melt. When taken from metal more than two inches thick this sample may be a turned, round bar. The 236 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. laboratory tests shall be made on this sample bar in its natural state without annealing. Where a melt is rolled into several varieties of material, each variety shall be separately tested. A variety shall consist entirely of one of the following shapes: Sheared Plates, Uni- versal Mill Plates, Angles, Z's, Channels, I beams. Flats, Rounds, Squares, Pin Steel and Eyebar Steel. Flats will include all flats not intended to be forged into eyebars. Where several sizes of the same variety are rolled, the cross section of the largest size shall not be more than twice that of the smallest size, and the sample shall be taken from the size which comes nearest to a mean. In the laboratory tests, measurements to determine elon- gation shall be made on a length of eight inches. A piece of each sampl'e bar shall be bent i8o degrees and closed up against itself. In no case shall any crack appear until the circle around which the bar is bent becomes less than the thickness of the bar. Except when the sample is taken from a pm, the sample bar shall close up against itself without showing any crack or flaw on the outside of the bent portion. The sample bar shall be tested in a lever machine and the following requirements fulfilled: CLASS OF STEEL. HM. M. MS. S Ultimate strength, lbs., per sq. in. . . .70,000 66,000 62 000 58 000 Elastic limit, " " - "....35,000 33,000 31.000 29'oOO Percentage of elongation in 8 in 18 22 24 ' 96 Percentage of reduction at fracture ... 36 44 48 59 ^Vhere the sample is taken from a pin, the elongation and reduction will be reduced to 15 and 30 per cent, for' the HM steel and to 18 and 36 per cent, for the M steel. The entire fracture shall be silky. The requirements for ultimate strength are means, and steel will be accepted when the ultimate strength does not dif- fer more than 4,000 pounds from the requirements of the table. The requirements for elastic limit, elongation and reduc- tion are minimum requirements, and no steel will be accepted which falls below these conditions. The elastic limit will be observed by the falling of the beam of the testing machine. Duplicate tests may be made when the first sample tested fulfills four of the five requirements. If the second test and also the average of the two tests meet all the requirements, the melt may be accepted. Cases in which the tests are thouo-ht not to give fair indica'.ions of the character of the materfal, shall be referred to the engineer. Analyses shall be made, showing the amount of phospho- rus and carbon in every melt, the drillings for these analyses being taken directly from one of the ingots. Besides this a set SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 237 of analyses of phosphorus, carbon, silicon and manganese shall be made from every ten melts, the drillings to be taken from a sample test bar. SHOP REQUIREMENTS. The work shall be done in all respects according to the detail plans furnished by the engineer. Where there is room for doubt as to the quality of work required by the plans or specifications, the doubt shall be decided by using the best class of work which any interpretation would admit of. All workmanship, whether particularly specified or not, must be of the best kind knov\n in use. Past work done for the same engineer will never be recognized as a precedent for the use of other than the best kind of work. All material shall be cleansed, and, if necessary, scraped and given one heavy coat of Cleveland Iron Clad Paint, Purple Brand, put on with boiled linseed oil before shipment. This applies to everything excejDt machine finisiied surfaces. The same paint shall be used wherever painting is required. All machine surfaces shall be cleansed, oiled and given a heavy coat of white lead and tallow before shipment. The inspector must see that this is a substantial coat, such as is used on machinery and not a merely nomnial covering. All small bolts, all pins less than six inches in diameter, the expansion rollers, and everything with special work on it, shall be carefully boxed before shipment. Riveted Work, Riveted work will be of two classes: i. Reamed work. 2. Punched work. The provisions immediately following will apply to both classes. All plates, angles and shapes shall be carefully straightened at the shop before they are put together; mill straightening will not be considered as meeting this requirement. If the rivet holes are marked with templets, these templets shall lie flat without distortion when the marking is made. The size of rivets shown on the plans is tie size of the cold rivet before heating. The diameter of the finished rivet hole shall not be more than one sixteenth inch greater than the diameter of the cold rivet. The heated rivet shall not drop into the hole but require a slight pressure to force it in ; the relative size of the rivet and rivet hole must be such as to meet this requirement. In all cases wheie riveting is to be done in the field the parts so to be riveted shall be fitted together in the shops and the rivet holes reamed out while thev are so assembled, or an 238 nXGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. iron templet shall be made and both parts reamed to fit this templet. All snrfaces in contact shall be cleaned and painted before they are put together. The rivets shall be driven by power wherever this is possi- ble. The manufacturer will be required to procure special riveting machines to meet special positions. All rivets shall be regular in shape, with hemispherical heads concentric with the axis, absolutely tight and shall com- pletely fill the hole. Tightening by calking or recupping will not be allowed. This applies to both power driven and hand driven rivets. The angles of stringers must be square and straight. The w^eb plate must not project above the angles, and the outside edges of the two angles must never be above a true plane and never more than one sixteenth inch below the true plane coinci- dent with the roots of the angles. The outside angle at the root of the angles connecting stringers with floor beams, floor beams with posts, or in other like details, shall never be less than a right angle, and the excess over a right angle shall never be greater than one eighth inch in the longer leg of the angle; the angle shall be perfectly straight. Reamed Work. All work which is of mild steel shall be reamed. All sheared or rough edges shall be carefullv planed off. The material may be punched with holes one eighth inch smaller than the size of the rivets shown on the plans, except as provided below. When the thickness of the metal is greater than a thickness one eighth inch less than the diameter of the rivet, the punched hole shall be one quarter inch smaller than the diameter of the rivet. When the thickness of the metal is greater than a thickness one eighth inch more than the diameter of the rivet, no punch- ing will be allowed but the holes must be drilhd. After the several pieces have been punched (or drilled) they shall be assemb'ed. The holes shall then be reamed to the diameter required by the size of the rivets, while the pieces are together. After reaming, every hole shall be entirely smooth, show- ing that the reaming tool has everywhere touched the metal. In special cases where this fails, the engineer mav authorize the hole to be reamed to a larger size and larger rivets used. A reamer shall be run over the outer edges of every hole so as to remove the sharp enges and make a fillet of at least one sixteenth inch under each rivet head. SPECIFICATIONS FOR BRIDGE SUPERSTRUCTURE. 2375 After the reaming is completed the several pieces shall be taken apart and cleaned. Punched Work. All work which is of wrought iron or soft steel may be punched without reaming. All pieces whose thickness does not exceed the diameter of the rivet shall be punched with holes not more than one six- teenth inch larger than the diameter of the rivet. All pieces whose thickness exceeds the diameter of the rivet shall be punched with holes one sixteenth inch smaller than the diameter of the rivet, and subsequently reamed to one sixteenth inch larger than the diameter of the rivet; this ream- ing may be done before the several parts are assembled. Where the thickness of the metal is more than one quarter inch greater than the diameter of the rivet, the punching shall be one eighth inch smaller than the diameter of the rivtt. The several parts shall be cleaned before they are assem- bled. When the several pieces are put together, the work shall be sufficiently true for a cold rivet to pass through every hole without reaming or drifting. In special cases the engineer may authorize the holes to be reamed and larger rivets used. Forcred Work. The heads of eyebars shall be formed by upsetting and forging into shape b}' a process acceptable to the engineer. No welds will be allowed. After the v^^orking is completed the bars shall be annealed in a suitable annealing furnace by heating them to a uniform dark red heat and allowmg them to cool slowly. The form of the heads of steel eyebars may be modified by the contractors to suit the process in use at their works, but the thickness of the head shall not be more than one sixteenth inch greater than that of the body of the bar, and the heads shall be of sufficient strength to break the body of the bar. The heads and enlarged ends for screws in laterals, sus- penders and counters shall be formed by upsetting and shall be of sufficient strength to break the body of the bar. Nuts, swivels and clevises, if made of steel, shall be forged without welds; whether made of steel or wrought iron, one of each size shall be tested, and shall develop a strength ten per cent, greater than the strength of the bars to which they are attached as determined by required strength of material in such bars. Eyebars shall be bored truly and at exact distances, the pin holes to be exactly on the axis of the bar and at exactly right angles to the planes of the flat surfaces. 240 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. When six bars of the same billed strength are piled together the two pins shall pass through both pin holes at the same time without driving. Every bar shall be tested for this require- ment. Pin holes shall be bored with a sharp tool that will make a clean, smooth cut. Two cuts shall always be taken, the finishing cut never to be more than one eighth inch. Rough- ness in pin holes will be sufficient reason for rejecting bars. One full sized eyebar for every fifty bars made shall be selected from time to time from bars made for the bridge for testino^. No bars known to be defective in any way shall be taken for test bars, but the bars shall be selected as fair average spec- imens of the good bars which would be accepted for the work. The tests of full sized eyebars shall be made in the large testing machine at Athens, Pa., unless some other machine is especially accepted by the engineer. These bars shall be required to develop an average stretch of twelve per cent, and a minimum stretch of ten per cent, before breaking. The elongation shall be measured on a length of not less than twenty feet, including the fracture. The bars v/ill be required to break in the body. They shall also show an elastic limit of not less than 32,000 pounds and an ultimate strength of not less than 60,000 pounds, as indicated by the registering gauges of the testing machine at Athens. In case of bars too long for the machine, the bars shall be cut in two, each half reheaded, and both halves tested in the machine, the two tests, however, to count as a single test bar. In these tests a failure to meet the required elongation will be considered fatal, and be a sufficient cause for condemn- ing the bars represented by the bars so tested, but the engineer shall examine carefully into the cause of the breakage of any bar which does not meet the requirements, and may order additional tests if he sees fit. The failure of the bar to break in the body shall not be considered sufficient reason for rejection,* provided the required elongation is obtained and not more than one quarter of the bars break in the head. Machine Work, The planing, drilling, and reaming required under the provisions for riveted work shall always be performed. The ends of the chord sections shall be faced so as to be perfectly true, after they are riveted up complete, excepting only the projecting splice p ates. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL STAND-PIPE. 241 When four chord pieces are fitted together complete in the shop, there shall be no perceptible wind in the length of the four sections. All chord sections shall be stamped at each end on the outside with letters and numbers designating the joints in accordance with the diagram furnished by the engineer. All pin holes and holes for turned bolts passing through the whole width of a riveted member shall be bored or drilled after all other work is completed. Pin holes shall be bored truly and at exact distances par- allel with one another and at exactly right angles to the axis of the member. Pin holes shall be bored with a sharp tool which will make a clean smooth cut. Two cuts shall always be taken, the fin- ishing cut never to be more than one eighth inch. Roughness in pin holes will be sufficient reason for rejecting a whole member. Pin holes shall be bored to fit the pins with a play not exceeding one fifteenth of an inch. These requirements apply to lateral connections as well as to other pins. The plans show the distance between the centers of pin holes. Shop requirements shall be between the bearing edi>es of tension or compression members, with a proper allowance for the diameter of the pin. An iron standard of the same temperature as the piece measured shall always be used. All pins shall be accurately turned to a gauge and shall be of full size throughout. The ends of stringers and of floor beams shall be squared in a facer, as shall also all other similar connections. All bearing surfaces shall be truly faced. All surfaces so designated on the plans shall be planed. All screws on iron shall have a truncated V thread. United States standard sized. All screws cut on steel shall have a truncated V thread. United States standard, with eight threads to the inch when the diameter is two and one half inches or less and six threads to the inch for all larger sizes. G. S. M. 157. Specification for the Material and Work- manship of a Steel Stand-Pipe. The following specifica- tion for the material and workmanship suitable for a steel water tower or stand-pipe have been prepared by Mr. Wm. D. Pence, after a very long and careful investigation of the numerous failures which have occurred in such structures and also of the materials and workmanship suitable and necessary 16 242 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. for this kind of work. The specification includes a phosphorus limit of 0.06 of one per cent., whereas those given in articles 154 and 156 allowed an upper limit of 0.08 of one per cent. There is no question but that a limit of from 0.06 to 0.08 of one per cent., is necessary in order to exclude high phosphorus steels which are of necessity brittle. The author heartily com- mends these specifications, not only for the purpose named, but for all similar kinds of work. Material. The metal composing the stand-pipe shall be soft, open-hearth steel, containing not more than 0.06 per cent, phosphorus, and having an ultimate tensile strength of not less than 54,000 nor more than 62,000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit not less than one half the ultimate strength, an elongation of not less than 26 per cent, in eight inches and a reduction of area of not less than 50 per cent, at fracture, which shall be silky in character. Before or after being heated to a cherry red and quenched in water at 80^ F., the steel shall admit of bending while cold, flat upon itself, without sign of fracture on the outside of the bent portion. Test Pieces. All test samples shall be cut from finished material. Tensile test pieces to be at least 16 inches long, and to have for a length of 8 inches a uniform planed-edged sec- tional area of at least Yz square inch, the width in no case to be less than the thickness of the piece. Bending test pieces to be 12 inches long, and to have a width of not less than four times the thickness, with edges filed smooth. Number of Tests. For the purpose of identification the number of the melt or heat of steel shall be stamped on each plate produced therefrom. At least one full series of tests, both chemical and physical, as above specified, shall be made of each melt, and such additional tests may be made as, in the judgment of the inspector, seem essential for corroborative pur- poses under varying conditions or methods of treatment of the metal. Finish of Material. All plates must be free from lami- nations and surface defects, and shall be rolled truly to the specified thicknesses. Facilities for Testing. Complete facilities for the tests and inspections shall be provided b}' the contractor, as required. Inspector. Material will be inspected at the mill by (name of a trustworthy testing concern equipped to make both chemical and physical tests) or such other party as may be approved by the engineer. Additional Test Pieces. If required by the engineer, the contractor will provide four certified samples of each thickness SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL STAND TIPE. 243 of jDlate used in the work, these samples to be 3 inches wide and i6 inches long. Workmanship. All workmanship must be first-class in every particular. Working Steel. The plates and angles shall be shaped to the proper curvature by cold rolling. No heating and hammering shall be allowed for straightening or curving, or for other purposes.* Ptuiching. The work shall be carefully and accurately laid out in the shop, and the rivet holes punched with a center punch, sharp and in perfect order, from the surface to be in contact. The diameter of the punch shall not exceed that of the rivet by more than 1-16 inch, and the diameter of the die shall in no case exceed that of the punch by more than 1-16 inch. Rivet holes in plates having a thickness of ^ inch, and over shall either be drilled or if punched, shall be reamed not less than ^ inch larger than the die sides of the holes, and sharp edges shall be trimmed. Beveling^ etc. All calking edges shall be planed to a proper bevel. All parts must be adjusted to a perfect lit, and properly marked before leaving the shop. Erection. In assembling the w'ork, the rivet holes shall match so that hot rivets may be inserted without the use of a hammer. Drifting is prohibited. Eccentric holes, if any, must be reamed, and if required, larger-sized rivets shall be used in such holes. Rivets and Riveting. The best grade of soft charcoal iron rivets to be had in the market shall be used. Sufhcient stock must be provided in the rivets to completely fill the holes and make a full head. The rivets shall be driven at such a heat as will admit of their being finished in good form with a button set before the rivet has cooled to a critical point. As often as may be deemed advisable for the purpose of testing the work, rivets shall be cut out at the direction of the inspector. The quality of the rivet metal and of the workmanship shall be such that the fracture of the rivet so removed at random shall show a good, tough, fibrous structure without any crystalline appearance, and there shall be no evidence of brittleness. Loose rivets must be promptly replaced, no rivet calking being permitted. Calking. All seams must be calked thoroughly tight with a round-nosed calking tool by workmen of acceptable skill. Great care must be taken not to injure the under plate. Rejections. Defective material and workmanship may be rejected at any stage of the work, and must be properly replaced by the contractor as directed. *If lap riveting is used, omit the expression "or for other purposes," and insert the following sentence: "No scarfing shall be done at a temperature below that of igni- tion of a hard-wood hammer handle, and no work shall be done upon the steel betweea such temperature and that of boiling water." 244 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. Final Tests. After completion the work shall be tested by filling the stand-pipe with water, and the leaks, if any, shall be promptly and thoroughly calked. The stand-pipe must be water-tight before acceptance. Superintendence. All inspections shall be made under the direction of the engineer who shall have general supervi- sion of the work. \V. D. P. MISCELLANEOUS SPECIFICATIONS. 158. Specifications for Pile and Trestle Bridging. The following specifications for pile foundations and timber trestles are those used by the Union Pacific Railway Co. These specifications may, however, serve as a standard for all kinds of pile foundations, and for the selection of large timbers for engineering structures. The formula for obtaining the safe bearing resistance of pile foundations is that generally known as the "Engineering News formula." All piles to be made from straight, sound, live timber, free from cracks, shakes and rotten knots, cut from the following kinds of timber: White Oak, Burr Oak, Red or Yellow Oregon Fir. They must be so straight that a straight line taken in any direction from the center of each end of the pile, and run the length of it, shall show that the pile is at no point over one-eighth of its diameter at such point out of a straight line. They must show an even, gradual taper from end to end. Ends must be cut square, all bark taken off, branches and knots trimmed off smooth, finishing the pile in a workman- like manner. They must not be less than fourteen (14) inches in diameter at the narrowest point of measurement of butt or large end, nor less than ten (10) inches in diameter at narrow- est point of measurement of point or small end, and at no part more than seventeen (17) inches in diameter. All piles must be properly sharpened before driving. They must be driven until they will carry a safe working load of pounds, computed by the following formula: 2wh In which L=Safe load in pounds. w=Weight of hammer in pounds. h=Fall of hammer in feet. s=Last penetration in inclies. SPECIFICATIONS FOR TIMBER STRUCTURES. 245 They will be estimated and paid for by the lineal foot. i. As delivered at the site of the structure, according to bills furnished by the engineer. 2. For driving, straightening and cutting off ready for the caps, and only the length actually left standing in the structure to be paid for. All timbers must be of the exact dimensions given and figured on the plans, to be cut from sound, live timber, free from loose or rotten knots, worm holes, wind shakes or splits ; reasonably well seasoned, straight grained, square edged, and free from any and every defect calculated to impair its strength and durability. It will be estimated and paid for in the work by the thousand feet, board measure. The following kinds of timber will be accepted: All bridge ties will be White or Burr Oak, Oregon Red or Yellow Fir, Tamarack, or Yellow Fine. All track stringers and guard timbers will be Oregon Fir or Yellow Pine, of the long leaved, southern hard pine variety. All posts, caps, sills, bracing and end plank will be White or Burr Oak, Red or Yellow Oregon Fir, White or Yellow Pine, or Tamarack. All wrought iron must be of the best quality of refined iron, tough, ductile, and capable of standing a tensile strain of fifty thousand (50,000) pounds per square inch of sectional area. The manufacture of the bolts must be perfect in every respect, and have nu!s and screws of the United States standard dimensions, length of thread to be not less than three inches. All washers and spacing blocks, etc., must be well manu- factured of good gray iron and to the exact dimensions shown on the drawing. The cost of placing all bolts, spikes, and washers ni the structure will be included in the price paid for framing and erecting the timber. All bridge ties will be furnished and placed in the bridges by the contractor. The surface of the ties must be brought to a true plane under the rail, so that the rail will get a full bearing on every tie. All of the track stringers shall be brought to a true plane, so that ties will get an even bearing on all the stringers. Where any timber or pile trestle bridge is built on a curve, the blocking for elevating the outer rail, or other means for elevating it, will be as per drawings for the same, a copy of which will be furnished from the office of the chief engineer. The culverts wdll be put in place and finished ahead of the grading, so that it will not interfere with or detain the grading, in any way. Bridging shall begin when directed by the engineer, and progress at a rate sufficiently rapid to keep out of the way of the tracklayers. 246 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. When directed by the engineer drain pipes will be used instead of culverts ; they will be of cast iron or vitrified terra cotta ; this will be carefully bedded and jointed and of such size as rnay be directed by the engineer. All framing shall be accurately fitted ; no blocking or shim- ming will be allowed in making joints; the holes for the bolts shall be bored with an auger of the exact size of the bolts. The nuts on all bolts shall be screwed so the washers shall pinch hard upon the wood and bring all the parts of the structure close too^ether. On completion pick up and remove all rubbish from the premises. All material will be inspected on the above specifications, at points of shipment or destination as agreed, and the owners required to remove all rejected material from the company's premises within thirty (30) days from the date of notice to do so. The company after that time will not be responsible for the return or safe keeping of the same. When from any cause bridge materials are unloaded from cars at material yards or end of track, it shall be reloaded by the contractor at his own expense. U. P. R'y. 159. Specifications for the Steam Plant of a Small Electric Light Station. The following specifica- tion for the steam plant of a small electric light station includes specifications for the engine and its attachments, feed water heater, boiler feed-pumps, boilers, furnace, stack and pipe con- nections. While not especially elaborate, they have been pre- pared by a mechanical engineer of large experience in this field of practice. They are given here, however, not for the purpose of being copied, but simply as an illustration of such a specification. The reader will note that three kinds of engines have been provided for, and that large liberty is retained by the engineer In the selection of the engine from those submitted for competition in the bids. A particular feed water heater was here specified, because it was thought to be best suited for the kind of water which was to be used, the advantage of this SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM PLANT. 247 heater being that it largely removes the scale from hard water before it enters the boiler: ENGINE. Tyfe: There will be one engine, of the High Speed Auto- matic pattern; cylinders io)4 inches or ii inches diameter; capable of operating continuously at 600 feet piston speed per minute, without undue heating. Regulation: The automatic governor must permit a cut- off as late as ^ ; and must be so adjusted, that the difference in speed, when running with 100 pounds initial pressure and no load, as compared with 75 pounds initial pressure and cut-off ^, shall not exceed a guaranteed amount to be stated by bidder; with a correspondingly less variation inside of the limits named. The regulator must be so constructed, as to permit this guar- anteed regulation to be easily maintained, without racing. Fixtures and Fittings : Standard cast iron sub-base, and two heavy driving pulleys, of such diameter and face as may be required to suit dynamo pulleys; a full set of foundation bolts, nuts, and plates ; template for foundation ; throttle and drain valves; cylinder lubricators, automatic oil cups, wrenches, indi- cator motion, etc.; and two one-inch relief valves set at no pounds pressure. Dimensions : State diameter and material of shaft and crank pin, and submit drawing or blue print indicating clearly size of cylinders, speed, diameter of pipe openings, space occu- pied, and dimensions of foundations. Corliss Engine: Bids will also be considered under the same conditions on a Corliss engine ; 1 1 inches diameter of cylinder, shaft 6 inches ; flywheel and frame extra heavy ; speed 100. Regulation to be guaranteed. Direct Coiznected Engines: This type will also be con- sidered, together with suitable dynamo. High speed. Vertical or horizontal. Compound or single expansion. Full details must accompany proposals. Belting: Double thickness, even and pliable, equivalent in strength and adhesiveness to the Shultz Leather Belting. Of selected stock, stretched twice before being made into belts. No shoulders or flank leather to be used. Its tensile strength must not be less than 3200 lbs. per square inch of section, and must not be worked beyond 65 lbs. per inch of width. The belt will be thoroughly stretched again after making, and before shipment. FEED WATER HEATER. One No. 5 Hoppes exhaust steam feed water heater and purifier capable of heating 3,000 pounds of water per hour to the highest point attainable, without back pressure on the 248 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. engine. To have steel shell, oil extractor and trap; crane for removing head ; automatic water regulator and openings for water and steam as required. BOILER FEED PUMPS. One Worthington Duplex pump, 5K^3/^^5' ^vater ends to have packed pist ons. Piston rods, water cylinder linings and water pistons to be of gun metal. Valves suitable for hot water; complete with a full set of oil cups and wrenches. BOILERS. To be two in number as follows: Diinensio7ts : Fifty-four inches diameter, eighteen feet long; thickness of shells, five sixteenths ; heads, seven six- teenths, to have half smoke-box extension, bolted on, sixteen inches in length. Material: Park Bros.' Open Hearth Homogenous flange steel of 60,000 pounds tensile strength. All plates to be stamped with name of maker, quality and tensile strength. Construction: The heads are to be machine flanged, to have an easy radius ; and amply braced, with braces of best refined iron, uniformly distributed, so that each brace will carry its full share of strain. Before beginning construction a plan of the bracing proposed must be submitted to the engineer for approval. Tubes: Thirty-eight — 4 inches in diameter. iS feet long, of lap welded, charcoal iron; carefully and properly expanded and beaded over. Dome: Thirty inches diameter, thirty inches high. To be of same material as shell; well braced and double riveted. Seams: There will be one longitudinal, double riveted seam, in each sheet, well removed from the fire. Other riveting single. The make, size and spacing of rivets shall be in accordance with the best modern engineering practice. Supports : There will be two extra heavy cast iron lugs for each side; each 4^ feet from end of the boiler. The for- ward lugs to rest directly on cast iron plates 12 inches square, supported by the masonry. The rear lugs will rest upon 9 one- inch rollers, which in turn will rest upon i2xi3 plates. Stack: Of sheet steel, No. I3 gauge in thickness, diame- ter 32 inches, height 50 feet. Lower end Y shaped to fit stack plates. Furnish sufficient ys inch galvanized iron guy wire to make two complete sets of guys. Support stack underneath V to brick work or floor. Fittings: One c;-inch chime whistle; one soot sucker, complete, with hose and handle; one flue scraper; one steel barrow ; complete set of firing tools, consisting of shovel hoe, slicc-bar, and poker ; 2 eight-inch steam gauges ; 3 one and one- SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEAM PLANT. 249 quarter inch combination water columns, with gauge cocks, and water glasses; two 4-inch safety valves, with levers marked to 150 pounds pressure; 2-inch check, stop and blow-off valves. Castings: Two square top, full flush fronts of approved ornamental design, with tight fitting doors, and anchor rods extending the entire length of brick work ; six 9-foot binding bars with cross and archor rods; soot door and frame; stack plate and damper. Cast iron skeleton frames suitable for standard sizes of fire brick, to be used in place of back plates. Rocking grates will be furnished and erected by the city. Openings. The man hole in front head under tubes, and one in shell back of dome, both properly reinforced, and pro- vided with heads, arches and bolts complete; two i]4r ^J^ch openings for water column ; one 2-inch for feed and blow off pipe ; one 4-inch main steam outlet, and one 4-inch for safety valve ; all to be properly reinforced and located as directed by the engineer. Inspection and Insurance. Before shipment the boilers will be tested and made tight under a water pressure of 150 pounds. Certificate of inspection and insurance policy in the Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, for the sum of $500, for one year must be furnished, for each boiler. FOUNDATIONS AND BRICK WORK. (See Drawing.) The dimensions of foundations for engine, boilers, heaters, pumps, and brick work for furnaces, will be clearly shown in drawings, which must be accurately followed. Fou7idations : All are to be of concrete composed of one part best domestic cement, three parts of clean, sharp sand, and five parts clean, broken stone of sizes that will pass through a 2)4 inch ling; all to be thoroughly mixed, laid quickly, and rammed down solid. Excavatio7is : As per drawing. Remove promptly all earth and other debris. Bottom to be level, and rammed if necessary. Iron Work: All bolts and plates for engines and dynamos must be put thoroughly and permanently into position by the contractor. Outside of each bolt place a piece of 2-inch iron pipe, so as to j^ermit some adjustment of the bolts. • Cap Stones: Foundations for heater, and boiler feed pumps will project somewhat above floor line. Each of these will be surmounted by a neatly cut cap stone, 8 inches thick and of proper dimensions. Boiler Fur7iaces : To be of well burned red brick, thor- oughly wetted before laying ; all joints flushed solid ; all courses 250 ENGINEEKING SPECIFICATIONS. level and straight. Every sixth course both inside and outside to be a header. Brick to be laid in mortar composed of one part lime to five parts of sharp sand. Build into side and rt ar walls a i-inch air space, which shall be airtight; except imme- diately under the supporting lugs of boilers, where the walls shall be carried up solid. Fire Bi'ick Linino;: The entire inside of the furnace where. exposed to flame, will be lined with A No. i hard burred fire brick, laid in dry milled fire clay, with very thin joints, flushed full; headers every sixth course. Use the following special fire brick "Angle B," to form the top and front corner of same, use the "4/^ to give the batter on front of bridge wall : at top and bottom, Jamb," also for the inner corners of clean- ing out doors openings. Front of bridge all headers. Closing In Tile: For the sides of furnace, use fire brick tile 6x12x2^ ; and for the rear above tubes lay ordinary fire brick special skeleton arch frame. Iron Work: Place in position all cleaning out doors, cast iron plates and anchor rods. PIPE CONNECTIONS. To be as per drawing, which will be furnished. Stcain : Four inches from boiler to 6-inch header leading to engine room, v\here it will reduce to size required by engine, thence to engine proper size, through a Hine separator suitably drained. Leave Tee having plugged outlets for additional engine and water works pump. Exhaust: Four inches from engine to main line; thence 6 inches through heater to 5 feet above roof. Leave plugged inlet Tee for additional engine and pump. Drai?zs : Both the steam and exhaust pipes are to have suitable drains of ample size wherever there is any possibility of water accumulating. Run these drains outside of building. Small Piping: Feed, blow-off and steam and exhaust pipes for boiler feed pumps to be as per details shown in draw- ing. Fittings : Of the best construction, with threads true and clean. Use in all cases v^hat is known as "water" or "sweep" ells and fittings, having extra long radii for curves. Valves: Of the Jenkin Brothers, or asbestos disk pat- tern. Use gate and angle valves in preference to globe. When globe valves are used they must be so placed as not to form water pockets. Supports: All pipe work to be well supported in such a way as to bring no unusual strain on the pipe or fittings; either from their weight, or from expansion or contraction. Covering : All live steam pipes, domes and top of boilers to be covered with a high grade non-conducting material, such as magnesia ectional. SPECIFICATIONS FOE LEATHER BELTING. 251 In General: The arrangement of the pipe work must be such as to provide for all differential strains arising from expan- sion and contraction. The work to be of the best and most thorough possible. The steam pipe will be tested to 150 pounds. W. H. B. 160. Specifications for Leather Driving Belts. The following specifications for large leather belts were prepared for the large water power electric plant at Austin, Texas, in 1894. It is thought they conform to the latest and best practice in the manufacture of leather belting. There are to be six main driving belts and seven belts to drive dynamos, of dimensions as hereinafter scheduled. These belts are to be of leather made from the best selected, large steer hides, of pure oak-bark tannage. The cuts are to be taken from the centre solid portions of the hides, and are not to include shoulders, flank or soft parts of the hides. Each piece is to be of fine, close fibres and all pieces are to be scarf- ed to a unifbrm thickness. No piece taken from one hide is to exceed a net length of fifty inches. The individual pieces of the leather are to be thoroughly stretched after currying and again machine tested and the utmost stretch, within elastic limits, given to the belts when they have been made up complete. The transverse lap joints are not to exceed four inches in longitudinal length, are to be scarfed in the best manner, thor- oughly cemented and are to be made fast and durable without the use of pegs or rivets. All belt edges are to be properly rounded. All belts are to be thoroughly water-proofed. The complete belts are to be soft, pliable, and finished with smooth polished surfaces. The belts of thirty-eight inch width are to be of double thickness. The outer face pieces are each to be in a single width, with centre conforming to the back-bone centre of the hide. The inner, or running face pieces of the thirty-eight inch belts are to be nneteen inches in net width and to have one and one-half inch scarfed and lapped longitudinal joints. One Q(\^^ of each half-width will be cut along the back-bone centre ot the hide and in the makeup of the belt, these inside half widths are to be placed with the back-bone edges at the outer edges of the belt. These seam sides of the thirty-eiglit inch belts are to be run next the pulleys. A.11 the remaining belts are to be of double thickness in single width pieces, with centres of each piece conforming to the back-bone centres of the hide. The belts are to be finished 252 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. with uniform thicknesses respectively not less than as follows for each stated width : 28 38 inches width of not less than — inches thickness. 64 25 24 14 13 11 24 64 26 64 "64 24^ "64 _22 64 The speeds of the belts will be at rates of about 5,000 lineal feet per minute. All these belts are to be transported to the power house now being constructed by the Board of Public Works of Aus- tin, Texas, in Austin, and are to be placed upon the pulleys in the power house and spliced and cemented in place. The hides and manufacture, finish and fitting of the belts are to be lirst-class in every respect and the belts are to be guaranteed to run smoothly and straight upon the pulleys and to work successfully for the space of one year from the time of the starting up of the power house for regular work. If any defect tending to impair the usefulness or life of any belt supplied under this specification, shall develop within one year that belt shall at once be made good by the manufacturer or replaced by a belt conforming with this specification. Proposals for these belts, as fitted in place ready for the starting of the machines, are to be delivered to the Hon. John McDonald, Mayor, and President of the Board of Public Works, Austin, Texas, on or before the 8th day of December, 1894, and all belts are to be delivered and fitted in place ready for use within six weeks of the date of the order for their manufac- ture and delivery. The Board of Public Works reserves the right to reject any and all proposals as may be for the best interest of the City of Austin. Blue-prints showing relative positions of the pulleys and inclinations of the belts are submitted herewith. SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER-POWER PUMPS. 253 SCHEDULE OF BELTS. ji >, (/) Co uh o <« >i V a o o — tance be n Ceutr Shafts. ;? rt — . — > .5 " Vi Dv„ H. P. In. 64ths. In. In. Feet. O C c <> ^•"•6 "'-^ . . .. <( c< >( <{ <• i( ,, ,, ■ Dynamo Belt K (( «' <( << 520 3S 2S 54 54 43.IOS 520 3S 2S 54 54 42-763 201 25 24 54 26 44.970 201 25 24 54 26 48.075 201 25 24 54 26 45-379 201 25 24 54 26 48.6S7 241 24 26 56 32 17-851 134 14 24 SO 28.5 18.625 134 14 24 50 26.5. 17.6SS 100 13 24 55 iS 15-293 100 13 24 55 18 15-293 80 II 21 46 iS 15.211 So tl 22 46 iS •9-912 100.333 (19-663 100.412 106.622 loi .230 107 846 47-352 47.222 4S-34S 39. 70S 39. 70S 3S.S0O 48. 102 J. T. F. 16 1 . Specifications for Pumps to be Operated by W^ater Power. The following specification was prepared for the city of Austin, Texas, in 1892, for the construction of two pumps for a city water supply to be driven by water power machinery. Pumps. — There are to be two pairs of horizontal, double- acting, plunger pumps, having two pump cylinders to each pair. Each pair of pumps is to have capacity to deliver four million gallons of water per 24 hours. The dimensions of plunger will be approximatelv as follows: 1^2 foot diameter, 23^ foot stroke, with 25 revo- lutions per minute ; the plunger speed not to exceed a mean rate of 137 3^ feet per minute when pumping water at the rate of four million gallons per twenty-four hours. These pumps are to be adapted for pumping to a reservoir and also for pumping directly into the city distribution pipes with direct pressure, the pump house being located between the reservoir and the city. The static head of the reservoir is 245 feet and the dynamic head approximately 265 feet and the force main to the reservoir is 7,600 feet in length, of 24 inch pipe. These pumps are to receive motion from vertical turbine shafts having beveled gears which drive a jack shaft. On the jack shaft is to be a spur pinion, which will drive a spur mortise gear on the main pump shaft. On each end of the main shafts are to be balanced crank disks, which will drive the pumps. 254 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The receiving and delivery chambers are to be ample in dimensions, and are to have nests of valves of the best bronze composition of approximately 3 inches diameter, and sufficient in number so that the valves shall not lift more than ^ inches each when the rate of delivery of the pumps is at four million gallons per day. The pump chambers will be well provided with hand-holes that will give easy access to each of the valves. The water supply for each pair of pumps is to be taken from a 30 inch branch in the horizontal penstock in the base- ment beneath the pump room floor. The necessary admission and discharge pipes., of ample size and easy curves, and a tall air vessel for each pair of pumps are to be provided. The force mains will be connected with the force mains leading to the reservoir, on the outside of the pump house wall, and not exceeding 10 feet dista]ice from the face of the wall. The pump cylinders will be connected with the main and jack shaft pillow blocks by continuous, heavy cast-iron girders, adapted to carry the bearings and the strains of the connecting rods without tremble or elasticity. The main and jack shafts are to be of the best wrought iron forgings turned to the diameters indicated upon the draw- ings, and bossed up to receive the gears. The large gears, of both the spur and bevel pairs, will be mortise gears with their mortises planed, and having thoroughly seasoned, machine cut, smooth maple cogs, fitt-ed and keyed in the most rigid manner. The cogs are to be thoroughly boiled in oil. Each spur pinion is to be machine moulded, with teeth planed on both sides to match and run with mortise gears. Both gears and pinions are to be bored to fit their respective shafts and to be keyed in place. The pinions are to be feather keyed on the jack shaft and fitted with approved screw motion to move them out or into gear and to hold them where placed. The jack shafts are to be not less than 6^ inches, and the main shafts not less than nine inches diameter in the bearings. The two jack shafts are to have their axes precisely in line and are to have a connecting shaft fitted with couplings, bear- ings and distance plates as directed. All bearings are to be babbeted and bored out, of ample lenght to insure moderate wear and easy lubrication, and are to be fitted with oil cups. The cranks will be in balanced disk forms and fitted with mild steel pins. The connecting rods will be of the best wrought iron, and fitted with brasses, steel straps and adjusting keys and babbeted friction bearings. The cross heads will be of forged iron approved model with steel wrist pins. The guides will be rigidly bolted to the girders and adjustable to wear. The plunger rod and plunger stuffing box glands, the valves and all interior bolts and nuts will be of the best solid SPECIFICATIONS FOR A WELL AND CURB. 255 standard bronze metal. The plunger stuffing box will be packed with the best quality of "Seldon" or other approved packing. The crank disks, connecting rods, straps and cross- heads are to have polished surfaces. All bearings and wrist pin brasses are to be fitted with the best oil cups and with proper drip pockets, and drip pipes are to be provided where required. There is to be furnished and connected with each pair of pumps one 8 inch water pressure gauge, indicating the column of water in both feet head and pounds pressure. There will be a good approved revolution counter fitted to each pair of pumps as directed by the engineer. There will be a long Scotch tube water glass w^ith proper cocks on each air vessel. The general plan of the power house shows the position of these pumps, the method of connecting their power, and the positions of their suction and delivery pipes. Full detail drawings of the pumps and their appendages are to be delivered to the consulting engineer and are to be subject, in all respects to his approval. J. T. F. 162. Specification for a Pump Well. The following specification describes a good method of sinking a well from 20 to 50 feet in diameter and to a depth not usually exceeding 50 to 60 feet. Such wells are usually sunk through water-bearing strata, where an open cut would have to be supported by some kind of curbing and this curbing may as well be the masonry well curb itself. In this case it is necessary to rest this masonry upon a shoe which may be made either of wood or iron. In the former case an iron cutting edge should be provided. It is also best to reduce the external diameter of the masonry curb a short distance above the shoe in order to prevent the whole mass from sticking in the process of sinking by its becoming tightly bound by the surrounding earth. It is necessary to anchor the lower portion of the masonry curb to the shoe by means of iron bolts, as indicated in these specifications. Pump Well. — The pump well shall be constructed within lines to be given by the Engineer, and will consist of a brick curb, laid in cement mortar, on an oak shoe provided with an angle iron ring bolted to the under side of shoe flush with its outer periphery. Shoe. — The shoe shall be in three rings of unseasoned oak, three inches thick, made up in segments, the segments to be a 256 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. true arc upon the outer periphery and bolted together with seven eigths (^) inch bolts and wrought iron washers to break joint as shown in drawing marked "Section and Details Pump Well," on file in the office of the Water Works Committee. The width of the shoe shall be twenty-two (22) inches, and when bolted up shall measure nine (9) inches in depth or thickness. The ring shall be of 4x4 inch angle iron five eighths (^) inch thick weighing 16.2 pounds per foot, twenty-one (21) feet external diameter, with two fishplates eighteen (18) inches long at each joint, riveted on hot, with four (4) three quarter (^) rivets staggered, each side of joint; the heads of rivets to be countersunk and finished flush on outside of angle iron ring and shall be attached to the oak shoe with sixty (60) seven eighths (^) bolts, placed about one (i) foot and one (i) inch, center to center, on a circle twenty (20) feet, seven and one half (7/^) inches diameter. These bolts shall have forged square heads and nuts and wrought iron washers. The oak shoe shall have a diameter of twenty-one (21) feet. Curb. — The cuib shall be of select hard burned frontier paving brick, straight, sound and solid, when broken. No over burned or salmon brick will be accepted, and the brick shall be laid on the oak shoe in courses ; in full beds of cement mortar, consisting of one part Louisville [fresh burned] cement to 2 parts of clean sharp sand which shall be mixed only as fast as used by the masons. No cement mortar which has had an over dose of water or sand, or which has be?,uti to set in the mortar box shall be used, but all such must be thrown aside. The bricks shall be free from dust and wet with a sprinkling hose or can, or be dipped by the mason in clean w ater before being placed in the curb and all joints shall be slushed with mortar pressed in with the trowel, as rapidly as the courses of brick work are laid up. No grouting will be allowed.* The outer and inner faces of the curb shall be laid in true circles of the dimensions shown by the chawing above men- tioned, and shall have at the bottom (or on the shoe) an exter- nal diameter of twenty (20) feet ten (10) inches, and an internal diameter of seventeen (17) feet four (4) inches, these dimensions for a height of two (2) feet six (6) inches, when the internal diameter shall be contracted by a gradual racking inward of the courses to a height of four (4) feet above the shoe, where the internal diameter shall be sixteen (16) feet eight (S) inches. From a depth or height of four (4) feet above the shoe to the top of well the internal diameter shall be eighteen (iS) feet, and the external diameter shall be twenty (20) feet ten (10) inches from the shoe to the top of well, the thickness of wall at the bottom or on the shoe, and for two and one half * The author would prefer the grouting to the slushing with mortar, as better cal- culated to obtain perfectly solid joints. I SPECIFICATIONS FOR A WELL AND CURB. 257 (3^^) feet above, shall be twenty-one (21) inches, four (4) feet above the shoe the thickness shall be twenty-five (35) inches, and for the remainder of heigh th or depth, the thickness shall be seventeen (17) inches. The bricks shall be laid stretchers and headers or with hoop iron bond, as may be directed by the engineer. The contractor to state in his proposal the difference in price (if any), should all bricks be laid as stretchers and the curb bonded from inside to outside with hoop iron. Should hoop iron bond be used this will be of charcoal iron. No. 16, 13. G., one and one half (t. 1-2) inches wide cut four (4) inches longer than thickness of wall, with each end turned at right angles for a length of two (3) inches, and shall be placed eighteen (18) inches apart around the wall, and shall occur at every fifth horrizontal joint. The curb of the well shall be truly cylindrical for all depths, and shall be carried down plumb. The outer surface of the brick work must be true to the arcs and smooth, to pre-" vent sticking as the material is undermined from the shoe, and the inside joints shall be neatly struck as the courses of brick are laid. Anchor Bolts, The lower or first eight (8) feet of the curb shall be attached to the shoe by ten (10) anchor bolts, eight (8) feet long, of seven eighths (7-8) inch round iron, with square nuts and wrought iron washers at the bottom and square nuts and plate iron washers of one quarter (1-4) inch boiler iron eight (8) inches square at the top, the bolts shall be placed about six (6) feet apart, and built in as shown by the drawing herein mentioned, and after the course of brick next under the washers (at top) has been laid, the nuts shall be all screwed down on the washers, and the excess of thread on the bolts carefully cut off with a hack saw, to avoid disturbance of; the brick work just set. Coping. The well shall be finished with a coping of sand stone ten (10) inches thick, twenty-one (3i) inches wide, with an internal diameter of seventeen (17) feet eight (8) inches, to project two (3) inches inside and outside brick work at top of curb. The inner and outer edges of coping on top shall have a chiseled wash one and one half ( i /^ ) inches "in" on the bed and one (i) inch "down" on the face. The coping shall be made up in ten (10) segments of uniform length of arc, and shall be dressed to lay with less than one quarter (5^) inch joint. The joints shall be filled with mortar worked in with the trowel and the several segments shall be cramped together with iron cramps of best ">4x3)^ f. b. iron with legs 3^ inches long, and width of cramps between legs fifteen (15) inches. These cramps shall be "let" into the beds of stones at the mid- width, flush with the surface of coping, and the leg pockety 17 258 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. ihall be cut slightly dovetail with a flare downwards, and after the cramps are set shall be run with hot lead caulked in place. The lower bed shall be chisel dressed to niake a joint on a full bed of mortar with the last course of brick, and the faces and upper beds shall be finely chiseled to a smooth even surface. Excavation, The well will be constructed by the under- mining method, a circular hole, twenty-one (21) feet diameter will be simk in the clay eight (8) or ten (10) or more feet, depending upon the capacity of the material to stand vertical, and at the option of the contractor and upon approval of the engineer. The shoe will then be placed in the hole and care- fully leveled, the anchor bolts being in place, the brick curb will be laid as herein provided until the brick work reaches a heighth of three (3) feet above the level of ground, when fur- ther excavation will be had by removing the material within the curb and under the shoe and allowing the shoe to settle from the superimposed weight of the curb. The excavation under the shoe to be carried down uniformly all around > to maintain a true level of the last course of brick on the curb. The level shall be taken for each course of brick laid, and when found "out" the curb shall be truly leveled by additional excavation under the higher side. J. W. H. 163. Specification for Turbine "Water Wheels. The following specifications for both horizontal and vertical turbine water wheels was used in the construction of the large water power system of Austin, Texas, of 1892. Horizontal Turbines. There are to be four pairs of hori- zontal turbines of 506 horse power each, under 54 feet head. Each pair of these turbines will discharge into one common draft tube. On the shaft of each pair of turbines there will be two pulleys, each to be adapted to transmit the full power of the pair of turbines, and on the same shaft there will be a heavy balance wheel. The pulleys are to be for belt or rope driving as directed. The turbine shafts are to have ample bearing surfaces, and each exterior bearing is to be fitted with oil cups and proper drip pockets. Each turbine case is to have a man-hole of 10x15 inches clear opening. Er.ch of the turbine quarter-turns is to be of cast-iron and is to be fitted with a good stuffing box and is to be flanged, fitted and bolted to its 53^ feet diameter stop valve. The draft tube is to be flared at its mouth. A cast-iron plate is to be fitted on the floor of each tail race under each draft tube, which plate is to be 6^ feet diameter and raised coni- cally in the center to a point. The floor plates are each to be secured with twelve ^ inch lag bolts. SPECIFICATIONS FOR TURBINE WATER WHEELS. 259 The turbine cases, quarter-turns and feeder pipes are to have proper lugs upon them to rest upon the iron beams and masonry, which are to be their supports. A strong and rigid frame of iron beams is to be furnished with each pair of turbines. Each frame is to be supplied with proper strong hold-down bolts and anchor plates. All anchor rods, phites, lugs and braces are to be supplied that may be necessary to secure the turbine cases, frames, draft tubes and feeder pipes securely in place, so they will be free from move- ments or vibration. Vertical Turbines. There are to be also two turbines with vertical shafts, each of 185 horse power under 54 feet head. These vertical turbines will have draft tubes similar to those above described for the horizontal turbines. The draft tubes are to be quarter inch plate iron with seams riveted so as to be air tight and with seams caulked in a workmanship man- ner. The shaft of each vertical turbine is to extend up to a level proper to receive the beveled pinion at the pump room floor. A pair of bevel wheels is to be furnished with each of the vertical turbines of ratios as directed, approximately 2 and 75-100 to I. The larger bevel will be a mortise gear wheel with planed mortises and fitted with the best maple cogs which have been thoroughly seasoned and boiled in oil and substanti- ally keyed in place. The small bevel gear will be machine molded and have planed teeth. The vertical feeder pipe with each vertical turbine and its quarter-turn will be supplied with each wheel case. .Within this vertical feeder pipe are to be a sufficient number of bearings to keep the shaft truly in line. These feeder pipes are to be made of quarter inch plate iron of good ductile stock, of not less than 40,000 pounds tensile resistance per square inch, and are to be well riveted with hot rivets and are to be calked water tight in a workmanlike manner. The quarter-turns will be flanged and fitted with bolts to connect them to the vertical and horizontal feeder penstock pipes or valves. Each vertical turbine is to have ample capacity when working under 54 feet head to start its pair of pumps when pumping at a rate of four million gallons in 24 hours against a pressure of 265 feet of water and to bring the speed of the pumps quickly and easily up to a rate of 25 revolutions per minute. The turbines will have bronze buckets, approved gates and gate gears, and composition stuffing box glands. Approved cast-iron, bright standard and hand wheels will be set on the main floors of the house, where directed, and connected with the gate gears. Approved, sensitive regulators will be con- nected with the horizontal turbines. Substantial pedestals will be provided for the bearings of the horizontal shafts. 260 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The turbines are each to be guaranteed to give a duty of Qot less than So per cent, by dynamometrical test, in a testing flume, or by similar test when driving their pumps at a rate to deliver four million gallons of water per 34 hours into the reservoir. * The turbine cases, turbine and draft tubes, also the vertical feeder pipes of the vertical wheels and all the quarter-turns, are to be set in place in the power house being constructed in Austin, Texas, by the Board of Public Works of the city, and their materials and workmanship, and their trimmings and anchorages are to be of the best of their respective classes, to the full approval of the Engineer, and are to be guaranteed and maintained in perfect condition for the term of one year after their test and acceptance. A general plan accompanying this specification shows the wheel pits, penstocks, feeder pipes and draft tubes, the floors of the power house and method of using the power. Full detail drawings of the turbines and their appendages are to be deWv- ered to the Consulting Engineer and are to be subject to his aj)proval in all respects. J. T. F. 164. Specification for the Installation of an Electric Lighting Station in a Small City. The fol- lowing specification for an electric lighting station were pre- pared in the year 1S94, for a small city which required an economical installation. They are given here, not for the pur- pose of being copied, but as an illustration of what was con- sidered good practice at the time they were drawn. The gentleman who prepared these specifications 'has had a large experience in Electric Light installation, having been at one time manager of an Electric Works, while at the same time being a mechanical engineer of thorough training and wide experience. The work was to be erected under his own supervision and inspection, so that it was only necessary to make such a specification as would warrant him in demand- ing first-class materials and workmanship in the execution. STATION PLANT. Dynufno: The dynamo shall be of constant potential alternating incandescent type, and to have a nominal or rated capacity of thirty to thirty-five kilo-watts, at one thousand to *Thc author recommends that a bonus and forfeiture condition should accompany such a duty clause as this. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHTING PLANT. 2G1 one thousand and one hundred volt at station. State number of alterations per minute. Exciter to be belt driven from alternator shaft. By "nominal" or ''rated" capacity is meant that load at which the dynamo will run continuously, without undue heating. Proposals will state the capacity, and the amount of overload the machine will safely stand for three hours run in hot weather. Bids are also desired on direct connected generators, with high speed engine of approved de- sign. Bids must give full details, and be accompanied by drawings. Attachments : Machine to have insulated base frame, belt tightener, self-oiling bearings, automatic regulator, and all necessary station and switch-board apparatus, including light- ning arresters. Submit a list of station equipment intended to be furnished. Regulators : Must automatically control the current over the entire range of the capacity of the machine, without undue heating, or sparking; so that the powder required is at all times proportionate to the number of lamps burning. It must pro- vide a steady and uniform light, with variations in the engine speed not exceeding three per cent. The regulators must pro- tect the dynamos in case of short circuiting on tlie line. Erection: Contractors will deliver machine, and all sta- tion apparatus, and erectsame in position, including substantial foundations of concrete. They will run wires in station between outlet where external construction begins, and switch- board, machines, arresters, exciter, grounds, etc. Wire to Okonite. Furnish and place switch-board, and erect all appa- ratus thereon. Furnish expert to erect, adjust, and run appa- ratus ten days, instructing the city's attendants in its care and operation. Contractor must keep informed as to the progress of the work, and arrange the time of his experts accordingly, and there will be no allowance for extra time or travelins" expenses, not specially ordered. State charge per day for the time of expert longer than ten days. Acceptance : Before leaving, the expert must satisfacto- rily make the capacity test, and such other tests as the city may require to satisfy itself that the provisions of the contract have been fully carried cut. At the end of the ten days' run, the apparatus will be accepted, providing the requirements of the contract have been fully met. Sivitch Board : Furnish and erect a switch-board, com- plete, of good, hard, well seasoned wood, providing for one dynamo and two mains for commercial, and for street lights as hereinafter provided. Arrange for easy access to rear of board. Submit list of apparatus to be placed on switchboard. 262 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. Lio-htning Arresters: Include six double pole lightning arresters of approved form for use on the circuits throughout the city. MISCELLANEOUS APPARATUS AND SUPPLIES. Converters: From one thousand to one hundred volts. Number and capacity to be as per the accompanying list. Each must be provided with fuse box and eye bolts, or wrought iron straps; with hooks on upper ends to hang directly from cross arm or cleats. The regulation iTJUst be \\ ithin two and. one half per cent, for the smallest size, and two joer cent, for the largest, besides which, the leakage losses must not exceed five per cent, on the small, and one per cent, on the large, and the regulation and leakage must be uniform for all converters of the same size. Each converter must be ample to carry, in emergencies for three hours continuously, without dangerous overheating, twice its rated capacity, but, of course, with reduced efficiency. Shunt Coils: Fifty in number; one to be used with each street lamp, of \^hich there are five groups, of ten each. The shunt coils to take care of the current in the event of a lamp burning out. Furnish two extra coils for reserve. Meters: Will read ampere or watts hours, and must be carefully adjusted and tested before shipment. See list appended. Furnish one extra meter of each of the three smallest sizes. La??ips : To be of approved make, and furnished with such base as may be selected later. Efficiency fifty-five watts p'er sixteen candle power lamp. Furnish, now, i,ooo sixteen candle power, and lOO thirty-two candle power. All for one hundred volt current. Sockets: One thousand of first-class construction, with porcelain base to fit such lamp as may be selected later. Delive7y and Ercctioji: The converters, meters, lamps and sockets shown on accompanying lists and maps, are to be erected in position. The rest of the quantities above named are to be delivered to the city for future use. Future Orders: The quantities hereinbefore mentioned are to be included in original proposal price, but a price must also be named at which additional orders may be placed within one year from signing contract. EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTION. Pole Line. — Furnish and erect in position all poles and cross-arms for the complete distribution system shown on blue print. All poles to be live peeled white cedar, 30 feet long, 6 inches diameter at top, housed and gained for two cross-arms. Set \yi feet in ground and tamp well. Poles must be straight and sound. Any poles crooking more than one inch in five i SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHTING PLANT. 263 feet or having more than ten per cent, rot in butt, will be rejected. Location of poles will vary between loo and 150 feet apart, averaging probably 125. All locations to be approved by city. Furnish 12 extra poles for future use. Fur- nish all material and do all work, connected with the primary system, starting from station outlet, and including secondaries to house inlets. Corner pins to be i^ inch extra quality locust, except in cases of unusually severe strain, where they must be of iron; all others i J^ inch painted oak; all wires to be carried on insulators of the deep groove double petticoat pattern. Wire. — To have triple braided weather-proof insulation of superior finish and smoothness, tough and not easily abraded, and which will not disintegrate or deteriorate by exposure to the elements, and equal in all respects to "K K." The wires will be of sizes as shown on blue print. The drop from con- verter to house inlet when all lamps shown on map are burning at once must not exceed one per cent. Street Lights. — Will be 47 of 32 candle power each, run in groups of 10-100 volt lamps, with shunt coils, each group in series. Location of street lamps and wires as per accompanying blue print. All wire No. 10 B. & S. Furnish and erect on switchboard at station, switches controlling all street lights. There will be two groups of 10 street lights each. The other three groups will each have 9 lights on street, and one in station. Hanging Lamps. — Contractor is to furnish all fixtures, material and labor; to hang in position the 47 incandescent street lamps shown on map, as high above grade line as possi- ble ; with cutters suspension street hoods, with cross-arms, insulators, nozzles, and petite pulleys and J^ inch galvanized iron flexible lamp cord, with hemp core; also galvanized steel wire strand ^ inch diameter, for suspending lamps in the cen- tre of streets, by the cross suspension method. Use eye bolts with washers for suspension wires, projecting sufficiently to permit slack being taken up by tightening nut. Iron break arms are to be used where lines leave poles, or wherever a loop is made. Returns fro77i Street Circuits. — Shown in broken lines on blue print mav be cut into commercial circuits, instead of returning to station independently. Lncandescciit Distributioii. — Will be shown on accompa- nying blue print. Ln Ge?ieral. — All joints are to be well soldered and taped. No wire must be lower than 20 feet above grade line. All streets, alleys, and other joublic places where work is done, must be left in as good condition as before starting. Use special iron brackets wherever necessary, always placing some 264 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. soft moisture proof material between the iron screw and the insulator. Erect on incandescent mains where directed, the six lightning arresters. SECONDARY INDOOR WIRING. Capacity. — All secondary wiring must be sufficiently large to carry at one time 25 per cent, more lamps than the number shown on the accompanying map, without undue heating, and at 100 volts. The drop from house inlet to the most distant lamp with the above maximum load must not exceed 2}^ per cent. Erection. — All inlets to be in front of houses, except where some other place may be designated, as more conven- ient. Converters, meters, sockets, and lamps are to be furnished by this contractor, placed by him and connected permanently in position, complete. All other necessary material, such as fuse boxes, switches, cut-outs, etc., to be furnished and erected by this contractor. Plans. — Name a lump sum for the complete installation of the lamps located on the blue print in accordance with these specifications. State also: I St. Price per lamp at which this schedule may be added to or deducted from. 2d. Price per lamp which will be charged additional for concealed work. Character of Work. — Except where otherwise arranged, all interior wiring will be open cleat work, using white double braided painted fire-proof wire. The details of all indoor wir- ing will be in accordance with tiie rules of the St. Louis Board of Fire Underwriters. The city will have the work inspected from time to time at its own expense, and any v^ork which may be found, at any time previous to the acceptance of the plants not in accordance with those rules, must be put into satisfactory shape by this contractor at once. Drops to be No. 16 cotton flexible cable, with adjusting ball and fibre socket bushing. Special Work. — The city grants the contractor the right to sell shades, fixtures, etc., and to do concealed and fixture wiring, for which extra work the customers will pay him direct, such work to be done under the supervision of the engi- neer, and to his satisfaction. W. H. B. 165- Specifications for Electrical Distribution Circuits for Light and Power. The following is the descriptive portion of a set of specifications for electrical dis- tribution for light and power prepared for the city of Austin, Texas, in 1S94. They are thought to be a good example of SPECIFICATIONS FOK ELECTRICAL DISTEIBUTION. 265 such specifications and are here inserted exactly as used in the letting of the contract. Pozver Station: The power station is located at the new dam in the Colorado river and is about three miles northerly of the corner of Congress avenue and Pecan streets in said city of Austin. There will be in the power station one i8o kilo-watt tri-phase gen&rator adapted to generate alternating currents of 2,700 volts potential, two 100 kilo- watt generators adapted to generate direct currents of 550 volts potential, four alter- nators of 3,000 light capacity, and two alternators of 1,500 light capacity adapted to generate alternating currents of 2,200 volts potential and two arc machines each of capacity to supply cur- rents for 100 arc lamps of 450 watts each. The wires for power currents will be led out of the station for grouping on one set of poles and the wires for lighting cur- rents for grouping on another set of poles. The currents of the three power generators will be transmitted by three- wire com- plete circuits. All the wire circuits are to be connected with the switch- board and station apparatus so as to give the most complete switching, testing and regulating facilities with the least drop of potential consistent therewith. The leading wires are to be strung from the switch-board to the cupola of the power house and out throuoh the panels of the cupola and are to be insu- lated from the building and panels in the best manner. All the wires within the buildings will be covered with a firm water proof insulating material, such as shall be approved by the engineer, and to the safe insulation of currents with standard potentials of 2,500 volts. Pole Lines: Thelinepoles will be of peeled, white northern cedar. The poles are to be straight, sound, smooth and free from large or loose knots that might weaken them. The dimensions of poles shall not be less than those stated in the following schedule and poles of each representative class are to be set at depths not less than those stated in the schedule, if set in earth, and six inches less if set in solid rock. Poles will not be less than the schedule thickness at one half foot below their tops, and uill be made roofed at their tops and their roofs will be painted with the best quality of mineral paint. Their lowest cross arms shall be at least iS feet and 3 inches at center above the center of the street opposite the pole. On the main two-feeder lines, between the power house and Congress avenue, the poles are to be spaced not exceeding 100 feet between centers, and on the sub-feeder and distribution lines poles are to be spaced not exceeding 132 feet between cen- ters, and if lengths of blocks are such that three poles per block 266 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. exceed this limit, four poles per block are to be used. Poles will be placed in the curb line or in a line parallel with the curb line if on streets and, if in the alleys, as directed by the engi- neer. Corner and terminal poles and all other poles subject to extra unbalanced strains shall be securely guyed with Xo. 6 gal- vanized steel wire. Guys shall be so placed and secured as not to be obstructions or nuisances. SCHEDULE OF MINIMUM DIMENSIONS OF POLES. Class. Number of cross arms. Minimum length of poles. Depth set in earth. Height of lowest arms. Dia. at top of poles. A B C .. D E F One. Two. Three. Four. Five Six. Seven. 25 ft. in. 25 ft. in. 27 ft. in. 29 ft. 6 in. 31 ft. 6 in. 33 ft. 6 in. 35 ft. in. 4 ft. in. 18 ft. 3 in. 4 ft. 8 in. 18 ft. 4 in. 4 ft. 6 in.! 18 ft. 5 in. 5 ft. in. 18 ft. 9 in. 5 ft. 6 in. 18 ft. 7 in. 5 ft. 9 in.'l8 ft. 8 in. 4>^ 5 6 7 G 6 ft. in. 18 ft. 3 in. 7K Gains shall be cut in the poles so that the cross arms will fit snugly and rest at right angles to the axis of the poles. Proper gains are to be made to receive lightning arresters, trans- formers and other apparatus to be attached to the poles. The contractor shall secure all necessary permissions for the trimming of private trees and shall do all trimming, and he shall secure the necessary permission for attaching any guy wires to private property. Cross Arms. — The six-pin cross arms will be four and one quarter by five and one fourth inches section, and other cross arms of three and one quarter by four and one quarter inch section, and all are to be of sound, clear and smooth seasoned white oak. The two-pin cross arms will be of clear, hard Michigan white pine. Each will be rounded on its top and each will be fastened with three and one half bv seven inch las: screws with washers. The six-pin arms will be not less than five feet and ten inches long and four-pin cross arms not less than four feet ten inches long. All cross arms will have one good coat of the best ''P. and B." paint compound for the purpose before being fastened to the poles. The vertical distances between centers of cross arms shall not be less than twenty inches. All four and six-pin cross arms will be stayed with one ^ quarter by one and one half inch rolled iron japanned braces, not less than twenty-six inches long on the six-pin arms and twenty inches long on the shorter arms. J SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION. 267 Each pair of braces will be secured with two lag screws, two by five-sixteenth inches, and one lag screw three by five- sixteenth inches dimensions each, with washers complete. Pins. — All cross arms carrying No. i or larger wire will be furnished with the best quality of locust pins and for smaller wires with the best quality of white oak pins all with one and and one half inch diameter tenons. The interior pins shall be eight inches from centers of cross arms and other spacings of pins 12 inches between centers. The pins shall be covered with "P. & B." paint com- pound, shall fit closely, in the cross arm mortises, and shall be secured with steel nails. Insulators. — Each pin shall have one of the best deep groove glass insulators of double petticoat pattern. Pole Steps, — Screw pole steps of five eighths by eight inch wrought iron, galvanized, shall be placed on each pole on which there is a lightning arrester, transformer or cut-out. The lowest step shall be at eight feet from the ground and other steps at eighteen inches between centers vertically, but alternately on the opposite side of the poles. Wire Circnits. — All of the circuits are to be of pure copper, of at least 95 per cf^nt. conductivity, drawn true to gauge and of the best quality in every respect as electrical con- ductor wires. The diameters of the circuit wires as herein described are stated in the dimensions of the Brown & Sharp gauge. The wires in the power house will have the best water proof insula- tion. The wires in all alternating current feeders and circuits are to have the best weather proof insulation of standard double braided and compounded coverings. The arrangements of the power circuits on the poles from the power station to West Avenue are shown on an accompany- ing plan and the arrangements of the main alternating circuits and arc circuits are similarly shown on another plan. On the top of the two main pole lines above described there will be one guard or protection galvanized iron standard barbed double fence wire to be strung on pony insulators, and effectively grounded at distances not exceeding 500 feet. All joints in wires must have full and durable contact and be soldered in the best manner so that the joints shall hold and maintain a degree of conductivity at least equal to that of the wires connected. All joints so made shall be thoroughly washed in an acid neutralizing solution and well wrapped with insulating tape, and the finishing end of the tape shall be wrapped with copper wire. The insulation resistance of the joint is to be equal to the insulation resistance on other parts of the line. 268 ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS. The power, arc and alternating circuits within the city will be arranged, as nearly as possible, as shown on the accom- panying maps of the distribution system. The commercial and domestic lighting by alternating cur- rents will be divided into eight districts, as shown on the wiring map, and the wires will be proportioned for i6 candle power, alternating lamp transformers in each district as follows: District No. 1, 1500 Lamps and 1200 Lamp capacity of transformers. " " 2, 3000 " " 2400 '< " " " " " 3, 3000 '' " 2400 '' " " « " " 4, 1500 '' " 1200 " '< '< « " '' 5, 1500 '' " 1200 '' " " it '' *• 6, 1500 " " 1200 " " " it " " 7, 1500 " " 1200 " " te It " " 8, 1500 " <' 1200 '' " '' t{ The power generators will have their currents wired from the power house into the city by the Boulevard and Pecan street, to Red River street, and a branch current wire will extend along the alley between Congress avenue and Colorado street from 3rd to loth streets. The transmission will be by three-wire circuits with complete returns, and the drop in potential m full power of the generators shall not exceed ten per cent. Tozvers. — Thirty iron "Star" lighting towers of the Detroit pattern, 150 feet each in height to top of mast, are to be located in various parts of the city as shown in the accompany- ing maps of lio-hting towers. These towers are to be of the most substantial construction, substantially guyed, and equip- ped with six 450 watt arc lamps each. Each of the two circuit systems of wires for lightlno- these tower arc lamps is to be of No. 6, weather proof, in'sulated copper wire, connected with the switch board in the power house. Potentials. — In the wires for commercial and domestic lighting by alternating currents, the loss by drop in potential in the mains between the power house and West avenue shall not exceed twelve and one half per cent., and in the sub-feeders and branches shall not exceed an additional five per cent. Transformers. — The schedule of transformers or convert- ers as herein contemplated is as follows: Twenty-one of 12 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp.- Ninety-nnie of 25 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. ^01 ty of ^ 50 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. 1 ifteen of 70 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. fitteenot 90 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. Eleven of 125 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. i welve of 250 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. ^"6 of 500 Lamp Capacity, 50 watts per lamp. The said party of the first part hereby reserves the right to exchange converters by sizes, taking an equal capacity in smaller SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION. 269 converters as the interest of its patrons shall require. The con- verters, as located by the engineer, are to be fully connected in the wiring circuits ready for attaching the domestic and com- mercial wires. Grounds. — Effective grounds are to be prepared for each of the lightning arrestei's and for the ground connections of the guard wires. When no good ground connection is available one is to be prepared by placing two bushels of good coke or charcoal near the base of a pole and placing therein a copper plate, one eighth by four inches in section and three feet in length, and the ground wires are to be soldered thereto. Apparatus. — All the circuits will be fully equipped \n\\\\ the requisite installation apparatus required for the safe and easy operation of the lines and for their testing, inspection and maintenance, such as feeder boxes, primary switch and fuse boxes, cut-outs, transformers, etc., each marked with their safe ampere carrying capacity, and all lines will be fully equipped with lightning arresters. Each piece of this apparatus is to be located as directed, is to be of the best material and workmanship for the purpose and is to be set and secured in the best manner, and each is to be subject to the r'gid inspection and test, and to the approval and rejection of the engineer. Guarantees. — All apparatus, materials, and workmanship herein specified and contracted for are, by the said party of the second part, hereby guaranteed against all electrical and mechanical defects, and defective workmanship for the space of one year from and after their completion and acceptance. The party of the second part also hereby guarantees that any of the lighting towers herein contracted for, when provided with six direct current arc lamps of 4:^0 watts capacity each (2,000 nom- inal candle power) will illuminate any portion of a circle 3,000 feet in diameter, of which the tower is the center, sufficiently so that any ordinary watch may be read on the darkest night when the said towers are illuminated. J. T. F. PART IV. Illustrative Examples of Complete Con- tracts and Specifications. EXAMPLES OF COMPLETE ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS, SO FRAMED AS TO INCLUDE THE CONTRACT AND BOND, TOGETHER WITH ALL THE GENERAL CLAUSES, SO DRAWN AS TO BE DISTINCT AND SEPARATE FROM THE SPECIFICATIONS. 166. Contract and Bond Combined in One Doc- ument with the Specifications. It is often customary for corporations doing a great deal of work by contract to have a standard form of combined contract, specification, and bond, in which the contracting and surety clauses remain the same, and in which a large proportion of the general clauses remain unchanged, while the specifications proper vary in accordance with the different classes of work to be done. Of such an ex- ample is that given in the following article, this being the standard form used by the city of St. Louis. It will be noted that in this contract, the contractor is represented as the party of the first part, and the city of St. Louis as the party of the second part. In Part II of this work, wherein the general clauses of specifications were discussed, the party of the first part was supposed to indicate the employer, and the party of the second part, the contractor. It is, of course, a matter of indifference as to which custom is followed, so long as the doc- ument clearly defines the meaning of these terms. 270 SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 271 In all the examples given in this portion of the work, the subjects of the clauses will be indicated by marginal titles. This is the common practice in all specifications, but it has not been followed in the previous portions of the work, since the examples chosen were fragmentary in their character, and did not seem to require this kind of indexing. In actual practice, however, it is advisable to use these marginal titles for conven- ience of reference. So also should the clauses be all numbered, as is done in the examples which follow, these numbers also having been omitted in the previous portions of this work, because of their fragmentary character. 167. Contract and General Specifications for Large Pumping Engines. The following complete con- tract and specifications was used in 1S94 by the Water Com- missioner of the city of St. Louis, in the letting of contracts for two large high service pumping engines. They are what is known as general specifications, since they do not indicate any particular style of engine, and since no plans were drawn for the work. It should be understood also that the city of St. Louis is obliged to let all public work by contract and always to accept the lowest bid or to reject all bids. It has hitherto been customary for this city to prepare detail plans for all pub- lic work because of this provision requiring them to accept the lowest bid. These specifications have therefore been drawn with the greatest care, and in such a way that the city may be able to accept the lowest bid without danger of obtaining an inferior product. The gentleman who prepared these specifi- cations is a thorough civil and mechanical engineer of about twenty years experience in the designing and operation of pump- ing engines, and therefore the requirements here embodied are likely to represent the latest and best practice. They are given here, however, not for the purpose of being copied, but for the purpose of illustrating the care and foresight required in the letting of contracts under general specifications, in order that 272 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. all the bidders may be placed on an even footing, and that even the lowest bid shall of necessity correspond to a first-class and in every way satisfactory result. In general, where it is obliga- tory to accept the lowest bid, it is advisable to have detail plans prepared. The privilege had been specially reserved, however, in the advertisement of this work, to reject all the bids, if none of them proved satisfactory, but the city is not allowed, under its charter, to reject a lower bid, and accept a higher. Referring to clause D in these specifications and to the last portion of that clause, the wording here is evidently too inclu- sive. That is to say, the Water Commissioner would not be allowed by law to ''decide all questions which may arise rela- tive to the execution of this contract on the part of the contrac- tor," with the condition that "his estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive." See articles 12 and 13, parti, and article 109, part II, for a discussion of this question. 168. Contract and Specifications for designing, fur 7iishi?ig and erecti??g at High Service Pzunpifig Station JVo. j, St. Louis ^ AIo.^ Piwi-ping E7igines JVos. y atid 8^ with Fixtures and all Ap- purtenances Complete. A Agreement made and entered into this day of , 18 — , by and between , part of the first pait, and the City of St. Louis, party of the second part, ivitnesscth : Whereas, The Board of Public Improvements of the said City of St. Louis, under the provisions of Ordinance No. 17006, approved December 30, 1S92, and by virtue of the authority vested in the said Board by the Charter and general ordinances of the city, did let out unto the said the work of designing, furnishing and erecting, at High Service Pumping Station No. 3, St. Louis, Mo., Pumping Engines Nos. 7 and 8. B Now^ therefore^ in consideration of the pay- ments and covenants hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by said second party, the said SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 273 hereby covenant and agree to furnish and erect in the pump pits at High Service Pumping Station No. 3, two pumping engines, each of a capacity of ten million U. S. gallons of water in twenty-four consecutive hours, with all fixtures and appurtenances complete, and in conformity to the requirements and conditions here- inafter specified. Wherever the words "Water Commissioner" are used herein, they shall be understood to refer to the Water Commissioner of the City of St. Louis, and to his properly authorized agents, limited by the particular duties entrusted to them. Wherever the word "Contractor" is used herein, it shall be understood to refer to the part who ha entered into the contract to • perform the work to be done under this contract and these specifications, or the legal representative of such part To prevent all disputes and litigation, it is D agreed by and between the parties to this contract that the Water Commissioner shall, in all, cases, determine tHe quantity and quality of the several kinds of material to be furnished and work to be done, the duty and capacity of the engines, and the amount to be paid under this contract ; and he shall decide all questions which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of the Contrac- tor, and his estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive. • The said part of the first part hereby agree E that all materials and workmanship, of whatever description, shall be subject to inspection and rejec- tion by the Water Commissioner, and that the entire work shall be done to his satisfaction. The said piirt of the first part further agree that the Water Commissioner may appoint such assistants as he may deem necessary to inspect the materials to be be furnished and the w^ork to be done under this agreement, and see that the same strictly correspond with the specifications hereinafter set forth ; and that said Water Commissioner shall at all times have the right to enter the works, shops, etc., where the machinery is being constructed, for the purpose of inspection and examination of the materials furnished and work being done, and shall be afforded such assistance as may be required to determine whether the quality of the materials and the character of the 18 274 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Work to be done. Working de- tail plans. work are in accordance with the requirements and intentions of this contract. The part of the first part further agree that the materials used throughout the engines and ap- purtenances shall be of the qualities specified, and new and unused when put into the work, and that the engines and appurtenances shall be constructed and erected in the most workmanlike and substantial manner, and everything done and furnished neces- sary to complete and perfect the engines and appur- tenances according to the designs and intentions of this contract, whether particularly specified or not, but which may be inferred from the drawings and from this contract and the following specifications: SPECIFICATIONS. 1. The work to be done consists in making the design, furnishing general and detail drawdugs, constructing and erecting complete in place ready for service at High Service Pumping Station No. 3, St. Louis, Mo., two vertical triple expansion con- densing pumping engines. Each engine shall pump ten millions U. S. gallons of water in twenty-four hours. GENERAL DATA. Water Pressure 125 pounds. Steam Pressure 125 pounds. Elevation Bottom Pump Pit (City Datum 100). 90 feet. Elevation Engine Room Floor 118 feet. Elevation Water in Wet Well (Approximate). 110 feet. Dimensions of Pump Pit . .' 56x57 feet. PLANS. 2. A complete set of accurate and distinct detail working tracings, made in accordance with the general plans submitted by the Contractor with his proposal and approved by the Board of Public Improvements, shall be furnished by the Contractor and submitted to the Water Commissioner within four months after the award of the contract. 3. The tracings shall be of uniform size — 2^j4 X39 inches — and shall have a clear margin of at least 3/^ of an inch. 4. The kind of material to be used in each and every part of the construction shall be clearly denoted in the tracings by different section lining or by distinct lettering. 5. The tracings shall show complete sectional outline and plan views, giving all necessary dimeu- I SrECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 275 sions and thickness of metal, radii of fillets and roundings in the various parts of the construction in plain and intelligible figures, and shall definitely- state in printed letters, at all surfaces and details, the name of the parts and the kind of machine work and finish to be put upon them, thus enabling the machinery to be built and completed exclusively from blue prints taken from the tracings. 6. There shall be separate tracings showing the valve motion, as put together in working con- dition. 7. The tracings will be examined by the water 'r°''^^PP^°^' commissioner, and if found in accord with this con- tract and specifications, will be approved; any change found necessary shall be at once made by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Water Com- missioner 8. The contractor shall also, within two months Generaiwork- r • 1 1 '"» Flans. after the award ot the contract, furnish accurate and workmanlike general tracings, made in accordance with the drawings submitted by the contractor with his proposal, and filed in the oflfice of the board of public improvements, and with the detail drawings approved by the Water Commissioner. 9. These general tracings shall show the posi- tion of the engines in the pits, with all required foundation piers and bolts, and all floors, girders, platforms, stairs, galleries, railing, pipes, stop valves and all appliances complete, giving all general dimensions required in the erection of the machinery. 10. If, durinof the construction, it be found change of De- expedient or necessary to change or modify the design of any of the details of the engines, working drawings showing the proposed changes shall be submitted to and approved by the Water Commis- sioner before any change is made. 11. All drawings rendered in any way incor- rect through changes or modifications, must be com- pletely replaced by new tracings. 12. Before the final payment for the ensrines, Rook of Fin- r . -.^ •'■, ^ ,. , ^ ished Draw- the contractor must furnish and deliver to the water ings. commissioner a book of complete general and detail drawings of all parts of the engines and appurte- nances, as built and erected. The detail drawings shall show all details enter- ing into the construction in sectional, outline and plan views, with all dimensions plainly written in neat and intelligible figures and names printed at 276 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. every detail, the kind of material used and the finish of the various parts and surfaces. The general drawings shall show the engines in position in the pump pits in at least four different views, viz. : Sectional side elevation, sectional end elevation, contour or outline end elevation and plan, and shall give necessary main dimensions, thickness and kind of metals, location of foundation bolts, and all important sizes of the machinery as erected. These general and detailed drawings shall be made on mounted double Elephaat paper of asize of 25)^x39 inches inside the margin lines, strongly and substantially bound in book form, with the name and date of the engines printed in gilt letters on the covers of the book. All drawings shall be accurately and neatly executed in ink in a workmanlike manner and to an. appropriate scale. All sheets shall be uniformJy lettered and consecutively numbered and provided with proper titles and headings. DESIGN. General Features, Pit. Suction. Steam. Plunger. 13. The two engines shall be designed to be- erected and operated independently in the south pit of the engine house, which will be built by the city of St. Louis, substantially as shown by the plans on file in the office of the water commissioner. Especial attention must be paid to the fact that the engines will be used for direct pressure service. 14. Engines shall have ample space around all their various parts for access and maintenance. 15. The height of the water in the wet well will depend upon height of water in conduit, which will be approximately constant. 16. The engines shall be designed for an initial steam pressure of 125 pounds per square inch and a water pres€ure of 125 pounds per square inch. 17. The pumps shall be designed and con- structed to deliver the stipulated quantity of water at a plunger speed which will insure a smooth and effective action of the pump valves, and all working parts of the machinery, but in no case shall the diameter of any pump plunger exceed 40 per cent. of its stroke, or the plunger speed exceed iSo feet per minute. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 277 iS. The arrangement and construction of the Balanced, engines shall be such that they will give equal steam cards on the up and down strokes. 19. The engines shall be designed and pro-i^eii:ibiiit>,ctc. portioned to have great working strength, stability and stiffness, and ample space around all parts for erection, repairs, lubrication, inspection and adjust- ment. 20. The steam cylinders and the plungers of Vertical. the engines shall be vertical. 21. The steam cylinders and the regulating "^'ght- mechanism of the cut-ofif and valve motion shall be placed entirely above an elevation of 120 feet above datum. 22. The pump chambers and steam cylinders Frame, shall be rigidly connected and supported through the intervening frames and columns to make the whole construction of ample stability, strength and stiffness. 23. Each engine shall have vertical, single Plungers. acting outside packed plungers, and no construction will be allowed requiring internal stuffing boxes, glands or water packings in the pumps. All stuffing boxes shall be readily accessible for inspection and tightening up, while the engine is running. 24. The machinery shall be so constructed, ^^°g^^^ °^ supported and arranged that the pump chambers or any important part or piece of the substructure can be easily removed to such position that it can be hoisted out of the pump pit without necessitating the frame and fixed parts of the superstructure of the machinery being taken apart, disturbed or removed. 25. The two engines shall each be provided Condenser. with a surface condenser, of appropriate size and construction to maintain a steady vacuum, and designed to directly utilize the water discharged by the main pumps for condensation of the exhaust steam. 26. The contractor shall furnish and put up Attachments . -t^ ■r' and Appur- all pipes, valves, oil cups, drip pans, fittings and tenances. fixtures required to make the construction complete inside the engine room and pump pit, and shall furnish flanges drilled for connection on end of pipes near wall. 27. The various parts of the machinery shall Appearance, be of plain shapes and forms, adapted to their 278 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Anchor Bolts. Castings. specific purposes, insuring great strength and relia- bility with good mechanical effects. Frame and Fixed Parts. Expansion. 28. The frame and foundation of the engines shall be so designed that changes of temperature can not alter the distribution of the loads on, or affect the alignment of the members of, the frame, and, where necessary, expansion joints shall be used. Frame. 29. The frame of the engine shall be designed to have great stiffness and weight, so that it shall withstand all working stresses with the minimum vibration. All bed plates or sole plates resting on masonry shall have ample bearing surfaces to safely distribute the working pressures. 30. the machinery shall be substantially and securely anchored and held in place with a sufficient number of foundation bolts. 31. All castings shall be desiq;ned to avoid sudden changes of section and of such forms as will cool uniformly without shrinkage strains. 32. At all flanges of castings there shall be a reinforcement, or addition of metal, of at least 30 per cent, of the regular thickness, which shall extend in length or height at least twice the total thickness of the metal at the reinforcement. All flanges to be of not less thickness than the total metal at the rein- forcement. 33. All castings must have good sized fillets at all corners; no small brackets will be allowed. 34. If reheaters are used they shall be designed and con.^^tructed to be absolutely steam tight under all working conditions to which they will be sub- jected, and must have proper heating area and space and facilites for examination, repairs and renewals. Jackets. ^^^ jf steam jackets are used they must be secured to the steam cylinder in such a manner as to allow free and easy expansion and contraction, with- out causing internal leakage of joints or derangement of any description to jackets or cylinders, or undue strains in any part ; and must be arranged to insure proper circulation of steam and ready removal of the jacket water. 36. All flat plates and surfaces acted upon by water pressure must be substantially proportioned and strengthened with a sufficient number of heavy ribs, to make them of ample stiffness and strength to Reheaters. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 279 safely carry the loads to which they will be subjected. 37. All handholes and manholes shall be of ample size, well fitted, and so constructed as to be readily opened and closed. 38. Priming and draining pipes and valves shall be provided for filling and emptying the pump chambers. 39. The condensers must safely stand all work- Condenser, ing stresses to which they may be subjected, without leakage or weakness of any description. 40. The condensers shall be constructed to Kxaminations ' , f ... . e ^ • • iind Repairs. give ample facilities and space for the examination, insertion and withdrawal of tubes and packing of joints. The tubes must be provided with perfectly tight and easily removable packings, allowing for expansion and contraction, without injury or leakage. 41. The condensers shall be so arranged that the amount of water passing through, or condensing surface, can be adjusted to suit varying temperatures. 42. Arrangement must be made for proper distribution and circulation of the exhaust steam and condensing water on the cooling surfaces of the con- denser, without injurious impingement of the steam or condensing water. 43. All glands and washers used in the con- densers shall be made of composition ; all bolts and nuts (except stay bolts) used inside the condensers shall be made of Tobin bronze. 44. The condensers must be provided with all necessary auxiliary pipes, valves and tanks. 45. The ho"^t well shall be set at the highest Hot Well, elevation in the pit which the design of the engines will permit. 46. There shall be effectual means and appa- tus provided for the separation of grease and oil from the condensed water before it is fed to the boilers. 47. The suction and discharo^e pipes shall be ^"^*'°" •'^"^ ,.'.■, • T & r i Discharge thirty inches in diameter. Pipes. 48. For each engine there shall be a single suction or inlet pipe, which shall be attached to the gate valve, furnished by the City of St. Louis, shown in the plans of the pump pits. 49. The discharge pipe for each engine shall be carried up to an elevation of 113.6, and then hor- izontally through and to a distance of two feet from the outside of the pump pit wall, and shall be pro- vided with a drilled flange for connection to pump main. 280 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Air Chambers. ^q. Each engine shall be provided with air vessels of sufficient capacity to insure smooth, easy and equal action of the pumps. By.pass. ^j. Each engine shall be provided with a by- pass pipe, arranged to facilitate draining the pump mains and starting the engines. Relief Valves. ^2. Each engine shall be provided with a pressure relief valve designed and arranged to by- pass the discharge of its pumps when the pressure on the pump mains exceeds 125 pounds per square inch. 53. The pressure relief to be of sufficient capacity to by-pass total discharge of the engine. 54. There shall be platforms or galleries of cast iron plates or wrought iron open work at con- venient locations upon the pump and steam ends, which will allow all of the operations necessary in running and maintaining the engines to be per- formed with the greatest safety and ease. 55. The Contractor shall design, furnish and erect iron stairways, landings and galleries leading from the top gallery down to the bottom of the pump pit, with all intermediate galleries and supporting girders, beams, and composition railings required to make them complete and satisfactory in all respects. All of the above to be made of neat and harmonious proportions, and arranged to leave sufficient space for hoisting and removing the pump chambers and other parts of the machinery w^ithout disturbing any beams, bed-plates or other stationary parts, or neces- sitating the removal of stairways, landings or galleries to any great extent. ^^S^*' 56. The galleries, stairs and platforms shall be arranged to secure as good diffusion of light down the pump pit as possible. 57. The stairs to be made without risers. Tread pla'.es and all gallery plates to be made of a suitable open-work pattern. All parts of stairs, galleries and platforms shall be accessible for inspection and painting. Mechanism and Wearing Parts, *str^nes*.° 58. All moving parts shall be of ample strength and of sufficient stiffness to prevent undue vibrations in operation, face's!^ "'^ 59- ^^ journals and wearing surfaces shall be of sufficient size and of proper proportion to avoid excessive pressure and heating. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 281 Counter-bor- ing. Journals. Steam End 60. When practicable, provision shall be made to prevent the wearing of shoulders on either station- ary or moving parts at their extreme travel. 61. All stationary journals shall have suitable boxes, babbitt lined when necessary, and all journals above four inches in diameter shall have provisions for horizontal and vertical adjustment. 62. All glands and guide rings of stuffing Bushings, boxes shall be provided with composition linings forced in and securely held in place, and the glands shall be cupped out to make proper receptacles for lubricants, leakage water, etc. 63. The bodies of all valves, three inches in Vaives, etc diameter and smaller, shall be entirely of composi- tion, but the bodies of valves larger than three inches, may be of cast iron, with composition valve and valve seats. 64. All valves, fittings, fixtures and appurte- , nances used, shall be of an approved design. 65. The valve motions and starting arrange- ments of the engines shall be such that each engine can be promptly and safely started and operated by one engineer. 66. The steam distribution valves shall be of Valves. a known reliable type. They shall be well balanced and so designed as to work with the minimum fric- tion, to wear even and steam-tight, and to have proper facilities for refitting and adjustment. 67. The steam valve mechanism shall be of Valve Motion ample strength and durability, and must be reliable in all its motions and entirely free from any danger of failure, derangement or rebounding. The engine Regulation, and valve mechanism to be provided with an auto- matic device to prevent racing in case of a broken pump main. 68. The engines shall be fitted with a variable Cut-ofif. cut-off mechanism so arranged as to be easily and quickly adjusted while the engines are in operation. 69. The running throttle valves of the engines Throttle, shall be of a well-balanced type and operate quickly and easily under full steam pressure. 70. The steam pistons of the cylinders shall Piston*, be provided with Babbitt and Harris piston packing, packing which, in the opinion of the Water Com- missioner, is equally efficient. 71. Steam valves above six inches in diameter shall have steel stems provided with Phospho bronze nuts. !82 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Pump End. area of the suction and discharcfe Valves. Connecting Pieces. Guides. Boxes. I^ocked Nuts. Fly -Wheel. Air Pumps. 72. The valves shall be sufficient to insure proper filling and discharging of the pumps under all conditions, but in no case shall the total suction valve area, or the total discharge valve area of each engine be less than 6 square feet. 73. The valves shall be designed and con- structed to open and close promptly and quietly, shall be tight and of ample strength, and .shall be especially designed for facility of repairs and re- newals. 74. All valve stems of stop and gate water valves shall be made of Tobin bronze. 75. All connecting, piston, plunger and dis" tance rods, and all movable parts must be of ample strength and stiffness to withstand all working stresses. 76. The piston rods, plunger and plunger rods, and all reciprocation parts have properly designed guides and crossheads. The crossheads shall have shoes adjustable for wear. 77. All journals and pins of connecting and valve rods, and of all reciprocating and oscillat- ing rods, shall have well proportioned strajD or box ends having easily removable composition boxes, Babbitt lined where required, and provided with wedges, keys or bolts for adjustment of wear. Each link or connecting rod shall at the different ends, have provisions for compensation of wear in the same direction 78. All strap or box ends shall be of a shape having great strength and stiffness, holding the com- position boxes securely, and giving a neat and work- manlike appearance. 79. AH nuts of pillow block caps bolts and follower bolts of pistons, all screw joints of moving parts and all keys shall be provided with a secure locking device. 80. If a fly-wheel is used, the shafts shall rest in pillow blocks very securely and rigidly supported at ample distances apart. 81. The construction of the air pumps must be such that they will at all times perform their work promptly without noise or injurious shocks. 82. The air pump and all accessory pumps required to run the engine, except the boiler feed pump, shall be driven from the main engine. SPECIFICATIONS FOE PUMPING ENGINES. 283 MATERIALS. 83. All materials used throuehout this con- struction must be of the special class and grade called for in the specifications and designated in drawings, and shall in each case fully stand the specified tests. 84. All castings shall be free from blow holes, Castings, flaws, scabs and defects of any description, and shall be smooth, close grained, sound, tough, and of true forms and dimensions. 85. All casting must be done in accordance with the best modern foundry practice to obtain castings of the very best quality. Castings above 500 pounds in weight shall be moulded in dry sand or loam. Great care must be taken to make all castings as nearly as practicable of uniform thick- ness throughout. 86. No plugging or other stopping of holes or defects of castings will be allowed. 87. The cast iron used in the steam cylinders. Cast iron, the steam distribution valves, the barrels of air pumps and the water plungers shall be close, fine grained, hard and uniform in character and of good wearing qualities. The cast iron used in all other parts of this construction shall be of superior quality, tough and of even grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 23,000 pounds per square inch. Test bars of the metal 2 inches by i inch, when broken transversely, 24 inches between sup- ports and loaded in the center, shall have a breaking load of not less than 2,200 pounds, and shall have a total deflection of not less than 0.35 of an inch before breaking. 88. The test bars shall be cast as nearly as pos- Test Bars, sible to the above dimensions without finishing, but corrections will be made by the Water Commissioner for variations in thickness and width, and the cor- rected results must conform to the above require- ments. 89. If any two test bars, cast the same day, show a tensile strength less than 22,000 pounds per square inch, or do not show the required cross breaking load or deflection, all the castings made from the melting from which the samples were taken may be rejected. 90. All steel castings used in the construction Steel, shall be thoroughly annealed and possess a tensile 284 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Bolts. strength of 65,000 to 75,000 pounds, and 15 per cent, elongation in two inches. 91. All steel forgings used in this construction shall be equal to forgings manufactured by the Otis Steel Company, Cleveland, Ohio, and have a tensile strength of not less than 75,000 pounds per square inch of section, and show an elongation of 20 per cent, in eight diameters. Wrought Iron. ^2. All of the vvrought iron used shall be tough, fibrous and uniform in character, and speci- mens broken in the testing machine shall show a tensile strength of not less than 50,000 pounds per square inch, with an elongation of 18 per cent, in eight diameters. 93. If any specimen of steel or wrought iron shall not conform to the above requirements, all material of the lot from which the specimen was taken, will be rejected. 94. The Water Commissioner may take at ran- dom any wrought iron bolt and nut, and have it broken in a testing machine. If any tw^o bolts shall not fill the above stipulated requirements for wrought iron, the whole lot of that size and make may be rejected ; the effective area used in computing the breaking strength, will be the area corresponding to the smallest diameter at the bottom of the threads, when cut in accordance with the U. S. standard. 95. Rivets shall be made from the best refined iron, and must be capable of being bent cold until until the sides are in close contact without sisfn of fracture on the convex side. 96. All rolled wrought iron shapes shall be free from twists, bends, seams, blisters, buckles, cinder spots or imperfect edges. All sheet and plate iron must be capable of being worked at a proper heat without injury. 97. All rods shall be formed in one continuous rolled or forged piece without weld. 98. All the composition metal used [excepting for Tobin bronze and hand railing] shall consist of the best quality, new material only, of mixtures specially adapted for the work in each case, and approved by the Water Commissioner. 99. AH Phosphor bronze used must be homo- geneous and uniform in character, and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 30,000 pounds per Rivets. Shapes. Rods. Composition. Phosphor Bronze. square inch, with eight diameters. an elongation of 15 per cent, ni SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 285 lOO. All Tobin bronze used must be homo- 'r°^'" Bronze, geneous and uniform in character, and specimens broken in a testing machine shall show a tensile strength of not less than 60,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of 20 per cent, in eight diameters. loi. Finished bolts and nuts of Tobin or Phosphor bronze may be tested in the same manner as specified for wrought iron, and if any two bolts shall not fulfill the requirements, the whole lot of that size and make will be rejected. 102. Test specimens and samples of castings, '^^^t Bars, forgings, composition or any other material used in this construction, shall be prepared ready for testing and supplied in the number, shape, finish and sizes required by the water commissioner, and shall be prepared as may be directed at any time during the pouring or w^orking of the materials. For all material taken by the water commis- sioner for testing, the following prices will be paid, which shall include the cost of preparing and finish- ing the test specimens, viz. : For all wrought iron or steel, the sum of ten cents per pound. For all composition, the sum of thirty cents per pound. For all cast iron, the sum of three cents per pound. All broken material to belong to the city of St. Louis. 103. The Babbitt metal used throughout the Babbitt Metal, construction must be of the following approximate proportions by analysis: 8S per cent, pure tin, eight per cent, antimony, and four per cent. Lake Superior copper. 104. All rubber for valves and gaskets must Rubber. be of a suitable quality, approved by the Water Commissioner before it is used. 105. All other material used in the engines other mater- and not mentioned in these specifications will be '^^^* subject to inspection, test and approval by the Water Commissioner before it is used. CONSTRUCTION. 106. The workmanship and finish of the Workmanship, pumping engines throughout shall be equal to the best American practice, and in every respect satis- factory to the Water Commissioner. 286 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Machine Worked. Joints. Boringf. Turning. Joints. Journals. Straps, etc. scraping. 107. All surfaces worked in machine tools must be true and smooth, and accurately conform to the drawings in shape, size and alignment. 108. The bearing surfaces of all sole and bed plates and parts resting on masonry shall be planed. 109. If fly-wheels are used, the parts shall be fitted and fastened together in the most careful and workmanlike manner and the outer circumferences and the sides of the rim shall be turned smooth and true. no. All joints of bed plate and frame to be planed or faced and carefully fitted. 111. The steam cylinders shall be bored in a vertical position, perfectly smooth and truly cylin- drical, with a boring bar of proper diameter. 112. All circular flanges shall be faced on the outer circumference. 113. All centers of lathe work must be made of ample size and carefully preserved. 114. All corners in journals and elsewhere in turned work shall be rounded to proper radii. 115. All steam joints shall be made in an approved manner, with a very thin gasket of Jenkins' Usidurian packing. 116. All water joints to be made with rubber or paper gaskets, arranged with special care to pre- vent blowing out. 117. All seats of steam and water gates must be scraped and ground tight. 118. All journals to be turned straight, cylin- drical and smooth. Particular attention and care shall be paid to the proper fitting and scraping of all journal boxes, to make the same of an extraor- dinarily good bearing surface, and accurate fit to their housings or carrying members. 1 19. Straps, gibs, keys, reamed bolts and boxes of all connecting rods must be fitted with the utmost care and accuracy, and finished in a thorough and workmanlike manner. 120. The final fitting marks shall, for all parts, be preserved for examination and must in all cases be satisfactory to the Water Commissioner. 121. All journal boxes, pins, keys and other details of the machinery shall be taken apart at any time during the process of fitting or erecting, when the Water Commissioner so directs, to allow a thor- ough examination of fit and workmanship. SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 287 122. If gear wheels are used in the valve ^^^^• motion of the engines, they shall be properly de- signed and accurately cut in gear cutting machines. 123. The treads of cams and other parts of the Cam Treads, valve motion subject to intermittent or sudden motion and heavy wear shall be of tempered steel or case hardened iron. 124. The tempering or hardening processes Tempering or must be so conducted that parts will retain their proper size and shapes and have the requisite hard- ness. 125. All parts of the engines must be well c«"t"'°S- secured and correctly centered with accurately fitted dowel pins, reamed bolts or male and female joints. 126. All flanges must be cast solid, and all bolt holes shall be drilled with perfectly sharpened and centered twist-drills to insure accurate round holes. 127. All dowel pins must be of proper taper, ^^^^^^ Pi"s. and well fitted ; and where necessary, shall have proper facilities for removal. 128. All holes intended to receive tapering Taper. parts shall be carefully reamed and ground and the tapering parts driven or forced into place. 129. Nuts and bolts and all threads shall be of Threads, the U. S. standard, except where special threads are necessary. 130. The threads and shanks of all bolts above ^ inch in diameter shall be cut and turned in the lathe, and the ends of all bolts shall be finished to a neat conical or hemispherical point. 131. The resting surface for nuts and heads of all bolts shall be faced to present a smooth, plane surface, square to the axis of the bolt. 132. Case hardened, finished and polished nuts FinishedNuts. shall be used in all exposed work above the upper floor level, and also for all parts requiring frequent removal and adjusting. All other nuts and bolt- heads above the upper floor level, and nuts for all stuffing boxes, and at such other places as may be necessary, shall be finished. 133. Finished Phosphor bronze nuts and rolled Tobin bronze studs and bolts to be used for all fastenings inside the pump chambers, and for all glands of stuffing boxes of the pump end. 134. Cold pressed nuts shall be used for all ^^^m^''"^*'' stationary parts of the pump chambers, and in all cases where not otherwise specified. 288 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Hexagonal. 1 35. All niits and bolt heads shall be hexagonal in shape and must be faced on top and bottom. The sides shall fit their wrenches accurately. Keys. 136. All key-ways and keys must be accurately fitted and properly driven or forced into place, and must be of appropriate size and taper. 137. All riveted work shall be specially designed for its particular uses, and executed in a thorough and workmanlike manner. Calking. 1 38. All riveted joints subject to pressure shall be thoroughly and neatly calked with a round-nosed tool. Finishing. 1 39. All connecting rods, links and valve rods shall be draw-file finished. 140. All bright and specially finished work must be of the highest grade and entirely free from scratches, specks and flaws. 141. All visible composition w^ork shall have a bright finish. 142. All exposed machine worked surfaces of all parts above the upper floor level and of all mov- ing parts, except fly-wheels, shall have a bright finish. Lagging. i^^^ Xhe steam cylinders, steam chests, reheaters, steam and distribution pipe and other heated surfaces of the machinery, when necessary, shall be protected by neat mahogany or walnut lag- ging, securely fastened and held in place by brass bands and button-headed brass screws, or by bright finished false covers. Covering. 144- All Steam pipes and heated surfaces shall be protected with approved non-conductors to the depth of flanges. 145. The material to be used in covering steam pipes, cylinders, reheaters and all protected parts, and the method of its application, shall be subject to approval by the Water Commissioner. 146. No non-conductors, lagging or false covers shall be applied until the construction has been thoroughly tested by working steam pressure and all leakages and defects developed have been thoroughly remedied. ERECTION. In Shop. I47« The Contractor shall erect in the shop such parts of the steamand water ends of the engines as may be necessary, in order that the final erection SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 289 can be carrlecl on with despatch in a thorough and workmanlike manner. 148. The Contractor, shall, at his own expense Transporting. and risk, transport all parts of the machinery to the pumping station, but will be allowed the use of the power traveling crane in the engine house for erect- ing. 149. All foundations and piers required for :\ra3onry. the support and anchorage of the engines, in addi- tion to that shown in the city's drawings, will be built by the city of St. Louis, to drawings furnished by the contractor. All foundation piers will be built of first-class coursed cut stone masonry and provided with granite capstones of appropriate sizes, and charged to the contractor at $20 per cubic yard. 150. The contractor shall deliver at the pump- waii Boxes, ing station all bolts, washers, wall boxes, girders, ^*^' etc., intended to be inserted in the masonry, in ample time to prevent delay during the building of the foundation walls and piers. 151. The contractor shall be responsible for the proper and exact location of all parts, when placed in accordance with his drawings and templets. 152. The contractor shall do all work neces- inPit. sary to erect, fit and secure the engines in the pump pit upon the foundation piers as completed and built by the city of St. Louis. 153. Every sole plate, girder, bed plate and Rust joint, casting resting on or secured to masonry, shall be provided with a rust joint of sufiicient thickness, > carefully driven and packed and consisting of ingre- -"■ dients satisfactory to the Water Commissioner. 154. Great care shall be taken in the erection Bearings; of the engines to place and secure the various sole and bed plates upon solid, plane and smooth bear- ings. All joints between stationary details must be made with the utmost accuracy and precision, insur- ing perfect and permanent alignment. None of the parts shall be unduly strained in lining up. 155. The contractor shall so conduct his oper- Other Work, ations as not to interfere with the work of other contractors, and the disposal of his tools and mate- rials during storage and erection will be subject to the approval of the Water Commissioner. 156. The party of the second part will furnish water, and set the gate valves of the suction pipes, but the contractor shall pump out all accumulated water in 19 290 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Protection of Parts. Damage. Cleaning up Damage to Masonry, etc. Storage of Machinery Parts. Paraffine Varnish. Oil paint. the pump pit before commencing erection, and do all necessary pumping during erection of engines. 157. All finished parts must be well protected in shops and during transportation to prevent injury and abrasion. 158. All injured parts must be replaced, when in the judgment of the Water Commissioner, refit- ting will not suffice. 159. The contractor shall remove all staging used in erecting the engines, and leave the pump pit, engine room and premises neat and clean. 160. The contractor shall, at his own cost, make good all damages to masonry, buildings, or other property of the city of St. Louis, occasioned by the contractor or his employes in the transporta- tion and erection of the machinery. 161. The city of St. Louis will furnish space within its premises for the reception of the various parts of the machinery, but shall not be responsible for the safe keeping of these parts, nor for damage caused to them from exposure or other cause. PAINTING. 162. All castings and details must be inspected and approved before painting, and in no case shall the paint or pitch be applied until all surfaces are trimmed and thoroughly cleaned. 163. All unfinished iron work not visible from the engine room floor (except where otherwise required) and that above the floor intended to be encased, shall be thoroughly painted inside and out with three coats of No. i paraffine varnish, applied hot. The first coat shall be put on at the shop, and the others after erection, excepting for inside surfaces of pumps, pipes, etc., which shall receive two coats at the shop and one after erection. 164. All unfinished iron work visible from the engine room floor, shall be thoroughly cleaned, rubbed down and painted with four coats of a good quality of paint and strictly pure lins2ed oil. The. first coat shall be put on at the shop and the others after erection. 165. The paint shall be of a grade and color approved by the Water Commissioner, and shall be applied, striped and varnished to his satisfaction. 166. All parts to be covered by non-conduc- tors must be thoroughly cleaned and frc^d from rust, and painted with three coats of paint of a kind, SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 291 color and quality to be determined by the Water Commissioner before application of the non-con- ductors. 167. All finished and polished surfaces must Finished be kept entirely free from rust until erected and finally accepted. TESTING. 168. After erection has been completed, and Pressure. ' before the final painting, a blank flange shall be bolted on the out-door end of the dischars^e pipe, and the whole construction tested with hydraulic pressure. A force pump shall be connected to the discharge pipe, and a pressure of 200 pounds per square inch applied in such manner as to test the pumps, pump valves, air vessels, discharge pipes, pump rods and the frames of the engines. After this test the engine is to be run to full capacity, dis- charging through the pressure relief valves for the purpose of testing same ; a further test to be made by suddenly opening gate on pump main to test speed controlling device mentioned in section 67. These tests must be conducted by the contrac- tor with great care and in a manner satisfactory to the Water Commissioner. The contractor shall furnish all labor necessary, and all piping, cocks, valves, granges, force pumps, flanges and appliances required in the tests. 169. For the purpose of determining the duty Duty Test, of the engines furnished under this contract, there shall be an expert duty test of twenty- four hours continuous run for each engine. These tests shall be conducted by three experts, one to be selected by the Water Commissioner, one by the contractor, and the two thus named to select the third. The duty tests shall be conducted for one engine at a time, unless otherwise ordered by the Water Commissioner. 170. The water of condensation from all steam jackets and reheaters shall be gathered and its weight carefully determined, and it shall be charged against the engines during all of the duty tests. 171. The total weight of water fed to the boilers during the tests, shall be considered the amount of steam used when corrected for entrain- ment exceeding two per cent. 292 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 172. Steam used for running the boiler feed pumps during the duty tests will not be charged / against the engines. Expert Test. 173. The twenty- four hours duty test shall be made with the water in the wet well at an approxi- mate elevation of no, and shall be conducted by the experts selected in accordance with section 169 of this contract. Speed. 174. If, in the opinion of the Water Commis- sioner, the speed of the engines at any time during the twenty-four hours test is such as to jeopardize their safety, he shall have the right to order them run at such reduced speed as will give a smooth and quiet action. Head(h). 1 75. The head (h) to be inserted into the formula for computing the duty of the engines dur- ing the running test, shall be ascertained by attach- ing a gauge to the discharge pipe close to where it turns into and runs through the foundation walls of the pit, and by the elevation of the water in the wet well. 176. Any part or detail of the engines show- ing undue strain or weakness of any description, must be replaced, and all defects developed in these tests shall be corrected by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of the water commissioner. ADDITIONAL APPLIANCES. Wrenches. "^77' The contractor shall furnish for all sizes of bolts a complete set of wrenches for each engine, accurately fitted to the respective sizes of nuts. The Tvrenches for all finished nuts about the engines shall have a bright finish and shall be marked with their respective sizes. 178. Each engine shall be provided with one steam gauge, graduated from o to 250 pounds, one vacuum gauge, one suitable steam gauge on each receiver (if such be employed in the construction), and one engine revolution counter ; all of them to have brass cases, triple silver plated, and placed convenient for observation. The dials of gauges to be ten (10) inches in diameter. 179. Each of the air vessels of the pumps shall be provided with one glass water gauge of satisfac- tory design. The hot w^ell for each engine shall be provided with a suitable, permanently attached thermometer of appropriate design. etc SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 293 I So. The contractor shall furnish one steam indicators, indicator for each steam cylinder and three indicators for the main pumps, and one indicator for the ail pumps. The indicators shall be the Thompson, Crosby or Tabor. iSi. Each steam cylinder, main and air pumps of the two engines shall be provided with permanent piping, fixtures and motion appliances for attaching and working the indicators. All valves, cocks, pipes and appliances for the attachment of the indi- cators to the steam cylinders and pumps shall be made of composition, of ample size and complete in every respect. 183. All journals must be provided with sight- on Cups, feed oil cups. There shall also be brass drip pans or pockets at all journals and oiling places to catch lubricants. 183. The steam cylinders shall be fitted with sight-feed lubricators. 184. There shall be valves, pipes and drip pans at all places where necessary, for receiving and conveying water from stuffing boxes, etc. 185. The contractor shall furnish an extra set of suction valves and an extra set of discharge valves with all parts complete. REPAIRS. 186. Near the end of the year of probation, the Water Commissioner will make an examination of the engines, and any part or detail found to be de- fective or injured through excessive wear, overstrain, bad material or faulty design, shall be replaced by the contractor, at his own cost and expense, to the satisfaction of the water commissioner. The said part of the first part further agree Gr that all the work contemplated and described in this contract and the foregoing specifications, shall be done in accordance with the general drawing? approved by, and on file in the office of, the board of public improvements, and with the detail work- ing drawings submitted to and approved by the Water Commissioner. It is further agreed that the drawings and specifications form a part of this con- tract, and that, if any discrepancies appear between any of the drawings and the specifications, or between any of the several drawings in themselves, such dis- crepancies shall be adjusted by the contractor to the satisfaction of the Water Commissioner. And it is 294 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. further expressly agreed that the approval of the general and working drawings shall not in any case relieve the contractor from any of his responsibilities under this contract. H The said part of the first part hereby expressly agree that the inspection of materials and work- manship shall not relieve of any of obligations to perform sound and reliable w^ork, as herein described. And the said part of the first part further agree to repair or replace any defective part or piece of the pump- ing engines during one year from the end of the 24 hours running test, at his own cost and expense. And it is further agreed that during the afore- said year, the Water Commissioner may make all necessary repairs requiring prompt attention, and that the cost of such repairs shall be borne by the contractor. I And it is further agreed that any work not herein specified which may be fairly implied as included in this contract, of which the Water Com- missioner shall judge, shall be done by the con- tractor without extra charge. The contractor shall also do such extra work in connection with this con- tract as the Water Commissioner may in writing specially direct, and the price for such extra work shall be fixed by the water commissioner, but no claim for extra work shall be allowed, unless the same was done in pursuance of a written order, as aforesaid. J The said part of the first part further agree that the work embraced in this contract shall be begun w'ithin one week after written notice so to do shall have been given to the contractor by the Water Commissioner, and continued (unless the said commissioner shall otherwise in writing specially direct), with such force and in such manner as to secure its completion within twenty-six months thereafter, the time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion being essential conditions of this contract. And the part of the first part fur- ther agree that if the pumping engines to be furnished under this contract are not completed at the time above specified, then there shall be retained by said second party, as ascertained and liquidated damages, the sum of fifty ($50.00) dollars per day for every day thereafter until said engines are ready for service. I SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 295 The party of the second part agrees to have the K pump pits ready for the commencement of the erection of the engines within twenty months, and to have the steam ready for testing and running the engines twenty-three months after the date of the above notice to begin work. And the part of the first part further agree L that shall not be entitled to any claim for any hind- rance or delay from any cause whatever in the progress of the work, or any portion thereof; but any hindrance or delay occasioned by the party of the second part shall entitle said part of the first part to an extension of the time for completing this contract, sufficient to compensate for the detention, the same to be determined by the Water Commis- sioner. The said part of the first part further agree M that will not sublet the work to be done under this contract, but will keep the same under control, and that will not assign the same by power of attorney or otherwise, and that will at all times have a rep- resentative present where any work is in progress under this contract. Whenever it may be desired to give directions, orders will be given by the Water Commissioner and obeyed by the contractor's repre- sentative who may have charge of the particular work in reference to which orders are given. If any person employed by the contractor on the work should appear to the Water Commissioner to be incompetent or disorderly, he shall, upon the requisi- tion of the Water Commissioner, be at once dis- charged and not again employed. It is further agreed that if the part of the first N part shall assign this contract, or abandon the work to be done under this agreement, or shall neglect or refuse to comply with the specifications or stipula- tions herein contained, the board of public improve- ments shall have the right, with the consent of the mayor, to annul and cancel this contract, and to relet the work or any part thereof ; and such annul- ment shall not entitle the contractor to recover damages on account thereof ; nor shall it affect the right of the City of St. Louis to recover damages which may arise from such failure. And the said first part hereby agree to pro- O tect and defend and save harmless the said city of St. Louis against any demand for patent fees on any patented invention, article or arrangement that may 296 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. be used by said first part in the pumping engines furnished under this contract. P The said part of the first part further agree to idemnify and save harmless the City of St. Louis from all suits or actions brought against the said city on account of injuries or damages received or sus- tained by any party or parties during the construc- tion of the pumping engines, or by or in consequence of any negligence in guarding the same, or any improper materials used in the construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the said part of the first part or agents. Q The part of the first part further agree that each engine furnished under this contract shall have a pumping capacity of ten million U. S. gallons in twenty-four hours. The capacity to be at a speed that will insure smooth and quiet action, and to be determined by the experts during the duty test. R The part of the first part hereby agree that the pumping engines furnished under this contract shall perform, during a running test of twenty-four hours, a duty of one hundred and twenty-five million foot-pounds per thousand pounds of commercially dry steam. The part of the first part further agree that in case either engine fails to perforn a duty of one hundred and twenty-five million foot-pounds per thousand pounds of steam, during the working test of twenty-four hours, will pay to the party of the second part, as an agreed measure of damages for lack of efficiency of the engine, in the ratio of $2,500.00 for each one million foot-pounds which the duty falls below one hundred and twenty five million. In case either engine exceeds, during the twenty-four hours working test, an average duty of one hundred and twenty-five million foot-pounds per thousand pounds of steam, the party of the second part agrees to pay to the part of the first part, as a reward for the superior efficiency of the engine, an amount to be in the ratio of $1,000.00 for each one million foot-pounds which the duty comes above one hundred and twenty-five million. S On condition of the true and faithful perform- ance of all the conditions of this agreement and specifications, the said party of the second part agrees to pay to said part of the first part the sum of dollars, subject to such additions or SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 297 deductions as are authorized by the provisions and conditions of this contract, in full payment for all the work and materials, designs and drawings required by this contract, embracing the satisfactory construction and erection of such pumping engines and appurtenances as are herein defined and described in all their parts and requirements. Payments on account will be made as follows, viz. : a. On or about the first of each month, the T Water Commissioner shall cause an approximate esti- mate to be made of the value of the materials and word done, based on the total amount to be paid for the engines ; from the amount so found he shall deduct 20 per cent, and all sums previously paid or retained under this contract, and certify the remain- der as then due. Provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to affect the right of the City of St. Louis, hereby reserved, to reject the whole or any portion of the work afore- said, should the said certificates be found or known to be inconsistent with the terms of this agreement, or otherwise improperly given. b. When the twenty-four hours running test shall have been satisfactorily completed, the Water Commissioner shall make an estimate for the amount of the contract price, less 10 per cent., and all sums retained under this contract. It is further agreed that the water commissioner shall have charge of and operate the engines furnished under this contract, during the twenty-four hours duty test, and the year following, and that the part of the first part shall not be relieved or released thereby from any of obligations under this contract. At the end of said year, the pumping engines and appurtenances, if found to be in good working condition, shall be finally accepted, and the Water Commissioner shall make and certify a final estimate in favor of the first part and the responsibility of said first part shall then cease. The said part of the first part further agree U that shall not be entitled to demand or receive payment for any portion of the aforesaid work or materials, except in the manner set forth in this agreement; nor until each and all of the stipulations hereinbefore mentioned are complied with, and the Water Commissioner shall have given his certificate 298 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. to that effect. The party of the second part hereby agrees and binds itself to pay the said part of the first part in cash, the whole amount of money accru- ing to the said part of the first part under this contract, excepting such sum or sums as may be lawfully retained under any of the provisions of this contract hereinbefore set forth, upon the giving by the said part of the first part to the party of the second part a release from all claims and demands whatsoever growing out of this agreement. V This agreement is entered into subject to the city charter and ordinances in general, and in partic- ular to the following provisions of Article VI., sec- tion 28, of said charter, to wit: "flr." The aggregate payments under this con- tract shall be limited by the appropriations made therefor. "3." On ten day's notice the work, under this agreement, may, without cost or claim against the city, be suspended by the board of public improve- ments, with the approval of the mayor, for want of means or other substantial cause. Provided, that on the complaint of any citizen and tax payer, that any public work is being done contrary to contract, or the work or material used is imperfect or different from what was stipulated to be furnished or done, the said board shall examine into the complaint and may appoint two or more competent commissioners to examine and report on said work, and after such examination, or after considering the report of said commissioners, they shall make such order in the premises as shall be just and reasonable, and what the public interests seem to demand, and such decis- ion shall be binding on all parties. The cost of such examination shall be borne by the contractor, if such complaint is decided to be well founded, and by the complainant if found to be groundless. "W Ordinance 16,514, approved December 22d, 189 1, is hereby made part of this contract, and must be observed in all its provisions, namely: Section i. All contracts hereafter entered into wherein the City of St. Louis is a party, for the doing of any kind of work or labor for the City of St. Louis, including work on all public buildings, works and enterprises, shall contain the following terms and conditions: («) That the men, persons or laborers who may be employed in the doing, prosecuting, or accomplishment of such work done SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 299 by the contractor with the City of St. Louis, or any one under him, or any person controlling the said men, persons or laborers, shall not be required to work more than eight hours a day; (<5) That in case of the violation of such provisions of such contracts, the mayor shall immediately declare such contracts canceled and forfeited, and the work being done under such contracts shall be relet in the manner provided for the letting of such work, and such con- tractor shall thereafter be ineligible to bid upon such work under such reletting, and the difference in the cost of doing such work under such contract so can- celed and forfeited, and under such reletting, shall be sued for on the bond of such contractor so violat- ing such contract. For the faithful performance of all and singu- lar the terms and stipulations of this contract, in every particular, the said part of the first part, as principal, and as securities, hereby bind themselves and their respective heirs, executors and administrators, unto the said City of St. Louis, in the penal sum of dollars, lawful money of the LTnited States, conditioned that in the event the said shall faithfully and properly perform the foregoing contract according to all the terms thereof, and shall as soon as the work contemplated by said contract is completed, pay to the proper parties all amounts due for material and labor used and em- ployed in the performance thereof, then this obliga- tion to be void, otherwise of full force and effect, and the same may be sued on at the instance of any material man, laboring man or mechanic, in the name of the City of St. Louis, to the use of such material man, laboring man or mechanic, for any breach of the condition hereof; provided, that no such suit shall be instituted after the expiration of ninety days from the completion of said contract. In witness whereof, the said part of the first part, as principal, and securities, parties of the first part, have hereunto set their hands and seals respectively, and the City of St. Louis, party of the second part, acting by and through the board of public improvements aforesaid, have sub- scribed these presents the day and year first above written. WITNESS : [seal] [seal] [seal] [seal] 300 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. The City of St. Louis by President Board of Public Improvements' Countersigned : Comptroller. City Counselor's Office. St. Louis, 18 — The foregoing Agreement and Bond are in due form according to law. City Counselor. Mayor's Office. St. Louis, 18 — I hereby approve of the Securities to the fore- going Contract and Bond. Mayor. M. L. H. ^ 169. Complete General Speciflcations for Water Tubular Boilers and Settings. The following complete general specifications for horizontal water tubular boilers were used in connection with the engine specifications given in the previous article, and the contract was let under similar contract- ing, general, and surety clauses. These portions are omitted from these specifications for the sake of brevity. They were prepared by the same gentleman who prepared the specifica- tions in the last article, and are thought to represent an equally good practice. 1. The work to be done consists in furnishing designs and plans, material, tools and labor, and building, transporting and erecting complete in place, ready for firing, in the boiler-house at Bissell's 'Point, eight horizontal water tube boilers, the boilers to be provided with all recessary valves, gauges, breechings and connection to underground smoke flue. DESIGN. 2. The boilers to be of the type designated as horizontal water tube boilers, designed and built with special reference to easy access for cleaning and repairing of both internal and external surfaces. The boilers to be designed for natural draft of pres- SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 301 ent smoke stack. No stays or obstructions of any kind shall be placed inside of the water tubes. 3. The boilers to be designed for a working steam pressure of 140 pounds per square inch, with a factor of safety of six on minimum sections. 4. Each boiler shall have a total tube heating surface of not less than 3,000 square feet, and a grate area equivalent to 75 square feet of straight grate. 5. The boilers to be provided with smoke pre- venting furnaces, which shall effectually stop smoke while burning southern Illinois coal at a rate of from twenty (20) to twenty-five (25) pounds per square foot of grate per hour. The furnace shall be some well tested and approved device for prevention of smoke, which does not use a steam jet or a system of brick arches in the fire box. 6. The boilers to be set in four independent batteries, as shown on drawing, each boiler to be provided v/ith walls, settings, valves, gauges, smoke breeching and dampers necessary for operating or repairing independently of other boilers. 7. The fire fronts shall be designed to facili- tate firing and removing ashes. The fire doors to be of suitable design to secure the regulation of air admitted to the fire, and prevent radiation through the fire door openings during regular service. The boiler dampers to be arranged to regulate from front of boiler. 8. Each boiler to have an eight-inch stop valve, Fittings. admitting of independent connection to main steam pipe. To each boiler there shall also be attached, besides the eight-inch stop valve, two three and a half inch improved pop safety valves, placed in such positions that their escape pipes will not interfere with the roof trusses or sky-lights of the boiler house. 9. All steam drums to be made of steel plates of the quality hereinafter specified. 10. The boilers to be set and supported in a manner admitting of expansion and contraction of the same, without injury to the brick work or boilers in any way. All beams required to support or carry the boilers to be of ample strength, and must be either wrought iron or steel. 302 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. There shall be central air spaces in all walls enclosino: the boilers. FITTINGS AND APPURTENANCES. II. The contractor shall furnish and put in place all necessary valves, steam gauges, water glass gauges, safety valve escape pipes, and all appurte- nances, and make connection to steam main, feed and blow-off pipes and underground smoke flue. Wrenches. 12. For all nuts ou the boilers and fittings, there must be furnished well-fitted wrenches. Steam Gauges 1 3* The stcam gauges shall be attached to the and Plugs, boiler fronts with nickel-plated brass siphon pipe and cocks, in a neat manner, admitting of easy removal. The feed-water valve of each boiler to be pro- vided with a suitable arrangement for its regulation from the front of the boilers. Steam gauges to be brass case, nickel-plated, fourteen inches in diameter, maximum pressure 250 pounds, five-pound divisions. 14. Each boiler to be provided with three Bailey's safety copper cap fusible plugs, or other safety plugs of equally good manufacture and satis- factory fusibility. Drains. ^5' There shall be suitable copper spouts and polished brass piping wherever visible, to catch the steam and water from the gauge cocks and glass water gauges, and they shall be piped and connected to the ash box in an acceptable manner. Valves. 1 6. Steam valves above six inches in diameter shall have steel stems, provided with phosphor bronze nuts, and the glands of all stufling boxes shall be of composition. 17. All valves, fittings, fixtures and appurte- nances used shall be of the best design. 18. The steam drums and all parts of the boilers and pipes not covered by brick work, and the breechings to be covered with magnesia cover- ing, not less than one and a half inches in thickness, thoroughly secured in place. 19. Hand hole plates must be secured in an approved manner, to insure the greatest possible safety against accidents from breaking of fastenings. MATERIALS. 20. All material used throughout this con- struction must be of the special class and grade called SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 303 for in the specifications, and shall in each case fully stand the specified tests. 21. All plates in the boilers to be made of ^'^^^ p'^'-^* steel. The steel plates used in these boilers must be stamped with the maker's name and the tensile strength ; to be homogeneous and of uniform qual- ity, to have a tensile strength of not less than 55,000 pounds, nor more than 63.000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit of at least 30,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of at least twenty- four (24) per cent, in eight inches. Specimens must stand the following bending test, viz. : To bend double, closing up completely without showing sign of fracture when bent cold, or after having been heated to a cherry red and plunged into water at 70 degrees Fahrenheit. The water commissioner shall have the right to order test specimens 2x14 inches, to be cut out of any of the plates to be used in the boilei;s. 22. All wrought iron for bolts, nuts or other ^^'rought iron, purposes shall be double refined, and have an ulti- mate tensile strength of at least 52,000 pounds per square inch, an elastic limit of 26,000 pounds per square inch, and an elongation of eighteen (18) per cent, in eight inches. 23. Rivets to be Burden's best, and must be capable of bending cold until the sides are in close contact, without sign of fracture ; and iron used for screw stays, stay bolts and braces to be of best quality of American manufacture. 24. Tubes to be lap-welded of the best quality Tubes, of American manufacture, of a diameter of 3^ inches or 4 inches, and must stand a satisfactory hammer test. 25. All castings shall be free from blow holes, Castingjs. flaws, scabs, and defects of any description, and shall be smooth, close-grained, sound, tough, and of true forms and dimensions. Great care must be taken to make all castings, as nearly as practicable, of uniform thickness throughout, when not otherwise required. 26. All cast iron used under steam pressure iron Castings, shall be of good quality, tough and of even grain, and shall possess a tensile strength of not less than 22,000 pounds per square inch. 304 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Test bars of the metal, two inches by one inch, when broken transversely, twenty-four inches be- tween supports and loaded in the center, shall have a breaking load of not less than 2,200 pounds, and shall have a total deflection of not less than ^^f-^ of an inch before breaking. The test bars shall be cast as nearly as possible to the above dimensions, without finishing, but cor- rections will be made by the water commissioner for variations in thickness and width, and the corrected results must conform to the above requirements. 27. If any two test bars, cast the same day, show a tensile strength less than is required in these specifications, or do not show the required cross breaking load or deflection, all castings made from the melting from which the samples were taken may be rejected. Specimens. 28. Test specimens and samples of castings and forgings, or any other kind of material used in this construction, shall be prepared ready for testing and supplied in the number, shape, finish and sizes required by the water commissioner, and shall be prepared as may be directed at any time during the pouring or working of materials. 29. The stamps put upon the steel sheets by the manufacturer must at all times be preserved for identification, and so placed as to be visible on the outside of boilers ; if any stamp is cut out in process of manufacture, the water commissioner shall first replace it by a duplicate stamp. WORKMANSHIP. 30. The best workmanship on these boilers will be exacted, and it must be equal in all respects to that executed in the best boiler works in this country. 31. All holes for bolts, studs and rivets in castings must be drilled. No cored bolt holes will be allowed. No plugging or other stopping of holes or defects of castings will be allowed. 32. Any rivet which is deformed, cracked, burnt, improperly driven, leaky, or in any way injured, must be cut out and properly replaced. 33. All surfaces of sheets, and other parts to be riveted, must be brought together to close con- tact and accurately fitted, with bearing surfaces SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUMPING ENGINES. 305 smooth and clean, and while being riveted to be held firmly in position and alignment without exert- ing injurious strains upon any portion or detail of the boiler. 34. The use of drift pens, to bring rivet holes to match, or come true and central, will not be allowed in the process of riveting, and must be dis- pensed with entirely. The utmost accuracy in punching the rivet holes will be exacted. Rivet holes failing to fit, or come fair and true, must be reamed out accurately, and rivets of suitable size used. 35. All sheets of the boilers must be satisfac- Sheets, torily straightened before being planed, bent, flanged, drilled, fitted, etc. 36. All scarfing to be done in a neat and workmanlike manner. Sufficient allowance of material must be made at all places where scarfs are required. 37. The edges of all sheets to be planed to a suitable bevel. 38. All seams to be caulked on both sides Caulking. where accessible. All caulking to be done in the best manner, with round-nosed caulking tools ; great care to be taken not to mar the sheet or rivets. 39. The threads of all studs, bolts, screw Threads, stays, stay bolts and nuts, to be chased with great care and skill, to insure uniformity in pitch and accuracy in fit. All holes which are to receive bolts, screw stays, studs or stay bolts, to be accurately centered, drilled and tapped, to give a desirable fit and tight- ness of the threads. The stay bolts, screw stays and studs to be entered, screwed in and riveted in a careful and workmanlike manner, to insure true and parallel surfaces and an equitable distribution of the stress upon all of the sustaining members. 40. All expanding of tubes and nipples shall be done in a careful and workmanlike manner, and shall be absolutely water-tight under the test pres- sure. 41. The fire, ash and cleaning doors to be Doors, fitted air-tight to their seating or bearing surfaces. All holes in the lugs for hinges of the doors used in the construction to be drilled and reamed, to accurately fit the turned pins for same. 20 306 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Pressure Test. Paint. 42. The brick work must be executed in a thorough and workmanlike manner, the brick used to be strictly first-class in every respect. Outside of setting to be laid with stock brick in white mortar ; inside, where exposed to heat, to be lined with best quality fire brick. 43. All red bricks to be laid in mqrtar of approved quality, and all fire brick to be laid in ground fire clay. FOUNDATIONS. Foundations. 44. The city will furnish complete foundations for the boilers, the position in the house to be as shown on plans on file in the office of the water commissioner, and the space occupied by each bat- tery of boilers to be not greater than that shown. GENERAL CLAUSES. 45. The boilers shall be tested by the con- tractor with a water pressure of 210 pounds per square inch, under which they must be water-tight. 46. When the boilers shall have been tested to the satisfaction of the water commissioner, they shall be thoroughly scraped, cleaned, dried and painted outside with one coat of linseed oil. 47. The fire front, fire and ash doors, and other cast and sheet iron parts, except grate bars, after approval shall be painted in the shop with one coat of paraffine varnish, and after erection they shall receive another coat of the same. Erection. ^g. The contractor shall, at his own expense and risk, transport the boilers and appurtenances to Bissell's Point, furnish all necessary labor, tools and appliances, and erect the same complete, as above specified. Every possible and necessary care must be taken in handling and transporting the boilers, to prevent injury of any description to the same. 49. The contractor shall so conduct his work as not to interfere with the operation of any boilers under fire, and the disposal of his tools and materi- als, during storage and erection, will be subject to the approval of the water commissioner. 50. The contractor shall, at his own cost, make good all damages to masonry, buildings or other property of the city of St. Louis, occasioned by the contractor or his employees in the transportation and erection of the machinery. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 307 51. The city of St. Louis will furnish space storage, within its premises for the reception of the boilers and details, but shall not be responsible for the safe keeping of the same, nor for damage caused to them from exposure or other causes. 52. The city will remove the old boilers and prepare foundations below the f^oor line for new boilers, contractors to furnish castings to be set in underground flue for smoke connections. 53. The contractor shall get all finished mate- rials on the ground at the earliest possible moment, and proceed with the erection of the same as soon as notified by the water commissioner. The work of erection in place, ready for firing, shall be carried on continuously, night and day, and the contractor shall provide for that purpose three complete erecting gangs. If at any time during the erection the water commissioner shall be of the opinion that the work can be expedited by the employment of additional labor or tools, he shall order the contractor to make such increase in his working force or appliances as he may deem necessary to secure the most rapid progress possible; and it is especially understood and agreed that if the contractor fails to put the requh'ed force at work promptly, that the water commissioner shall employ such labor as he may deem necessary, and charge the cost of the same to the contractor. 54. The contractor shall bear the cost of mak- ing all repairs necessitated by defective materials, workmanship or design of the boilers and furnaces for the space of one year after the boilers are put into regular operation. M. L. H. 170. Specifications for an Engine House. The following specifications for an engine house differ from those in the two previous articles inasmuch as they were accompan- ied by complete detail drawings. The contracting and surety clauses are here omitted, since they would be the same as those given in article 168. This engine house covers fhree large pump pits, designed for three sets of low service pumping engines, and it is entirely without a floor, nearly the entire space being occupied by the pits. The walls rest directly upon the natural rock, and an electric traveling crane is carried by a track ne.r o OS COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. the top of the two side walls, this crane spanning the entire opening and running the entire length of the building. The side walls, therefore, were made very strong and substantial. Work to be j^ Xhe work to be done consists in building ^°^^' and finishing complete Low Service Engine House at Chain of Rocks, St. Louis City Water Works Extension. The foundation on which the structure will rest is now completed. The work is shown in detail on the following drawings: No. 1. Elevation of side walls. " 2. " end walls. " 3. Longitudinal section. " 4. Transverse sections. " 5. Plan below traveler. " 6. " above " " 7. Gallery plan. " 8. Roof plan. " 9. Roof plan for iron trusses. " 10. Cut stone courses. " 11. Details of stone faced door and window openings, terra cotta details. " 12. Details of cut stone in cornice, fire walls- and brick arches. " 13. Details of windows, doors, ceiling and cast iron door sill. ''34. Details of large sliding doors and hangers. ** 15. Details of door and window frames. " 16. Details of sky lights. " 17. Details of galleries, stairs, ladders, balcony and door sills . '' 18. Details of iron trusses. *' 19. Strain sheet. '' 20. Details of brick cornice, fire walls, etc. MORTAR. gj^^j^ 2. All sand for mortar shall be clean, sharp, coarse, Mississippi river channel sand. Cement. 3. AH cement used in the masonry shall be H. H. Meier's Puzzolan cement, put up in well-made barrels. 4. It shall be subject to such tests as may be necessary to fully determine its character, and any cement which, in the opinion of the water commis- sioner, is unfit for the work herein specified will be rejected. 5. All short weight or damaged barrels of cement, or cement without the maker's brand, will be rejected without test. Samples for testing shall be furnished at such times and in such manner as may be required. On all barrels accepted inspection marks will be placed, and the contractor shall care- SPECIFICATIONS FOfe ENGINE HOUSE. 309 Colored Mortar. fully preserve these marks and not allow them to be imitated. 6. All cement for use on the works shall be kept under cover, thoroughly protected from moist- ure, raised from the ground — by blocking or other- wise — and dry until used. The contractor shall keep in storage a quantity of accepted cement suffi- cient to insure the uninterrupted progress of the work. 7. Cement may be reinspected at any time, and, if found to be damaged or of improper quality, will be rejected. All rejected cement shall at once be removed from the line of work. 8. All mortar used in the masonry shall be Mortar, cement mortar, and shall be made of three parts of sand and one part of cement, each of the quality above specified. All mortar shall be made fresh for the work in hand, and any mortar which has begun to set shall not be used. 9. All brick in outer face of walls shall be laid in mortar, colored with a red mortar stain that is even in color and durable, and approved by the water commissioner. STONE MASONRY. 10. The base, ashler and water table courses G^^^'^'tc* shall be of Missouri red granite, sound, free from discolorations, and of even color. All visible rock face shall be free from drill-holes or tool-marks. Base course and water table shall be six-cut work, ashler course, rock face. 11. Base course shall be 12 inches high, 8^- inch bond, with 4-inch by 4-inch chamfer on top. Ashler course shall be i foot 43^ inches high, 13- inch bond on the setting bed and 8^ inch bond on the top bed, and cut for iron anchors. Water table shall be 7^ inches high, 6-inch bond, cut for iron anchors and chamfered on top as shown. The ashler and water table course shall be anchored to the brick backing with tarred wrought iron anchors. 12. All of the granite work shall be laid in the most workmanlike and substantial manner, with even and equal joints, ^ inch thick. Each stone must have perfect and level beds. All joints shall be pointed well and neatly with pointing mortar, col- ored red. Pointing joints must show equal size throughout, and be struck with pointing tool and straight edge. 310 COMrLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 13. Eight stones, 2 feet o Inches by 15 inches by 18 inches, and ten stones, 2 feet o inches by 14 inches by 15 inches, shall be furnished and set as directed, to be used as bed stones for roof trusses; said stones shall be of granite, sound in all respects, top and bottom beds dressed true and level. Sandstone. j^^ Window sills, sill courses, belt course, coping, pediments, range work around door and window openings, and all cut stone work above the water table, shall be of Lake Superior red sand- stone ; fine Crandall finish, laid with equal and even 5^ -inch joints in full beds of mortar. All joints shall be without chipping and beds of stone level and perfect. Spalls shall not be used in leveling any portion of the work. Window sills shall be cut with drips and seats, the seats not being cut to exact size until after the frames are set. 15. All the sand stone work shall be cut and set in the very best manner, and the whole cleaned down perfectly, and pointed with red pointing mor- tar, with concave joints, and backed up as soon as set. 16. The stone must be perfect in all respects, even color, free from all defects or pockets. 17. In cleaning down the work, care must be taken that the joints are rubbed to a level surface. Limestone. i^« The stone bed course for the track of the crane shall be made of lime stone from approved quarries, dressed smooth on top bed, bush-hammered on face, and with true and parallel beds. This course shall extend the entire length of the building on each side, and it shall be 14 inches wide and 8 inches high, set in a swimming bed of cement mor- tar. When set same must be leveled perfectly ^ the entire length of the building, taking each side out of wind with the other. Special care must be exer- cised in cutting and setting this course. See detail sheet No. 20. BRICK WORK. Brick, i^, All the exterior faces of the walls, jambs, etc., shall be executed with even-colored dark red and hard brick. All other portipns of the brick work executed with strictly red and hard quality. Light red brick shall not be used in any portion of the building, nor will salmon or defective brick be allowed in any part of the walls or on the premises. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 311 20. Brick in exterior of walls shall be laid in Face Walls. red mortar, with even and full bed and end joints, struck with a concave tool, as the work progresses. 21. The standard height for laying all brick Height of shall be 2 courses to 5 inches, unless otherwise o^^'se^- ordered by the water commissioner. 22. Figured thickness of walls will govern. Thickness of o o Walls. 23. The brick in every fifth course shall be Bond, headers, and face work shall be laid to bond with Flemish bond headers, as directed by the water commissioner, during the progress of the work. The different courses shall be slushed, and all joints thoroughly lilled with cement mortar. All courses shall be laid to a Ime, front and rear; plumb, true, straight and level. 24. All arches shall be turned with arch-brick. Brick Arches, ground to proper radiating lines, and the face of same shall be laid, alternately, 8^ inches and 4^ inches, and backed up with row locks laid with shove joint. All jambs shall be returned and neatly pointed. All arches shall be full depth of wall. Turn brick arches over seats of each truss, as shown on sheet No. 18. 25. Brick must be thoroughly wet before lay- ■^°^'^ ^^'*^- ing, if required. Stone walls shall be well swept off and sprinkled with water before any brick is laid on them. 26. Cut a sufficient number of recesses through Notches in the stone foundation walls for passage through same of the copper down-spouts, and build them in with stone work, as shown on sheet No. i. 27. All frames, anchors, wood, bricks, etc.. Setting Cut that are necessary shall be built in. Wa"erTaWe. 28. All cut stone above the w^ater table shall be set, and the walls carefully leveled for the recep- tion of the iron trusses. After the walls are built all sills shall be under-pinned with red mortar. 29. . All necessary wood plates for the fasten- ing of tin flashing shall be built in. 30. All terra cotta shall be bonded firmly to the ^^oJ"f ^^"^ brick work and neatly pointed with red mortar at completion. 31. Two iron I beams shall be built in and ^'"" ^ ^«^™'»- covered with a ^-inch plate, where shown on sheet No. 3, in the side wall over the traveler off-set and above the circle head windows, leaving the wall open on the under side, so that the traveler can be carried through this opening. After traveler has been set 312 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Cleaning Down. in position the opening shall be closed up with brick work, leaving the I beams in the walls, but not exposed. 32. All exterior brick walls shall be cleaned of all dirt and mortar stains at completion. Moulds. Fitting. TERRA COTTA. Quality. j^. All the terra cotta letters and border around same, on east and west walls, to be hard burned, best quality red, even in color, and of designs and dimensions shown, free from "flashing" or warp- ing. 34. The letters shall be first modeled and a plaster mould made, and from the mould the letters shall be pressed. 35. After terra cotta has been burned it shall be laid out and carefully fitted and shaded and trimmed if necessary, after which each piece shall be lettered to correspond with a setting plan which shall accompany the delivery of all terra cotta. The details for the terra cotta will be found on sheet No. II. How Set. 36. All terra cotta to be set in putty, colored to match, and properly bonded to the brick backing. The bricklayers shall set all terra cotta. COPPER W^ORK. Down-Spouts. 37. Four lo-inch square down-pipes, i6-ounce copper, to lead water from roof and connect same with sewer, shall be furnished in place. Each down- pipe shall have square copper head of 20-ounce copper, and moulded copper bands of double thick- ness of i6-ounce copper placed not more than 4 feet apart, and secured with 3-inch copper holdfasts, with rosette heads. Gutters, etc. 38. Gutters shall be formed with roofing tin of form and size shown on drawings for same, and constitute a part of the roof-covering, and graded so as to carry the water from the center to the four corners of the building and open into the copper down-spouts. Tin gutters shall be carefully flashed and counterflashed into the brick fire-walls, " and nailed to wood strips provided for said flashing, as provided for in clause No. 44. Finlalt. 3Q. The copper finials for the skylights shall be furnished and secured in place. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 313 Gutters and Flashinsr. 40. Copper drip strips, i^ inches wide, i ^"^'P- inch to project into the mortar joint, and ^ inch to be exposed and bent to an angle of 30°, as shown on detail sheet No. 12, shall be furnished the brick- layers on the scaffold. TIN. 41. The roof shall be covered with roofing plates, standing seam, with joints well tacked, anchored and soldered, using rosin as a flux, and 8-pound soldering coppers, and tin well and closely cleated to roof. 42. The roofing plate used shall be Scott's IX Tin Plate extra coated American roofing tin plate, and must bear a coating of not less than 36 pounds to the box, and must be fully guaranteed, with the maker's name stamped in each sheet, and each sheet must be coated in perfect uniformity and free from "wasters." 43. The gutters shall be lined with Scott's IX roofing tin, flat seam, and shall conform to the gutter plan as shown on sheet No. 8, and shall be carefully flashed against the brick fire-walls, and be firmly nailed to the wood flashing strips, after which all of this gutter flashing must be well and carefully counterflashed. 44. The wood flashing strips shall be built into the brick fire-walls 8 inches above the wall edge of gutter at center of roof and 24 inches above at each of the four corners. 45. The flashing around the skylights shall extend against and 8 inches up the wood skylight frame, and shall be finished before the carpenter lays the base. 46. Tin shall be painted, before being laid, ^p!,"„'^^°^^ with two coats of the best quality of iron oxide, ground in pure linseed oil, on the under side, and must be perfectly dry before laying; and that part of the roof covered with tin shall have two layers of heavy straw building paper laid over sheathing boards before putting down the said tin. Each layer of paper to overlap and be fastened down smooth and flat, and to be kept free from moisture. (See clause No. 51.) Skylight Flashing-. Paper. LUMBER. 47. All the lumber used in the construction of the building shall be graded as follows: 314 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Carpenter Work. Mill Work. Quality. Roof. Purlins — 4-inch by lo-inch, yellow pine, long leaf, surfaced three sides and stub moulded. Lower Roof Sheathing — 1% inches by 4 inches, tongued, grooved and beaded on under side, "B" select, surfaced one side. Upper Roof Sheathing — "/^ inch by 8 to 10 or 12 inches No. i ship lap, surfaced one side. Skylight Frame — Posts aud plates, oj^ in. x b}4, in- yellow pine No. 1. " '* Rafters, 4 in. x 4 in. yellow pine No. 1. " '' Nailing girths, 2 in. x 6 in. white pine No. 1. " " Ontside easing, % in. "B" select. *' " " base, 13^ in. ''B" select. " " Inside easing, % in. "B" select. " " " lining, % in. x 4 in. beaded white pine, "C" select. " " Plinth and base blocks, 1}4 in. "B" select. Flashing strips — 2 in. x 4 in., No. 1 white pine. 1st gallery floor girders. — 3 in. x 8 in. and 2 in. x 6 in. No. 1 long California yellow pine, surfaced three sides. 1st gallery floor. — 1}4 in. x 3 in., first and second yellow pine, tongued and grooved.* Tread board — 2 in. x 12 in. white oak. Window frames — "B" select. Sash— "A" select. Doors — "B" select. 48. All lumber must stand strictly on grade, kiln dried, free from large loose knots, sap, shakes, rot, stain or any other defects foreign to their respective grades. CARPENTER WORK. 49. The roof shall be covered with two courses of sheathing. The lower sheathing shall be white pine, tongued, grooved and beaded, and shall be 13^ inches thick by 4 inches wide; under side dressed and smoothed at the bench to a perfect smooth surface, and fastened to place and left free from hammer-marks or other defects. Upper sheathing shall be \ inch by 8, 10 or 13 inches wide. No. I ship lap, laid diagonally, and nailed to the lower sheathing. Care must be taken that nails shall not go through the lower sheathing; the nailing to be in the purlins. 50. All purlins shall be 4 inch by 10 inch long leaf yellow pine, surfaced three sides, stub moulded, dry, sound and straight grained. They shall be spaced on centers, as shown on detail sheets Nos. 18 and 9, and secured to upper cord of truss by angles and bolts, as detailed. * There is no floor proper in the building — only a narrow gallery around the sides. Author. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 315 51. .Cover the entire roof with two (3) hiyers of heavy straw building paper, laid over the ship lap sheathing before putting down the tin. Each layer of paper to overlap and be fastened down smooth and flat, and to be kept free from moisture. This work shall be performed by the carpenter, under the direction of the tinner, and laid in such sections only as required to keep in advance of the tinners. The upper sheathing, paper and tin shall be laid as fast as the lower sheathing is nailed in place, so as to protect the ceiling at all times from the weather. 52. Skylights shall be three (3) in number, Skylights. and framed in accordance with details for same, as shown on sheet No. 16 (this sheet shows details for the two. end lights only ; the center light shall be of same construction, but of sufficient length to reach the distance of two truss centers, as per longitudinal elevation and roof plan). The principal posts shall be of 55^ inch by 5^2 inch yellow pine, and shall be fastened to purlins with wrought iron anchor straps firmly bolted to both purlins and posts. The upper end of all posts shall be tenoned. 53. Wall plates shall be 5^ inch by 5^4 inch yellow pine, and mortised to fit the post tenons, and all fastened together with strap iron anchors and bolts. 54. The hip rafters shall be made of 4 inch by 4 inch yellow pine and dressed four (4) sides, and shall be backed same as for wood sheathing, and upon the top of plates between heels of rafters spike a triangular strip of wood secured rigidly to the plate to receive the thrust of the skylight bars. The center cage shall have the necessary rafters shown on sheet No. 8, and be firmly bolted at ape^ through a ridge piece of 2 inch yellow pine, top edge of ridge beveled. 55. Nailing girths shall be 2 inch by 6 inch white pine, No. i, and be firmly spiked to the framing. 56. The outside shall be cased up with ^ inch "B" select, to form the finish above the base. A baseboard oi 1% inches thick, "B" select, beveled on top edge, shall run around the entire frame and be firmly nailed to the casing. See clause No. 45. 57. The inside shall be trimmed by casing up the posts with yi ii^ch thick "B" select, fluted and nailing on plinth and base blocks as show'n. The inside below the window stool shall be ceiled with 316 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. ^ inch X 4 inch beaded "B" ceiling, nailed on diag- onally, with the nails countersunk and finished at the bottom with a 2-inch band mould. 58. (For specifications of skylight roof, see clause No. 112.) Ceiling. ^^^ The roof ceiling shall be finished by run- ning a mould along the truss and purlins, forming the different panels, as per detail sheet No. 13. Gallery ^q 'pj-jg floor of lower gallery shall be made Floor. . , . in J oi 1^2 inch by 3 inch tongued and grooved first and second yellow pine in continuous lengths. It shall be blind nailed to girders and the nailing joist. 61. The nailing joist shall be 2 inch by 6 inch No. I lo3g leaf yellow pine, and in continuous lengths from bracket to bracket and bolted to chan- nel bar. 62. The floor girders shall be 3 inch by 8 inch No. I long leaf yellow pine, surfaced three sides, notched on brackets. All joints shall rest on brackets. Centers ^^^ 'pj^g carpcntcrs shall furnish all centers Templets, O , , ,, -i i i etc. and templets, and shall put up and take down same. The centers and templets shall be made in a proper manner, strong and well braced. Frames. 64. The Carpenter shall set all frames, and verify their plumb after the brick arches are turned. MILL WORK. Frames. 65. Window framcs below the traveler shall be solid frames for top and bottom pivoted sash, and shall be made of form and dimensions called for by the drawings. The lumber used in their construction shall be clear, dry, and sound Wisconsin white pine, "B" select, free from knots or sap. Faces of all frames shall be moulded as per detail. 66. All frames shall be given a heavy coat of paint all .around, including back of jambs, and shall be set perfectly plumb ; and the sill shall rest on a bed of cement mortar, j^ inch higher on the inside, so as to make a water tight joint. Casings, mul- lions, transoms, etc., shall be moulded as shown on details. The frames shall be put together in a strong manner, well and closely nailed, and the stop-beads fastened with 1 3^ -inch blued round- headed screws. All the lumber in frames shall be Wisconsin white pine, "B" select, as above specified. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 317 67. The frames shall be provided with moulded stool, terminatinc^ with mould against plaster. Mullions and jambs shall be cut down square on stone seats. 6S. Stiles, heads, mullions and transoms shall be solid. All circular portions of frames shall be worked in the solid and put together with white lead, so as to break joints throughout, and firmly spiked. A 2 inch by 4 inch bond strip shall be spiked to all frames (except the two door and the two large window frames), extending from sill to spring of arch for anchoring same to brick backing. The heads of frames shall have wood blocks of 2 inch by 4 inch by 8 inche nailed to same and spaced a distance of iS inches on centers. 69. The two door and window frames above mentioned shall be anchored to the brick backing with wood blocks of bone dry white pine 4 inch by 12 inch by 12 inch, built in the brick work, and spaced as shown on detail sheet No. 11. The frames shall be bolted to same with % inch by 8 inch lag screws. The frames shall fit in a recess of one inch in the brick work. . 70. Inside mould and stools will not be nailed in place until plastering is perfectly dry. 71. Two iron dowels shall be placed in the bottom of each jamb and mullion. The dowels sh'all be of i-inch round wrought iron, and sunk ij4 inches in stone sill. 72. All frames above the traveler shall be solid frames for side pivoted sash and for 13-inch walls, and shall be made of "B" select. 73. All window sashes shall be of the form Sash, and dimensions called for by the drawings. The lumber used in their construction shall be clear, dry and sound Wisconsin white pine ("A" select), free from knots or sap. 74. All sash shall be moulded and rebated 2^ inches thick, and divided into lights as shown. Each sash shall be neatly fitted and properly hung with Wollensak's plain bronze sash centers. No. 144, and shall be secured with bronze cupboard turns, and provided with casement rods or shutter holders. No. 8020, p. 1876, "Simmons." 75. All transom sash that are fixed shall be closely fitted and secured in place with heavy coat of white lead in the stop joints, so that all joints shall be water tight. 318 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. DoorFrames. Doors. 76. Skylight sash shall be 2j^ inches thick, and divided as shown on sheet No. 16, center piv- oted and made water tight. 77. The door frames at each end of the build- ing shall have rebated solid plank frames, beaded and moulded on outer face to match window frames. They shall be built in same manner as specified for window frames, using "B" select, and shall be secured to brick work in the same manner as speci- fied for other frames. The frame for the double door, south end, shall be rebated for 2^ inch doors, and shall have a transom bar 3^^^ inches thick. The single door at north end shall be made without tran- soms and shall have i^ inch rebate. 78. The doors at the south end shall be double, and each door shall be hung with four 6 inch by 6 inch real bronze butts, rebated at center joint and beaded. The doors shall be 2 3/ inches thick and 79- made of dry "B" select, with stationary sash divided in lights as shown ; lower portions of the doors shall be paneled and moulded as shown by detail sheet No. 13; the panels shall be made of tongued and grooved ^ inch "B" select, 2 inches wide, with all joints beaded and driven up in white lead. 80. The ^'higle door in the north end shall be made of "B" select, 1% inches thick. It shall have stationary sash panels, and be built as specified for south door. 81. Doors shall be secured with mortise locks, rebated for double doors, bronze knobs, plates and trimmings, and flush spring bolts, top and bottom of real bronze. S2. The sash in all doors and transoms for same shall be as specified for the window sash, and the transom sash pivoted and hung with the same kind and quality of hardware. 83. The large sliding doors shall be made of the same quality of lumber as specified for i.he small doors, and in two thicknesses of i J^ inches each, mak- ing a total of 3^ inches, framed srpnrately, and put together with white lead, and firmly sciewed up with 3 inch screws, countersunk; they shall have tenoned stiles, rails and muntins ; all tenons shall be double pinned with ^ inch white oak pins, and all shall be bolted together with iron rods, as shown by dot lines on detail sheet No. 14. The panels shall SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 3.1D Oak Brace Frame for Larg^e Doors. be made of tongued and grooved "B" select, 2 inches wide and beaded both sides. . S4. Small swing doors shall be framed into each large door, making four in all. They shall be hung with three (3) 4 inch by 4 inch real bronze butts, and fitted with Yale mortise locks, with keys to pass. 85. Each pair of the large sliding doors shall have wrought iron drop bars, made of 2 inch x ^ inch iron, bolted at one end and made to drop into a hook at the other ; with a turned iron hand lift as shown on detail sheet No. 14. 86. An oak brace frame for each door opening, having form, size and radius as shown on detail sheet No. 14, rounded on each edge, shall be secured to the brick work with expansion bolts, in the most substantial manner, and framed into a girder made of i^ inch by 7^ inch oak, of length equal to the run of both doors, and firmly bolted to the wall with bracketed bolts, as detailed. All to be put in posi- tion before plastering, in the most careful and sub- stantial manner. HARDWARE. 87. The numbers and pages given for hard- Windows. ware refer to Simmons' Catalogue. 88. All pivoted windows shall be hung with Wollensak's plain bronze sash centers. No. 144, and secured with plain bronze cupboard turns, No. ^535- P^S^ ^^5^? ^^^ ^^^^ bronze casement stays, No. 8020, page 1876. Pivoted transoms shall be fitted with similar sash centers, and with Payson's solid grip transom lifts, real bronze, ^ inch by 6 feet, No. 0336. 89. All doors, except large sliding doors, shall Doors, be hung with butts, and fitted with Yale mortise locks and keys to pass, and top and bottom bolts for the double doors. 90. The two double doors in south end shall each be hung with four 6-inch by 6-inch real bronze butts, and fitted with rebated mortise Yale lock, plain bronze, for 2^ Inch door, with keys to pass, and real bronze extension flush bolts, plain,- same as Yale pattern No. 788E., B. 34, page 1675. 91. The single door in north end shall be hung with four 6-inch by 6-inch real plain bronze butts, and fitted with lock for i^ inch door of same kind as specified for double door. 320 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 92. The four small swing doors that are built in the large sliding doors shall each be hung with three (3) 4 inch by 4 inch real plain bronze butts, and fitted with lock as specified for the north door. Finish. 93. The finish of all hardware shall be real plain bronze throughout, and all locks shall be Yale, with keys to pass. Iron Work 94. Construct for the two sets of large sliding Doors. '"^ doors a hanger and track as per detail sheet No. 14. The hanger shall be made of wrought iron 11 inches wide and ^ inch thick, bent to correspond with profile shown, and fitted with a steel track-wheel, turned with a groove, and necessary bearings. The hanger shall be firmly bolted to the doors with heavy screw-bolts, as shown. 95. The track for above hanger shall be made of steel Z bars, 4.72 pounds per foot (Carnegie catalogue No. 295), with the short flange ground to fit groove in wheel, and the large flange firniJy bolted to oak girder. The track shall be equal to the run of both doors. These doors must be made to run easy and work perfectly. PLASTER. 96. The side and end walls from the stone foundation to the top of the brick walls in the inside of the building, including window^-jambs and stools, shall be plastered with Acme plaster, and given a granulated finish with white sand, applied according to the directions of agent. All w^alls shall have straight, true surfaces, angles plumb, jambs and stools plastered. Walls shall be laid off to repre- sent stone courses, as directed. Joints shall be marked off when plaster is green, and shall be }^ inch throughout, and cut with clean edges, the joints to continue around window-jambs and to be struck to represent arch stones over openings. 97. A plaster base and wainscot moulding shall be made around the building of height shown, base 12 inches by i inch, chamfered on top; wain- scot cap, 5 inches by i inch, moulded and cham- fered top and bottom, as shown on sheets Nos. 3 and 4. PAINTING AND GLAZING. 98. The contractor shall furnish all material and perform all labor necessary for the proper paint- ing of the building. All sap, knots, etc., of the wood-work shall be covered with a good coat of strong shellac before priming. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 321 99. All wood-work to be painted shall be primed with French ochre and boiled linseed oil, and all iron-work shall be primed with oxide of iron and boiled linseed oil. All holes and cracks in the wood-work shall be puttied and stopped on the primino^ coat, and again before applying the last finishin": coat. 100. All outside wood-work, usually painted, shall have four (4) coats of pure white lead, ground in linseed oil, and mixed with pure boiled linseed oil. The exterior of all frames, doors, sashes, sky- lights, etc., shall have the last two (2) coats in colors, as directed by the water commissioner. loi. All tin and galvanized iron shall have, after completion, three (3) coats of Dixon's Silica Graphite paint, thinned with pure boiled linseed oil ; each coat shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the next is applied. Each coat of paint on the tin roof must be of a different shade, and each shade shall be approved by the water commissioner. 102. All of the inside wood-work, including sash, doors and frames, etc., shall be painted four (4) coats of pure white lead, ground in oil, and mixed with pure boiled linseed oil, brushed on smooth and even, and grained a perfect oak on the last coat, after which it shall receive a heavy coat of coach varnish, evenly flowed on and left in the gloss. 103. The ceiling, including purlins, skylights, etc., shall be painted with four (4) coats of paint of quality specified above, and of such colors as the water commissioner may direct, and each suc- ceeding coat must be of a different shade, as per direction of the water commissioner. 104. The first gallery floor shall receive four (4) coats of pure boiled linseed oil, and the floor girders shall be painted to match the iron channel bar and brackets. 105. All iron and steel work before leaving the shop shall be thoroughly cleaned from all loose scale and rust, and after inspection be given one good priming coating of pure, raw linseed oil and iron oxide, well worked into all joints and open spaces. 106. In riveted work the surfaces coming in contact shall be painted before being riveted together. Bottoms of bed-plates, bearing-plates, and any parts which are not accessible for painting after erection, shall have two coats of paint. 21 Priming. Outside Wood-work. Tin and .Galvanized Iron. Inside Wood -work. Ceiling. Wood Floor. Iron Work. 322 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Worlcman- ship. Glazing. Manufacture. Bars. Gutters. 107. After the structure is erected the iron work, both wrought and cast, shall be thoroughly and evenly painted with three additional coats of paint, of quality specified for the wood-work, mixed with strictly pure linseed oil, and each succeeding coat shall be of a different shade, and each shade must be determined and approved by the water commissioner. loS. The painter must see that all wood-work is perfectly clean before priming or painting, and putty up all nail heads and other defects, and sand- paper smooth and perfectly prepare all wood before applying a second coat. The whole of the painting work throughout to be done in the best and most workmanlike manner, and all paint and varnish spots must be cleaned off the glass, walls and galleries at the completion of the w^ork, and all left clean and perfect, without exception. 109. All paint must be mixed at the building, and under the direction of the water commissioner, except the priming for the iron work. 1 10. All of the glass throughout shall be American, double thick, perfectly free from any blemish, flaw or defect. All shall be set in oil putty, carefully tacked with tin glazing tacks, and back puttied. 111. All glass to be cleaned after glazing, and again after painting sash. SKYLIGHT ROOFS. 112. The skylight roofs used on this building shall be of the Vaile & Young patent, and shall be adapted to the wood cage construction, as detailed on sheet No. 16. 113. The bars shall be of galvanized iron, except the parts exposed to the weather, which shall be of 20-ounce copper, and the said bars must be rigid enough to support the glass without deflection. The apex shall not be finished to a point, but shall be fitted to the square of the size of the copper finial, and said finial shall fit over the apex and cover all joints. This finial shall be made of i8-ounce cop- per and furnished with the skylights. 114. All bars not resting on rafters shall be wrought iron, encased with galvanized iron. 115. All skylights shall have hanging gutters of 2Q-ounce copper, with a fall to one corner, and SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 323 from this corner the water shall be conveyed to the main roof by means of a copper down-spout, which shall be furnished with the skylight. ii6. All glass used in the skylights shall be 3/^ inch thick and ribbed. It shall be furnished by the manufacturers of the skylights, and it shall be set with special care, and under rigid inspection, and shall be of a continuous length. Glass. ROOF TRUSSES. 117. The castings shall be made from a Cast iron, superior quality of iron, tough and of even grain, and must conform in shape and dimensions to the draw- ings. Castings must be clean and perfect, without flaw or sand holes or defects of any kind. 118. With the exception of the bearing plates. Soft Steel. the roof trussing shall be of soft steel throughout. 119. The steel must be uniform in character. The finished parts must be free from cracks on the faces or corners, and have a clean, smooth finish. No work shall be put upon any steel at or near the blue temperature, or between that of boiling water and of ignition of hardwood saw-dust. 120. All tests shall be made by samples cut from the finished material after rolling. All broken samples must show uniform fine grain fractures of a blue, steel grey color, entirely free from a fiery luster or blackish cast. Soft steel shall have an ultimate strength of 54,000 to 62,000 pounds per square inch; an elastic limit not less than 30,000 pounds per square inch, and a minimum elongation of 25 per cent, in 8 inches. Before or after heating to a light yellow heat and quenching in cold water, this steel must stand bending 180 degrees to a curve, whose inner radius is equal to the thickness of the sample, without sign of fracture. 121. Specimen pieces of a size and form suit- able for the testing machine shall be cut from any plate, angle or bar, when directed by the water commissioner. 122. If any specimen shall not conform to above requirements, all the material of the same form and manufacture as the piece from which this specimen was taken will be rejected. 123. All rivets shall be made of soft steel, and the steel for rivets must, under the above bending 324 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. test, stand fracture. closing solidly together without sign of Finish. Planed. Punching. Rivet Holes. Specimen Bars. 1 24. For all material taken by the water commissioner for testing there will be added to the final estimate the following prices, viz. : For all steel, the sum of five cents per pound. For all cast iron, the sum of three cents per pound. All broken material to belong to the party of the second part. 125. The workmanship and finish throughout shall be thorough and of the very best, and any piece or part, however perfect it may be in other respects, if defective in workmanship, will be rejected. 126. That part of the bed plate on w^hich rests the three eighth inch bottom plate of the truss shall be planed or faced to a true plane surface. All abutting joints in top and lower chord shall be planed or faced. 127. In punching rivet holes, the diameter of the die shall in no case exceed the diameter of the punch more than one sixteenth inch, and all holes must be clean cut, without torn or ragged edges. 128. All rivet holes shall be so accurately spaced and drilled or punched that when the several parts are assembled a rivet one-sixteenth inch less in diameter than the hole can be entered hot into any hole without straining the iron by drifting. Occa- sional variations shall be corrected by reaming. 129. Whenever possible, all rivets must be machine driven. The rivets, when driven, shall completely fill the holes. The rivet heads shall be round and of a uniform size throughout the work. They shall be full and neatly made, and be concen- tric with the rivet holes, and thoroughly pinch the connected pieces together. The several pieces form- ing one built member must fit closely together, and when riveted shall be free from twists, bends or open joints. The angle irons forming the top chord must be bent at the different panel points to the proper angle. The lower chord shall have sufiicient camber to allow for the deflection of the loaded truss. 130. All bolts and nuts to be made from the best quality of soft steel. The nuts to be hexagonal and the heads square. Heads, nuts and threads to be standard size. All bolts shall have a washer under the heads or nuts, where in contact with wood^ Rivet Work. Bolts and Nuts. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 325 131. All rods with screw ends shall be upset Upset Ends, at the ends so that the diameter at the bottom of the threads shall be one sixteenth inch larger than any part of the body of the bar. 132. All the angles, filling and splice plates Angles, etc. must fit at their ends to the flange angles sufficiently close to be sealed, when painted, against the admis- sion of water, but need not be boat finished. 12^. To support and hold purlins in place, short Fastening and r 1 • / • 1 1 z' • 1 1 X • 1 Supporting pieces of angle iron 3^ mches by 6 mches by ^ mch Purlins, shall be riveted to principals with two ^-inch rivets, and purlins shall be fastened to them by ^-inch bolts. The contractor shall furnish all bolts, each with one cast iron washer. 134. All the bed plates under fixed and sliding Bed Plates , end must be fox-bolted to the masonry with i}^ chors. inch bolts. The contractor must furnish all bolts, drill all holes and set bolts to place with cement. IRON GALLERY, LADDERS, ETC. 135. The galleries shall consist of three differ- ent sections, as follows: 1st. A lower or first gallery. (Sheet No. 7.) 2d. An upper or second gallery. (Sheet No. 7.) 3d. A balcony gallery. (Sheet No. 4.) Details for above galleries will be found on Sheet No. 17. 136. The first gallery shall extend around the ^'''S' Gallery. entire building on a level with grade (El. 115), and shall consist of brackets, railing, chains, posts, and wood floor. 137. The wood floor shall be 4 feet and 2 indies wide and made oi i}^ inch thick by 3 inch wide yellow pine flooring, and shall rest upon two girders and one channel bar, and both girders and channel bar shall be supported by cast iron brackets. The channel bar shall be 6 inches high, weighing gj4 pounds per lineal foot, and to this channel shall be bolted yellow pine nailing joists 2 inch by 6 inch ; the bolts shall be 3/^ inch, with round head, nuts and washers, and shall be spaced three to each panel. The two yellow pine girders shall be 3 inch by 8 inch and notched so as to seat on the top of brackets. 138. Brackets shall be cast, according to detail, showed on sheet No. 17, and shall be firmly bolted to the stone-mason work with i inch by 10 inch ex- pansion bolts, at top and bottom of each bracket. 326 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Upper or Sec- ond Gallery. Stairs. The stone walls must be recessed siifHciently to give an even bearing for the backs of all brackets. 139. Railing shall be made of gas pipe and suitable fittings connecting same, made in accord- ance with details. Top and bottom rails shall be i^ inch and 2 inch gas pipe; intermediate rails, i}^ inch gas pipe ; principal posts 2}4 inch, and inter- mediate posts 2 inch diameter cast iron. 140. At the angle where the stairs commence this first gallery shall be constructed, on a radius, as shown on gallery plan, sheet No. 7, to make room for said stairway. A round hole must be made in this floor to suit stair column. 141. Suitable chain fastening gates shall be provided at all openings in gallery with suitable hooks, etc., chain to be of wrought iron j4 inch in diameter. There shall be two chains at each open- ing. See sheet No. 7. 142. The second gallery shall extend across south end of building, and terminate at one end with a spiral staircase, and shall consist of brackets, channels, railings, post and floor. The brackets shall be cast as per detail, shown on sheet No. 17, (scale, ^ inch), and fastened to brick work by an expansion bolt at the foot and a bearing plate, at the head. Upon these brackets shall rest a six inch channel bar weighing ^j4 lbs. per lineal foot, and another bar of same size and weight shall be fastened to the brick work by expansion bolts. Upon these two channels the cast fioor plates shall take their bearing. The railing, posts, etc., shall be made the same as specified for the first gallery. For a plan of this second or upper gallery, refer to sheet No. 7. The floor plates shall each be cast with three ribs; said ribs shall be spaced on centers, according to the length of the floor plates, and shall be located, one on each extreme edge and one in the center; all 3 inches deep and i inch thick. 143. Winding stairs shall consist of cast iron center column, treads, rail and newels. 144. The center column shall be cast J/i inch metal and be 7 inches in diameter, terminating at upper end with a newel, as shown on sheet No. 17. 145. The center column shall be supported by two 12 inch steel I beams, 42 pounds per foot, located diagonally across one corner of the stone foundation, with bolts and separators, and set in place before commencing the brick work. The col- SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 327 umn shall have a square iron flange on the lower end of I inch metal, and said flange must be firmly bolted to the steel I beams. 146. Steps or treads shall be cast without risers, but shall have thimble height of step, cast on each step, with tread nosing continued around. 147. These thimbles shall have freedom fig- ured on drawing, and the vacant space shall be well and thoroughly calked with sulphur. 148. Steps shall be cast of ^ inch metal, dia- mond pattern tread. Each step-thimble, bracket and flange shall be cast in one piece, each step being bolted to the next at connections. The first risers shall be housed into the wood floor, if neces- sary. 149. Stair rail shall be made of 3 inch gas pipe, bent to proper sweep and curve, terminating top and bottom at newels. Newels shall be cast iron ^ inch mfetal. All shall be executed according to drawings, each and every portion put up, bolted and secured in the strongest and most workmanlike manner, and to the satisfaction of the water commis- sioner. 150. The third or balcony gallery shall be con- Balcony Gai- structed of wrought iron brackets, made of J^ inch by 2 inch metal, and fastened to the brick work with expansion bolts. It shall be provided with an oak tread board. This tread board shall be furnished by the carpenter and put in place by the gallery contractor. 151. This balcony shall extend across north end of building, as shown on section plan No. 4. 153. Two wrought iron ladders with ^ inch Ladders, by 2 inch sides and ^ inch round rungs, passing through side pieces and riveted, shall be furnished, put in place and properly secured. One ladder to start on the first or lower gallery and extend up and through the balcony gallery as per drawings. One ladder shall be located on the exterior of the building and commence about 10 feet from the ground and extend upwards to and be anchored into the fire-wall coping, as shown on elevation sheet No. I. The details for these iron ladders will be found on sheet No. 17. 153. There shall be cast and set in place cast Doorsuis. iron door sills for the doors in the north and south ends and the two large doors in each side. 328 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Hand Rail. Traveler Track, 154. Sill for the south door shall be 5 feet 8 inches long and 3 feet 4^ inches wide, ^ inches thick, and cast in diamond pattern, with door saddle and seats for wood frame drilled for ^ inch expan- sion bolts. 155. Sill for the north door shall be 3 feet 6 inches long and 3 feet 4^ inches wide, cast same as specified for south door. 156. Sills for the large doors shall be cast dia- mond pattern, i inch thick, and shall have a square flange on outside and inside edge as shown. These sills shall be cast in three separate sections, as shown and figured in sheet No. 17. 157. A hand rail made oi i}{ inch gas pipe shall be provided and put in place and continued along both sides of the building its entire length, 3 feet 6 inches above the traveler I beam. This rail- ing shall project from the wall 6 inches, and be firmly bracketed to the wall at sufficient intervals to insure ample stiffness. The ends shall be secured to the wood window frames. See sheet No. 3. 158. The traveler track shall consist of an iron I beam, 8 inches in height, and weighing 34 pounds per lineal foot, Carnegie catalogue. No. 8 C, page 22, extending the entire length of building on each side. It shall be firmly bolted to the stone sill course with % inch expansion bolts, and the space between the web of beam and sandstone sill shall be filled with hard burned brick, laid in the best of cement mortar. 159. Upon the top flange of this 8 inch I beam a flat top steel rail, weighing 53 pounds per lineal yard, shall be bolted, extending the entire length on both sides of the building. This rail must be drilled in each flange, and these flanges bolted with ^ inch bolts into the flanges of the I beam. The rail shall be connected at joints with fishplates and bolts. 160. Two S-inch I beams, weighing 34 pounds per foot, with bolts and separators, shall be built in brick work, as shown on plan and specified in clause No. 31, and covered with a ^-inch iron plate. GENERAL CLAUSES. Finish i6i. All of the materials and work required Complete. £^^ ^j^^ £^jjj completion of the building herein speci- fied, to the entire satisfaction of the water conmiis- sioner, shall be furnished and done by the contractor, and should anything not mentioned within this spec- I Beams in Side Walls. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ENGINE HOUSE. 329 ification be necessary to fully complete the work, the same shall be furnished and done without extra charge. 162. No masonry work of any description Frost, shall be laid in freezing weather, exctpt with special permission of the water commissioner. 163. All unfinished work shall be properly protected from injury by frost. 164. Any masonry work found damaged by frost shall be taken down and rebuilt at the cost of the contractor. 165. When the work is completed, the build- Cleaning up. ing, substructure and surrounding grounds shall be cleared of all rubbish caused by construction, and left in a neat and presentable condition for imme- diate use. 166. Measures shall be taken by the contract- pubiic Safety. or, whether required by city ordinance or not, to in- sure the safety of the public, by such precautions of fencing, watching, lights, etc., as the exigencies of the case may call for. 167. The contractor shall furnish, at his own Erection. cost and expense, all necessary centering and scaf- folding, and remove same at the completion of the work. 1 68. Due facilities must be afforded the water commissioner for giving the lines, grades and points, and all stakes or marks given by him must be pre- served undisturbed. 169. The contractor shall keep on the work, accessible at all times, the plans furnished him by the water commissioner, and a copy of these spec- ifications. 170. At all times, when work is in progress, there shall be a foreman or head workman on the grounds. 171. Necessary conveniences shall be construct- ed for the use of the contractor's employees, and dur- ing the progress of the work herein specified the contractor shall not use or interfere in any manner with the present buildings, pipes or appurtenances of the waterworks. 172. The use of the railroad tracks and switch- es belonging to the waterworks will be permitted to the contractor for the work herein specified at such times only as will not interfere with the deliv- ery, switching and handling of coal cars. 330 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 173. Particular care must be exercised in the protection of all finished work as the building pro- gresses, such as exterior projections, cut stone, iron stairs and galleries, etc., which must be fully protected from injury or defacement during the erection and completion of the building. 174. The erection shall be carried on in such manner as will in no way interfere with the erection, completion and operation of the pumping engines or machinery. The extra cost of handling the erection in this manner must be included in the sum bid for the work. 175. The directions of the water commissioner as to the disposition of building materials and loca- tion of sheds, temporary buildings, etc., must be strictly observed. Examination 1 76. Whenever required by the water com- ^^ ^""^^missioner, the contractor shall furnish all facilities and labor to make an examination of any work, com- plete or in progress, under this contract. If the work so examined is found defective in any respect, or not in accordance with this contract and specifica- tions, the contractor shall bear all expenses of such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If the work so examined is found to be in accordance with the contract and specifications, the expense of the examination and reconstruction will be estimated to contractor at a fair price, to be determined by the water commissioner. M. L. H. 171. General Specifications for Highway Bridges and Viaducts of Iron and Steel. The following general specifications for highway bridge work have been prepared by !Mr. G. Bouscaren, M. Am. Soc. C. E., who has had a very large experience in structural designing of a superior grade of railway and highway bridge work. These specifications were revised and reissued in 1S90. General Clauses. Flans & Stress I. Structures shall be built in accordance with ^^*** the general plans exhibited or furnished by the engineer of 2. Unless stress sheets and plans are also fur- nished by the engineer, bidders must submit with their proposals, complete stress sheets for the structure and detail plans showing the form and connections of each typical member. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 331 3. The stress sheets must s^ow for each mem- ber the total maximum stress or stresses caused by the dead load, the live load, the wind, and the effect of temperature, separately, and the dimensions and area of cross section ; also the dead weight assumed in the calculation which must not be less than the actual weight of the structure as built. 4. Complete detail drawings must be submit- ted for approval of the engineer, and work shall not be commenced until the stresses and details relating thereto have been approved. =;. A copy of every approved stress-sheet and drawing shall be furnished without charge to the engineer within ten days after its approval. 6. All parts of the structure, excepting the ^rateriai. floor timbers hereinafter specified under the head of "floor," shall be of iron or steel or both combined, as may be approved by the engineer. The kind of metal to be used for each member, or class of mem- bers, must be noted on the stress-sheet. Cast iron may be used in minor details at the discretion of the engineer. 7. Through bridges shall be built of tw^o trusses, unless otherwise specified, and shall have a clearance Provisions above floor of not less than fourteen feet, measuring from top of floor to the lowest point of portals. The depth from center to center of chords of trusses shall not generally be less than one-eighth of the span. The depth of plate girders shall not generally be less than one twelfth of span. The length of span used in calculation of stresses shall be the distance from center to center of end pins for trusses, and the distance from center to center of bearings for plate or lattice girders. 8. Through spans shall be designed, when practicable, with inclined end posts. 9. Iron trestles and piers shall have, when prac- ticable, a width of base sufficient to give a moment of stability on the masonry, exclusive of the anchor- age, greater than the overturning moment of the wind. 10. Provision must be made in all structures for the free expansion and contraction of all parts, corresponding to a variation of 150 degrees Fahren- heit in temperature. Loads. All parts of -structures shall be proportioned to sustain the stresses produced : General Di- mensions and 332 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 11. ist. By the weight of the structure itself, considered integrally and separately for each partic- ular member. 12. 2d. By the live load I, II or III, as speci- fied for each particular case on the general plan, considered in positions and conditions, namely: — continuous or discontinuous, standing or moving, giving the greatest results. 13. 3d. By the specified wind pressure, giving the greatest results. 14. 4th. By the effects of a variation of tem- perature of 150 degrees Fahrenheit. 15. The bending effect produced on every indi- vidual member by the side pressure of the wind and the weight of the member itself shall be considered. Dead Load. 16. In determining the total weight of the structure for the purpose of calculating stresses^ the weight of the iron shall be assumed at the rate of ^3*^ pounds per lineal foot of bar of one square inch area. The weight of the steel at the same rate as for iron, with two per cent, added. The weight of the timber shall be assumed at the rates of five pounds per foot, board measure, for creosoted timber, four pounds for oak and yellow pine, and three pounds for white pine. Live Load. i*j. The live load shall consist of either class I, II, III or any other load designated by the engineer for each structure. Load I shall consist of one hundred pounds per square foot of floor, and two concentrated weights of 10,000 pounds each, six feet apart at right angles with the direction of the bridge. Load II shall consist of eighty pounds per square foot of floor, and two concentrated weights of 7,500 pounds each, six feet apart at right angles with the direction of the bridge. Load III shall consist of sixty pounds per square foot of floor, and two concentrated weights of 5,000 pounds each, six feet apart at right angles with the direction of the bridge. 18. The live load per square foot shall be applied to the width in clear, specified for the wagon way, and to the width in clear, specified for the side walks. The distribution of the uniform load shall be considered continuous or discontinuous, such as may give the largest result. The concentrated loads shall also be taken in position giving the largest result in conjunction with the uniform load. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 333 To provide for the effect of impact and vibra- tion, additions to the stresses produced by the above specified live load shall be made as follows: 19. Riveted connections of stringers and floor beams, and hangers two feet long or less — 50 per cent. 20. Hangers and suspenders over two feet long 25(1-] — ^) per cent., where /= length of hanger or suspender. 21. Floor beams, stringers and other plate girders, 25(1 ^^) per cent., where ^=one half length of girder. 22. Web members of trusses, and trestle posts 25(1. 125 •) per cent., where r/=distance of me m- bers from center of trusses. 23. Chords of trusses 25(1 ^) per cent., where ^=one half length of span. No addition shall be made where d \n above formula exceeds 125. Wind stresses shall be calculated : 24. ist. For a wind pressure of thirty pounds per square foot on the exposed surfaces of floor, of both trusses and railings, and on a moving load sur- face of six square feet per lineal foot of bridge. 25. 2d. For a wind pressure of fifty pounds per square foot on the exposed surfaces of floor and of both trusses and railings, the direction of w^ind giving the largest surface being assumed in the cal- culation and the greatest -results shall be taken in the proportioning of parts. 26. Coefficients of fric- tion shall be assumed as fol- lows : For wheels sliding on iron or steel rails Wind Pressure. For plane surfaces of iron or steel . . For plane surfaces of wood on iron or steel For steel rollers between plane sur- faces of iron or steel When acting to Increase the Strain. Decrease the Strain. 25 100 30 100 so 100 5 IS 100 15 . 100 100 I 100 1000 Friction. Description and Dif?zensio?is of Parts. All parts of structures shall be so proportioned, Limits of that the combined effect of temperature and of all squar"im:h 334 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. the loads specified, except the wind, shall not cause the stress per square inch to exceed the followin^^ maximum limits: {Rolled bars . . 12,000 pounds. Plates and shapes .... 10,000 pounds. 28. In compression for lengths less than 50 times the least radius of gyration . 9,000 pounds. 29. In shearing across fibers . 9,000 " 30. On pins closely packed, tension and com- pression on extreme fibers . . . 18,000 pounds. 31. On bearing surfaces . . 15,000 " 33. The bearing surfaces of pins and rivets shall be reckoned from the diameter, not from the semi-circle. The stress per square inch in compression shall be reduced with the ratio of diameter to length of member whose length exceeds fifty times the least radius of gyration, according to the following form- ulae: 33. For members with square 9 qoo bearings ........ R= '- 12 1- 34. For members with square bearing at one end, and pin bear- ing at the other R= 36, 0001-2 9,000 1-' 1+ 35. For members with pin bearings R= 24,0001-2 9,000 12 1+ 18,000r2 36. For top fiange of rolled I 10,000 beams between supports . . . R= 12 1+- 37. For top flange of built I beams between supports . . . R= 5,000b2 9,000 12 5,000b2 Where R=Modulus of allowable stress per square inch of cross section. 1= Length in inches of member between sup- port. For Steel. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 335 r=Least radius at gyration of cross section. b=Breadth of top flange of girder in inches. 38. In tension 14,000 pounds. 39. In compression for lengths less than fifty times the least radius of gyration 12,000 " 40. In shearing 10,000 " 41. In bending on pins closely packed .... 22,000 " 42. On bearing surfaces . . 18,000 " 43. For compression steel members whose lengths exceed fifty times the least radius of gyration, the stress per square inch shall be determined by the same formulae as prescribed for iron members, but a sufiicient number of tests shall be made on full size members to determine the value of the constants in the formulae, with a factor of safety of 4. 44. On extreme fibers in bend- For Wood. ^^ . ^ . J (Oak& Yel- mg, tension and compres- low Pine). sion 1,200 pounds. 45. On bearing surfaces trans- versely to fibers . . . 400 " 46. Members subjected to alternate tensile and ^sfrTssel compressive stresses shall be designed and propor- tioned to resist both. The moduli of allowable stress per square inch of such members, shall be : rFor rolled I bars . 12,000 (i — >2l) fFor iron^ -r- i i. ^ f, J \ I For plates ^'* . I Land shapes 10, oooC I — ^1) tension 52,000 pounds per square inch ; less in sect'al area, J elongation, 20 per cent. 113. For bars over 4 square inches in area, a reduction will be allowed in the strength per square inch and elongation of specimen of 500 pounds and one half per cent, respectively for every additional square inch of area of the bar, down to the limits of 48,000 pounds per square inch, and 16 per cent, elongation. 114. For ain shapes and plates > 50,000 pounds per square inch; 24in. wide and less, J elongation, 15 per cent. 115. For plates^ over 24 inches V48, 000 pounds per square inch; wide, J elongation, 10 per cent. 116. The ultimate strength of full size tension bars shall not be less than 45,000 pounds per square inch, with elongation not less than 10 per cent, in ten feet, measured on any part of the bar. Their elastic limit shall not be less than 25,000 pounds per square inch. Specimens as above shall bend cold without sign of fracture on the convex side. 117. For bar iron, 180 degrees around a circle whose diameter is equal to the thickness of the spec- imen. 344 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS, iiS. For shapes and plates, 90 degrees around a circle whose diameter is equal to twice the thick- ness of the specimen. 119. Full size pieces shall bend cold 90 degrees without sign of fracture around a circle whose radius is equal to the thickness of the piece. For bars, angles, shapes and plates 24 inches wide and less, the radius shall be equal to tw4ce the thick- ness, and for plates more than 34 inches wide to four times the thickness. Full size rivet iron shall bend cold and set flat on itself 180 degrees without sign of fracture on the convex side. 120. Iron plates rolled in a universal mill shall be used in preference to others, when practicable. Steel. 121. Shall be tough, ductile, uniform in qual- ity and incapable of tempering; it shall not contain more than one tenth (-^V) of one per cent, of phos- phorus. 122. Test pieces three fourths (^) inch in diameter, cut out of the finished pieces, shall stand without breaking, a tensile stress not less than 64,000 pounds and not more than 70,000 pounds per square inch, with an elongation not less than twenty per cent, in a length of 12 diameters. The same allowance as for iron specimens shall be made in the strength and elongation of the specimens according to the sizes of the bars from which they are cut, down to the limit of 60,000 pounds and 16 per cent. They shall bend cold and set flat on themselves without sign of fracture. Heated uniformly at a low cherry red and cooled in water at 82 degrees Fahrenheit, they shall bend around a circle one and one half (i/^) inches in diameter, 180 degrees, without fracture. 123. Full size pieces shall bend cold 90 degrees without sign of fracture, around a circle whose radius is equal to the thickness of the pieces, and shall have an ultimate strength of not less than 56,000 pounds per square inch, with elongation not less than ten per cent, in ten feet measured on any part of the bar ; their elastic limit shall not be less than 33,000 pounds per square inch. 124. Steel for rivets shall have in test pieces an ultimate strength of from 56,000 to 63,000 pounds per square inch, with 35 per cent, elongation ; it shall stand the quenching test at a light yellow heat. Full size rivet bars shall bend cold and set flat on GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 345 themselves without sisrn of fracture on the convex side. 125. All steel plates must be rolled in a uni- versal mill. 126. Shall be of the best quality of tough gray Castiro:i, metal. A cast bar five feet long, one inch square, four feet six inches between supports, shall bear, w^ithout breaking, a weight of 550 pounds suspended at the center. 127. Castings shall be smooth, well-shaped, General, free from air-holes, cold shorts, cracks, cinders and other imperfections. All finished pieces of iron and steel shall be smooth, free from injurious seams or flaws, blisters, buckles, cinder spots and imperfect edges. Hammering and heating for the purpose of straightening will not be allowed. 128. The timber shall be of the sound heart Timbcr wood of long-leaf yellow pine or white oak. It shall be sawed true and out of wind, full size, free from wind shakes, large or loose knots, decay, brash or sap-wood, worm holes, or any defect impairing its strength or durability. 129. All timber shall be inspected and accepted by an authorized inspector before being used. 130. Shall be prepared in the following man- ^Timb=r^ ner unless otherwise specified. ist. By a thorough seasoning of the wjood at a temperature not to exceed 230 degrees Fahrenheit in a vacuum of twenty-four inches of mercury, a sufficient length of time being used in this operation to avoid the cracking or splitting of the timber. 2d. By the injection into the wood under a pressure of not less than 150 pounds per square inch, of not less than ten pounds of heavy creosote oil to each cubic foot of timber. All framing and trimming shall be done before injection. 131. The creosote oil used shall generally be Q^'iJ^'*y°f '^^ solid at a temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit, and entirely liquid at a temperature of 100 degrees Fah- renheit. It shall contain not less than five per cent. of tar acids. It shall contain not less than twenty- five per cent, of constituents that do not distill over at a temperature of 600 degrees Fahrenheit. It shall be free from water, ammonia, naphtha, and other 46 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. impurities, and shall be subject to the acceptance of the engineer. Inspection and Tests. 132. An expert inspector appointed by ' the engineer will inspect the material, supervise the work at the shops, the work of erection and all tests to be made. All finished parts of the structure shall be inspected and weighed by him before ship- ment. 133. All facilities for inspection, testing, and weighing, shall be furnished by the contractor free of charge. The following tests shall be made by the inspector at the expense of the contractor: 134. ist. For every lot of 50,000 pounds or less of the same kind (iron or steel) and the same class (bars, angles, plates or other shapes) of mate- rial: Three specimen tensile tests. Three specimen bending tests. One full size bending test. One specimen quenching test, if the material be of steel. 135. 2d. All additional tests required to dup- licate any of the above, by reason of faulty material or manipulation in the first tests. 136. All other tests required by the engineer, shall be made by the inspector, and paid for at cost, less the scrap value of the material, if the test proves satisfactory. If the test is not satisfactory, the con- tractor shall receive no compensation. 137. Failure to stand the foregoing tests, or a discrepancy in weight of materials of more than 2^ per cent, shall be a sufficient cause for rejection. 1 38. The acceptance of any material or fin.- ished member by the inspector, shall not prevent the subsequent rejection of the same if found defective after delivery, and the contractor shall replace the rejected material or member without extra compen- sation. 139. Before the final estimate is paid, a thorough test of the structure shall be made by the engineer, by loading each span with the nearest equivalent load obtainable to that described under the head of ''loads," distributed and moving in such a way as the engineer may see fit. The load will be allowed to remain on the structure any length of GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY BRIDGES. 347 time deemed necessary by the engineer. Each span shall not deflect under such a load more than one eighteen hundredth (j-sVo) °^ ^^^ length, and shall return to its original camber, when the load is removed. There shall be no permanent changes in the position or condition of any part of the structure as a result of the test. Paint, 140. All iron and steel before leaving the shop shall have all loose scales scraped off, and shall be thoroughly coated with boiled linseed oil. All planed or turned surfaces shall be coated with white lead mixed with tallow. 141. All inaccessible surfaces shall be painted before being put together with two coats of red lead or other metallic paint, approved by the engineer. After erection, the entire structure, excluding tim- bers, shall be painted with two coats of the same paint. 142. No painting shall be done in wet or freez- ing weather. 143. All depressions in the erected structure where water is liable to collect, shall be drained by suitable drain holes or filled with approved water- proof mastic. Travel and River Navigation. 144. The contractor shall conduct all his oper- ations so as not to impede travel on the road or street for which the bridge is designed, nor travel and operation of trains on any road, street or rail- road, crossing under or above the bridge. 145. When rivers are navigable, they shall at all times during the construction and erection of the structure be kept open for navigation. 146. All staging, coffer-dams, and other tem- porary structures used in the construction of the bridge, as also the old bridge, if any exists, shall be removed by the contractor. Risks, The contractors shall assume all risks from floods and storms, damage to persons and properties, and casualties of every description, and shall furnish all materials, tools, machinery and labor incidental to, or in any way connected with the manufacture, 348 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. transportation, erection, and maintenance of the structure until its final acceptance, without addi- tional compensation. Additional Clauses. G. B. 172. Advertisement, Instructions, Specifications and Proposals for Improving St. Mary's Falls Canal. The following complete set of papers illustrate the practice of the U. S. Engr. Corps, and also describe one of the finest pieces of masonry construction in this country. The work was done under Col. O. M. Poe, of the U. S. Engr. Corps, with Mr. E. S. Wheeler, M. Am. Soc. C. E., as Chief U. S. Asst. Engr. The lock gates, buildings, and operating machinery were no part of this contract. No PROPOSAL OF Opened yauiiary 27, i8gi^ For Furnishing All Materials, Etc., and Building the Masonry of a Lock At St. Mary's Falls Canal, Michigan. Under Acts of Congress of August 11, 1888, and September 19, 1890. Extract From Act of Congress, Approved Sept. /p, i8go. Improving St. Mary's River at the Falls, Michigan: Con- tinuing improvement on new locks and approaches, nine hun- dred thousand dollars: Provided, That such contracts as may SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CANAL LOCK. 349 be desirable may be entered into by the Secretary of War for materials and labor for the entire structure and approaches, or any part of the same, to be paid for as appropriations may from time to time be made by law. ADVERTISEMENT. UNITED STATES ENGINEER OFFICE, 34 West Congress Street, Detroit, Mich., November 28, 1890. Sealed proposals, in triplicate, for furnishing all materials and labor and building the Masonry of a Lock at St. ]Mary's Falls Canal, Michigan, will be received at this office until 2 o'clock, p. m., January 27, 1891, and then publicly opened. Preference will be given to materials of domestic produc- tion or manufacture, conditions of quality and price (import duties included) being equal. Attention is invited to Acts of Congress, approved Feb- ruary 26, 1885, and February 23, 18S7, Vol. 23, page 332, and Vol. 24, page 414, Statutes at Large. The Government reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; also, to award the contract upon other considera- tions than the price. For further information apply at this office or to the U. S. Engineer Office, Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. O. M. PoE, Col. Corps of Engineers, Bvt. Brig. General, U. S. A. General Instructions For Bidders. 1. All bids must be made in triplicate, upon printed forms to be obtained at this office. 2. The guaranty attached to each proposal must be signed by two responsible guarantors, to be certified as good and sufficient guarantors by a United States District Attorney, Collector of Customs, or any other officer under the United States Government, or responsible person known to this office. 3. When a firm bids, the individual names of the mem- bers should be written out, and should be signed in full, giving the Christian names; but the signers may, if they choose, describe themselves in addition as doing business under a given name and style as a firm. 4. Anyone signing a proposal as the agent of another, or of others, must file with it legal evidence of his authority to do so. 5. All signatures must have affixed to them seals of wax or wafer. or 50 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. 6. The place of residence of every bidder, with postoffice address, county and state, district or territory, must be given after his signature, which must be written in full. 7. All prices must be written, as well as expressed in figures. S. Alterations b}- erasures or interlineations should be explained or noted in the proposal over the signature of the bidder. 9. A firm will not be accepted as a surety, nor will a partner be accepted as a surety for a co-partner, or for a firm of wnich he is a member. 10. An oflEicer of a corporation will not be accepted as surety for such corporation. 11. A contract will not be awarded to a corporation until it shall have furnished satisfactory evidence of its legal capacity to enter into the same. 12. The bidder must satisfy the United States of his ability to do the work for which he bids. 13. Reasonable grounds for supposing that any bidder is interested in more than one bid for the same item will cause the rejection of all bids in which he is interested. 14. The United States reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and to waive any informality in the bids received ; also to disregard the bid of any failing contractor known as such to the Engineer Department. 15. Contingent upon such appropriations as may from time to time be made by law, payments will be made upon monthly estimates, but ten (10) per cent, will be reserved from each payment until the completion of the contract. 16. The contract, which the bidders and sureties promise to enter into, shall be in its general provisions in the form adopted and in use by the Engineer Department, blank forms of which can be inspected at this office, and will be furnished, if desired, to parties proposing to put in bids. Parties making bids are to be understood as accepting the terms and conditions contained in such form of contract. 17. The bond required under the contract will' not be greater than one fourth nor less than one fifth the estimated amount of the contract. 18. Transfers of contracts, or of interests in contracts, are prohibited by law^ 19. In the form for proposal, the materials to be furnished and the work to be done are itemized for the purpose of com- paring- the bids, and as a basis for the monthly estimates; but if the contract be awarded it will be as a whole. 20. Any bid in which the prices stated for the several items seem to be "unbalanced" maybe rejected on that account alone. SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CANAL LOCK. 351 21. The character of the materials proposed will be con- sidered, and if it be deemed to the interest of the United States, for this or any other reason, to accept any proposal other than the lowest in price, the right to do so is expressly reserved. 22. No advantage shall be taken of any error or omission in the following specifications, as full information will be given upon application. 23. Envelopes containing proposals must be endorsed, * ^Proposals for Lock at St. Mary's Canal, Michigan," and addressed to Colonel O. M. Poe, Corps of Engineers, Detroit, Mich. specifications for constructing the masonry of a lock IN THE ST. Mary's falls canal, Michigan. I, — Descriftio7i . 1. The work required by these specifications is the build- ing of the main walls, miter walls, and stairways of the 800 foot Lock at Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan, and the furnishing of all material, labor and appliances needed for this purpose. 2. The general character of the proposed work is similar to that of the lock now in use, which will be called the lock of 1881 in these specifications; and the general outline of the work will be as shown in the drawings to be seen at the U. vS. engineer office, 34 West Congress street, Detroit, Mich. The location of the work and of all parts of it will be made under the direction of the U. S. agent in charge, who will also furnish the contractor with detailed drawings of the various parts of the work as they become necessary for the construction. 3. The United States will be responsible for the mainte- nance of the coffer-dam that surrounds the site of the lock, and for keeping the lock-pit free from water. 4. For landing and storing material and carrying on the work, the contractor will have the use of such portions of the U. S. canal lands and piers as may from time to time be designated by the U. S. agent in charge. 5. Bidders are requested to visit the locality of the pro- posed work and obtain from personal investigation the informa- tion necessary to enable them to make intelligent proposals, as the United States will not be responsible for any lack of accurate information on the part of the contractor, regarding the work. //. — Stone. 6. The masonry of the lock will be of two kinds, cut stone and backing. Each bidder shall state the location of the quarries from which he intends to obtain each kind of stone, and shall submit with his proposal, at his own expense, a sam- ple of each kind of stone ; each sample to have the name and 352 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. location of its quarry, and the name of the bidder plainly marked thereon; each sample shall be a "six-inch" cube, one face showing natural fracture, and the other faces showing dif- ferent styles of finish. The samples submitted with the pro- posals will be retained. 7. Each bidder, when requested, shall also furnish, at his own expense, "two-inch" cubes for testing purposes, from such portions of his quarries as the engineer officer in charge may direct; and all stones delivered by the contractor shall be of as good quality as the sam^ples and test cubes furnished by him. 8. Stones quarried after October 15 shall not be laid in the work until the following season, and no stone shall be quarried between November i and April 15. When placed in the work all stones shall lie on their natural beds. No lewis holes shall have an opening larger than i inch by 4 inches, and only one lewis hole will be permitted in each stone. Lewis holes, dog holes, letters, or marks of any kind shall not appear on show surfaces ; but, in the top face of each coping stone, one lewis hole will be permitted. All lewis holes shall be thor- oughly filled with stiff cement mortar of the same quality as that in which the stone is set. Stones having defects concealed by cement or otherwise will be rejected. 9. Cut Stone. — The cut stone shall be uniform in appearance, and of at least as good quality as the cut stone of the lock of 1 88 1. It shall be free from all defects that, in the judgment of the engineer officer in charge, will impair its strength or durability. Sandstone will not be accepted. No stone shall be used that weighs less than 148 pounds to the cubic foot. The cut stone shall conform approximately in dimensions to the bill of materials appended to these specifica- tions, but exact drawings of the stones will be furnished the contractor when he needs them. The character of workman- ship, style of finish, chamfer, etc., shall be the same as that of the corresponding cut stone of the lock of 1881, except where otherwise specified below. 10. The stones for the miter walls shall be cut to ^ inch joints throughout. The coping stones shall be cut to 3/^ inch joints, except for the bed joints that overlie the backing, wliich shall not exceed one inch in thickness. The stones for the face of the main walls, and the facing of the well holes and passages for the gears for operating the gates and valves shall be cut to ^ inch joints on their upper and lower beds, except for such portions of the bed joints as overlie the backing, which shall not exceed i inch in thickness ; the vertical joints of these stones shall be cut to ^ inch for 18 inches from the face, and the remainder of each of these joints shall not exceed i inch in thickness. No joint shall vary in thickness from the dimensions SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CANAL LOCK. 353 specified, and the dimensions of all stones shall be such that the center of each vertical joint shall not vary more than /q inch on either side of a vertical line through the center of the lowest corresponding joint. Any excess in width of stretchers or length of headers in the face walls will be paid for as "back- ing stone." 11. All beds and joints shall be fair and true, out of wind and have an equal bearing throughout ; the faces of all the walls shall be out of wind, and true to line both horizontally and vertically; and the top surface of each course of stone and of the coping of each wall shall be horizontal throughout, and of the levels given by the U. S. agent in charge. 12. All edges on show lines shall be perfect, and no stones will be accepted that are in any way marred orvnicked* Show faces shall be cut true and even, without depressions of any kind ; but within the draft lines the show faces of stones in courses below the upper 12 courses of the main walls (coping not included), may be rough finished, with no depression below the plane of the face, and no projection greater tha'i i inch above the plane of the face ; the face stones of the gate recesses, however, shall be finished throughout, as those in the lock of 1 88 1. All cut stones shall be laid by clamps or by the lewis, and all lewis holes in cut stone kept over winter shall be carefally protected from the weather by the contractor. 13. Backing. — The backing stones shall be of some good quality approved by the engineer ofllicer in charge. They shall have an average area of bed of at least 8 square feet; the smallest shall have an area of bed of at least 5 square feet, except when the U. S. agent in charge may occasionally specially authorize the use of a smaller stone, and no stone shall have an overhanging top. Backing stones shall be at least 8 inches thick and shall have their faces approximately parallel and their joints at right angles to the faces. No irregu- lar or three-cornered stones will be accepted. The bed joints of the backing shall not exceed one inch in thickness. No ver- tical joints shall, at any point, exceed four inches in thickness, and the average shall not exceed two inches. 14. About 4,000 cubic yards of stone, now piled on the U. S. canal lands, shall be taken by the contractor from where it now lies and laid in the work as backing. The U. S. agent in charge will designate the stones to be so taken, and the con- tractor shall furnish only the difference between the total amount of backing required and the amount of this supply. III. — Sand^ Cei7ient and Concrete. 15. Sand. — All sand used in mortar or concrete shall be clean, sharp and silicious. It shall be subject to the approval 23 354 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. of the U. S. agent in charge as to fineness, and shall be screened and washed if required by him. The cost of all sand used in the work shall be included in the contractor's prices for laying masonry and concrete. i6. Cement. — All cement shall be well packed in strong barrels of standard size, lined with paper, so as to be reasonably secure from air. It shall be delivered as directed by the U. S. agent in charge, in a U. S. warehouse at Sault Ste. Marie, Michigan. As soon as possible after its delivery it will be inspected, and, if accepted, the United States will be responsible for its preservation until it is issued at the ware- house to the contractor to use in the work. 17. Tests of cement will be made at a summer tem- perature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit or above. In making tests samples may be taken from each and every barrel delivered, and a failure of one tenlh of the samples tested shall be suili- cient cause for the rejection of ail barrels in the same lot as those from which the samples have been taken. The amount of cement accepted will be such that the United States will not be responsible, at any time, for more cement than will be needed during the succeeding month , and only so much cement will be iss ed to the contractor as will be needed from day to day for immediate use in the work. Should the contractor delay the work at any time by an insufficient delivery of cement the United States reserves the right to annul so much of the con- tract as relates to the delivery of cement, and to purchase else- where ail the cement ve ded to complete the work; and all increase in cost to the United States resulting from such pur- chase shall be deducted from the percentages retained under the contract; and thereafter the contractor shall make no claim against the United States on account of any delays caused by cement not being furnished to him as rapidly as it is needed in the work. 1.8. The U. S. agent in charge shall direct where Port- land Cement mortar is to be used, and where Natural Cement mortar is to be used. Each shall be thoroughly mixed dry of equal parts by measure of cement and sand, and only enough clean water added afterwards to form a paste that can be read- ily handled with a trowel. The mortar shall be thoroughly, mixed and used before it has begun to set, and if required by the U. S. agent in charge, the mortar beds shall be protected from the sun. 19. Portland Cement. — This cement shall be of the best quality of hydraulic Portland ; no barrel shall weigh less than 375 pounds gross, and the average gross weight per barrel shall not be less than 400 pounds. At least 95 per cent, of the cement, by weight, shall pass through a sieve with 2,500 meshes to the square inch. The cement shall stand a tensile stress of at least SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CANAL LOCK. 355 400 pounds to the square inch when mixed neat, and exposed one day in air and six in water, and when mixed in propor- tions by weight, of one part cement to three sand, and exposed in the same manner, it shall stand a tensile stress of at least 125 pounds per square inch. A cement that cracks or checks when made into thin cakes or that begins to set in less than 30 minutes will not be accepted. 20. American Natural Cement. — This cement shall be of the best quality of natural hydraulic cement, of domestic production. The average gross weight per barrel shall not be les> than 300 pounds. At least 90 per cent, of the cement, by weight, shall pass through a sieve with 2,500 meshes to the square inch. The cement shall stand a tensile stress of at Icist 60 pounds per square inch when mixed neat, and exposed one hour, or until set, in air, and the remainder of the 24 hours in water, and at least 100 pounds per square inch when mixed neat, and ex- posed one day in air and six in water, and when mixed in pro- portions, by weight, of one cement to one sand, . and exposed for seven days as described above, it shall stand a tensile stress of at least 50 pounds per square inch. A cement will not be accepted that cracks or checks w^hen made into thin cakes, or that, when made into stiff mortar, sets hard enough in less than 30 minutes, to bear a weight of one pound on a wire one twen- ty-fourth- of an inch in diameter. 21. Concrete. — The concrete for foundations shall be composed, by measure, of one part cement, one part sand and four parts broken stone. The concrete for filling sha'l be com- posed, by measure, of one part cement, two paitssand and four parts broken stone. The stone for the concrete may be obtained from such of the stone in the spoil banks of the lock- pit as may be designated by the U. S. agent in charge, who will also designate the kind of cement to be used in each case. It shall be broken by the contractor to pass in every way through a ring 3 inches in diameter, and shall be screened and washed clean before being used. But the proportions of any or all of the component materials of the concrete, either for foundation' or for filling, mav be varied bv the engineer officer in charge, or ad-^itional stone in the form of pebbles, boulders of the locality crushed to pass through a half-inch ring, or crushed quartz from stamp mills may be required by the same authority, and when so required the changes shall be made, or the additions shall be supplied by the contractor without any increase in the price per cubic yard to be paid for the concrete in place. 23. The cement and sand shall first be thoroughly mixed dry, the proper quantity of clean water shall then be mixed in and the clean moistened stone shall then be added to the mass 356 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. and the whole thoroughly mixed. The amount of water added s all be such that no sign of water shall appear until the ram- ming of the concrete, as specified below, is nearly finished. The concrete shall be thoroughly rammed in place before its cement has begun to set. / V. — Construction, 23. The contractor must clean all broken stone and rub- bish from the rock upon which the concrete foundation is to rest, and must thoroughly clean and scrub it before any con- crete is placed upon it. 24. The concrete foundation shall extend under the bot- tom course of masonry of all walls, but shall not be so laid as to interfere with the subsequent laying of the lock floor timbers. The top surface of the concrete foundation shall be horizontal throughout, and of the levels given the contractor by the U. S. agent in charge. The concrete shall be deposited in layers iiot more than 6 inches in thickness, and thoroughly rammed, as soon as laid, with rammers weighing not less than 35 pounds. 25. Unless specially directed otherwise by the engineer officer in charge, the walls shall be carried up in such a manner that not more tnan three courses shall be unfinished at a time. The stones shall be prepared for their respective places they are to occupy in the work before thev are brought on the whIIs; moving stones about on the walls will not be permitted, and no dressing, except by special permission of the U. S. agent in charge, will be allowed on anv stone after it is in the wall. 26. Generally the backing shall be laid in courses not ex- ceeding two feet in height, and must be leveled off with the top surface of each course of the face stone. But the engineer officer in charge mav occasionallv permit the use of backing stone of more than two feet in thickness, in which case the course shall not exceed four feet in thickness and must be level- ed off with the top surface of every second course of face stone. The bottom stones of each course of backing shall brea': all vertical joints at least 9 inches with the top stones of the course below. Whenever possible, in each course, all stones shall break joints at least 9 inches with all stones adjacent to them. The backing shall not be laid in advance of the face stones. 27. No cut stone shall be laid after dark. Every stone, both cut stone and backing, shall be laid in a full bed of mor- tar, and shall be carefully settled in place in a mann_M- satisfac- tory to the U. S. agent in charge. All vertical joints shall be completely filled with mortar. The spaces in vertical joints due to irregularities of form of the backing stones, shall all be filled solid with selected hammer shaped stones and spalls, carefully laid and settled in mortar, but no spalls or wedges of any kmd SPECIFICATIONS FOR CANAL LOCK. 357 will be permitted in horizontal joints. The use of grout is pro- hibited. 28. Where the work is in progress the masonry and con- crete shall be kept wet and free from dirt. All stones shall be washed cleaji just before they are brought on the wall, and the beds and joints of all stones shall be moistened with water just before they are laid. 29. AH irons that must be built in or attached to the masonry, such as gate anchorages and pivot p'ates, snubbmg hooks, miter wall bolts, etc., will be furnished the contractor at the site by the United States. The contractor must place all these irons in the positions indicated by the detailed drawings that will be furnished him at the time, and, as no additional compensation will be allowed for this work, its cost must be included in the prices bid for laying masonry. 30. Before filling of any kind is placed behind the w^alls, the exposed joints of the backing must be rough pointed by the contractor, with stiff cement mortar. The cut stone masonry will be pointed by the United States before the completion of the contract, and the contractor is not to interfere in any way with the emj^loyees of the United States engaged in this work. 31. Neither m^sonrv nor concrete shall be laid from November 15 to April 15 inclusive, nor at any other time dur- ing freezing weather. The U. S. agent in charge will inform the contractor when the laying of masonry or conci^ete shall be stopped on this account. No holes that will hold water shall be left in the walls during winter. All portions of the walls remaining unfinished over winter must be thoroughly protected by the contractor by suitable covering against the action of frost. Before laying any masonry in the spring, all mortar that has been injured by frost shall be removed from all the joints by the contractor, and they shall then be properly refilled by him without additional compensation. 32. The space between the back of the walls and the rock face of the lock- pit shall be filled with concrete, laid as described for the concrete foundations and carried up simulta- neously with the walls. 33. Except where indicated by the U. S. agent in charge, the space behind the walls, above the concrete filling, shall be filled with material taken from such parts of the spoil banks of the lock-pit as may be indicated by the U. S. agent hi charge. It shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding one foot in thickness, and after being well dampened with water shall be thoroughly rammed with rammers weighing not less than 35 pounds each. Between the south wall and the lock of 1 88 1, all depressions below the level of the coping of the two locks shall be filled to this level ; and behind the north wall the top surface of the filling shall be on a level with the 358 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. coping, and shall extend back to a line parallel to the face of the north wall and 50 feet from it. All slopes of the filling shall be at least i on 2. No stones will be permitted in the filling of a greater volume than one cubic foot, and the filling shall be carried up simultaneously with the walls. • 34. The contractor shall be responsible for the preserva- tion of the slopes of the lock-pit until the completion of work under the contract, and immediately thereafter he shall remove all of his machinery, all rubbish and loose material, from between the walls. v.— General. 35. The approximate estimate of materials to be fur- nished, and the work to be done under these specifications, is as follows: Portland cement to be delivered, 22,000 bbls. (more^ or less). Natural cement to be delivered, 75,000 bbls. (more or less). Cut stone to be delivered, 20,000 cubic yards, solid meas- ure (more or less). Cut stone to be laid, 20,000 cubic yards, solid measure (more or less). Backing to be delivered, 55,000 cubic yards, solid measure (more or less). Backing to be laid, 59,000 cubic yards, solid measure (more or less). Concrete to be laid, 5,000 cubic yards, measured in place (more or less). Earth to be filled behind walls, 70,000 cubic yards, meas- ured in place (more or less). 36. Bidders will state the price per unit for the several items separately, but the aggregate determined from the prices and the above approximate quantities will be considered as one bid. No claim shall be made against the United States on account of any excess or deficiency, absolutely or relativelv, in the amounts as stated above. Sufficient material shall be fur- nished, and suflicient work done, to complete the masonry, etc., as specified, and bidders are requested to make the estimate of quantities for themselves. The contractor's prices tor the various items shall cover all costs of labor, appliances, and materials, and all expenses of whatever nature (except super- intendence by U. S. agents), that may arise during the progress of the work. The best quality of materials and workmanship will be required and the cost to the Unit'-d States will be but one element in delermining the award of the contract. SPECIFICATIONS FOR CANAL LOCK. 359 37. The work will not be finally accepted until the con- tractor shall have made good any injury that may have been done to work included in any previous estimates, and the con- tract shall have bc-en completed. The United States will not be responsible for the safety of the employees, plant, or mate- rials used by the contractor, nor for any damage done by or to them from any source or cause whatever. While in the canal, the contractor's plant shall be subject to the rules which govern vessels passing through it, and to this extent shall be under the orders of the superintendent of the canal. 38. All the work under these specifications shall be car- ried on under, and in conformity with, the direction of the U. S. agent in charge. Should any changes in any of the plans be made by the engineer officer in charge during the progress of the work, the contractor shall conform to them, and a fair allowance will be paid for any changes, w^hich, in the judgment of the engineer officer in cl.arge, materially increase the cost of the work. No "extras" of any kind will be paid for, however, unless they have been specially ordered in writ- ing, and their price stated in writing, by the engineer officer in charge, before work on them has begun. All rejected mate- rial shall be removed from the work immediately by the con- tractor at his own expense. 39. Contingent upon such appropriations as may from time to time be made by law, payments will be made upon monthly estimates of the amounts of work and materials accepted during the preceding month. The monthly estimates will be made as follows: 1. Portland cement delivered and accepted. 2. Natural cement delivered and accepted. , 3. Seventy-five per cent, of the cut stone delivered and accepted (before it is laid). 4. Twenty-five per cent, of the cut stone delivered and accepted (after it is accepted in the wall). 5. Laying of cut stone after it is accepted in the walk 6. Backing delivered and accepted (after it is laid). ' 7. Laying of backing, after it is accepted in the walls., 8. Laying of concrete, after it is accepted in place. 9. Earth filling behind walls, after it is accepted in place. For all cut stone and backing items, payment will be made only for the volume actually occupied by the stones in the completed wall. No payment will be made for the volume lost in cutting stones to their proper shapes. Until the completion of the contract, the contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all previously accepted work or material, the cement while in custody of the United States alone excepted, and eac 1 monthly estimate to be dimin- ished first by the ten per cent, to be retained from each pay- 360 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. ment, and second, by the estimated value of all previously accepted work or material injured or wasted during the pre- ceding month. 40. In case it be deemed advisable, at the request of the contractor, to extend the contract or modify it in any manner, all cost to the United States >4-esulting therefrom may be deducted from the final payment, and only the remainder will be paid to the contractor. 41. Work under the contract shall be begun on or before May 15, 1891, and entirely completed on or before November 15, 1893. The total amount of the contractor's monthly esti- mates by the end of the first season's work under the contract shall be at least one fifth of the total amount of the approxi- mate estimate given above ; and by the end of the second sea- son's work, the total of the contractor's monthly estimates shall be at least three fifths of the same approximate estimate. In case the total estimates for the work done by the end of ^ny season shall be less than specified above, the United States shall have the right to annul the contract and finish the work, and the contractor and his bondsmen shall be liable for any increase of cost to the United States over that proposed and agreed upon for the entire work as specified. In case the con- tract is annulled as described above, all amounts that may be due the contractor at the time shall be forfeited to the United States. 42. The River and Harbor Act of September 19, 1890, in making the appropriation for continuing the work of improv- ing St. Mary's river, provides: " * * * That such contracts as\ 7nay be desirable may be entered into by the Secreta?y of War for materials and labor for the entire structure and approaches^ or any pa7't of the saf?ie^ to be paid for as appropriations may from time to time be 7nade by law."" The amount of funds available at any time for work under the contract will be obtained by deducting from the total funds on hand for improving St. Mary's river, the estimated amounts necessary for all the contingencies of engineering, superintend- ence, etc., etc. 43. If any person employed by the contractor on any part of the work, or upon any work pertainino^ thereto, should appear to be incompetent or objectionable, he shall be discharged immediately upon the requisition of the engineer officer in charge, and such person shall not again be employed in con- nection with the work or any part of it. In case of differences arising between the contractor and the U. S. agent in charge, in regard to the work or to these specifications, appeal may be made to the engineer officer in charge, and his decision shall be final. SPECIFICATIONS FOR 800 FOOT LOCK. 361 No advantage shall be taken of any error or omission in .the foregoing specifications, as full information will be given upon application. APPROXIMATE BILL OF CUT STONE REQUIRED FOR 800 FOOT LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. 1^'t. in Each Piece. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 36 2 5 5K 55 6 2 6K 8M Ill 7752 2 3 6 36 8 2 5 7>^ 75 186 2 6 6>^ 78 10 2 3 4M 26 348 2 3 7 42 4 2 5 5)4 53 102 2 4^ 6 57 32 2 ^Vz 6 66 194 2 3 6^ 40 2 2 6^ 7K 102 138 2 4 6 48 4 2 3>^ 7 49 166 2 3 6M 33 6 2 4K 6% 60 186 2 ^Vz 6 42 16 2 3>^ 5 35 276 2 3 6K 39 8 2 4 7K 60 152 2 4>i 6 51 36 2 4><< 5 45 230 2 5 6 60 8 2 2^ 7 39 38 2 2% 6 30 61 2 3 4)^ 27 10 2 5 7 70 16 2 4 5>^ 44 12 2 5 6K 65 28 2 3 ^Vz 21 227 2 4>^ 6 54 172 2 2 4 16 12 2 3>^ 6 39 190 2 2^ 5 28 64 2 3^ 6 45 77 2 2^ 6 33 66 2 6 734 87 12 2 2>^ 4 20 36 2 3 5>^ 33 8 2 2 5K 21 30 6 6 72 4 2 2 2K 10 273 2 3 5 30 10 2 3 3 18 362 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. APPROXIMATE BILL OF CUT STONE REQUIRED FOR 800 FOOT LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. No. of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 6 2 3 4 24 4 2 4>^' 5>^ 50 8 2 o •^^i 23 4 2 3 83^ 50 G 2 3 5^^ 34 26 2 2% 4^ 26 2 2 m 5>.< 3G 28 2 3^ 4>^ 33 34 '2 ^2 5 20 21 2 4 4>^ 36 8 2 o 2K 11 14 2 3 8^ 53 4 2 o o% 14 14 2 3 7^ 47 4 2 21/ 6>4 31 12 2 4>^ 4>^ 41 12 2 G>^ 9>4 120 4 2 33^ 8M 57 74 2 53^ 6 C9 8 2 3>i 7 46 74 o 3 5^^ 32 14 1>^ 3M 6 29 2 2 4^ ry. Co 11 2.14 5 6 75 2 2 3>^ 63£ 47 10 2)^ 3 5 38 14 4 C>^ 52 4 3 33^ ^% 63 100 2 3 7i<< 45 7 3 3 m 70 2 2 6 7 84 1 6 3 3K 3H 37 2 o C G'A 81 I G 3 3 3H' 32 14 2 8 sy. 136 5 3 3K 7K 76 14 2 73^ 7X2 113 5 3 33^ 6>4 66 98 2 2^ ^% 25 2 3 31^ 7K 79 91 2 5^ W^ 86 12 334 sy. 6 68 4 2 6 ^K 102 28 z^A z% 6 74 SPECIFICATIONS FOR 800 FOOT LOCK. 363 APPROXIMATE BILL OF CUT STONE REQUIRED FOR 800 FOOT LOCK AT ST. MARY'S FALLS CANAL, MICHIGAN. No of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. 1 in Each Piece. No of Pieces. Dimensions of Each Piece. Cu. Ft. in Each Piece. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. Ft. 2 3K 4K 7K 118 1 52 IK 3 5 23 2 3K 4 4K 63 8 IK 3 5M 24 2 3>^ 4K 6 95 i 64 IK 3 4K 20 2 zy. 5K 7K 144 36 IK 3 7K 34 2 2H 3K 4K 43 12 IK 3 5K 25 2 3}4 8 8K 238 8 IK 5)i 6 47 2 3}4 1% 7K 197 2 IK 5 7 53 50 % 11 8 6 2 IK 4 7 42 2 ^3 1/. 8 8 i 8 IK 3 G^ 30 1052 ^Vz 3 6 27 4 IK 4 7K 45 i '^ IK 3 7 32 6 IK 4 6 36 22 1 IK 5 6 45 2 IK 3K 5 26 1 8 IK 4M 6 39 4 IK 4 4K 27 28 IK 3> 6K 29 4 IK 3 4 18 30 IK 3K 6 32 6 IK 4K 5 34 8 IK 2K 6 23 o IK 6 6 54 30 IK 3% 6 34 134 IK 3 5 26 2 IK 2K 4K 17 132 1% 5 6 53 36 2 IK 4K 2K 6 7K 41 28 2 1% 5 5 43 IK 14 IK 6 7>i 65 iTotal No. Stone 13,£ 04^ ^« 4 • IK 4K 7 47 |Total Vol. Cu. Yds....l9,C 1 188 J |l Note. — The linear dimensions are given to the nearest quarter of a foot, and the volume to the nearest cubic foot. They describe a prism from vshich the required finished stone may be cut. 364 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Payments are not to be made by this bill, but upon the volume of stone laid in the wall after being cut to the proper dimensions. PROPOSAL. TO COLONEL O. M. POE, Corps of Eiigineers^ U. S. A., Detroit^ Mich. 1 89—. Sir — In accordance with your advertisement of Novem- ber 28, 1890, inviting proposals for furnishing all material and labor and building the Masonry of a Lock, at Saint Mary's Falls Canal, Mich., and subject to all the conditions and requirements thereof, and of your instructions to bidders and specifications dated November 28, 1890, copies of all of which are hereto attached, and, so far as they relate to this proposal, are made a part of it, we (or) I propose to furnish all mate- rials, appliances and labor, and do the work as specified, at the prices named below, namely: Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., twenty-two thousand (22,000) barrels (more or less) of Portland Cement at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per barrel. Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., seventy-five thousand (75,000) barrels (more or less) of Natural Cement, at the rate o± ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per barrel. Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., twenty thousand (20,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, cut stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Lay in the lock walls twenty thousand (20,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, cut stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Deliver at Sault Ste. Marie, Mich., fifty-five thousand (55,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, backing stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Lay in the lock wall fifty-nine thousand (59,000) cubic yards (more or less), solid measure, backing stone, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard. Lay in the foundations, etc., of the lock, five thousand (5,000) cubic yards (more or less) concrete, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic yard measured in place. Fill behind walls seventy thousand (70,000) cubic yards (more or less) earth, at the rate of ( ) dollars and ( ) cents per cubic vard, measured in place. SPECIFICATIONS FOR 800 FOOT LOCK. 365 We [or] I make this proposal with a full knowledge of the kind, quantity, and quality of the articles required, and of the work to be done, and, if it is accepted, will, within ten (lo) days after leceiving written notice of such acceptance, enter into contract, with good and sufficient sureties, for the faithful performance thereof. witness: (Signature) [seal] (Address) . (Signature) [seal] (Address) . (Signature) [seal] (Address) .(Signature) [seal] (Address) . . . (Signature) [seal] (Address) . ( Signature ) [SEAL] (Address) (Sign in Triplicate.) GUARANTY. We, — — , in the state of- :,of in the state of and -, of — , hereby guarantee and bind ourselves and each of us, our and 'each of our heirs, executors and admin- istrators, to the effect that if the bid of herewith accom- panying, dated , 189 — , for furnishing all materials and labor, and building the Masonry of a Lock at Saint Mary's Falls Canal, shall be accepted, in whole or in part, within sixty (60) days from the date of the opening of proposals, the said bidder , will, within ten (10) days after being notified of such acceptance, enter into a contract with the United States in accordance with the terms and conditions of the advertisement, and will give bond with good and sufficient sureties for the faithful and proper fulfillment of the same. And in case the said bidder shall fail to enter into con- tract within the said ten (10) days with the proper officer of the United States, and furnish good and sufficient bond for the faiiht'ul performance of the same according to the terms of said bid and advertisement, we and each of us hereby stipulate and guarantee, and bind ourselve-i and each of us, our and each of our heirs, executors and administrators, to pay unto the United States the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said bidder and the amount for which the proper officer of the United States may contract with another party to furnish said materials and la'^or and build the Masonry of a 366 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Lock, as specified, if the latter amount be in excess of the for- mer, for the whole work covered by the proposal. Witnesses Dated 189.. [Executed in Triplicate.] [SEAL.] [SEAL.] JUSTIFICATION OF THE GUARANTORS. STATE OF County of ^^^ I, , one of the guarantors named in the within guar- anty, do swear that I am pecuniarily worth the sum of two hundred thousand dollars, over and above all my debts and liabilities. (Signature of Guarantor.) ^ Before me, (Signature of Officer administering oath, with seal, if any.) STATE OF \ „„ County of J ^^• I, , one of the guarantors named in the within guar- anty, do swear that I am pecuniarily worth the sum of two hundred thousand dollass, over and above all my debts and liabilities. (Signature of Guarantor.)— Before me, (Signature of officer administering oath, with seal, if any.) CERTIFICATE. I, , do hereby certify that and , the guarantors above named, are personally known to me, and, that, to the best of my knowledge and belief, each is pecun- iarily worth, over and above all his debts and liabilities, the sum stated in the accompanying aflidavit subscribed by him. (Signature of certifying official.) Note. — The certificate maybe given sej^arately as to each guarantor, and modified accv-»idingly. O. M. P. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 367 173. Complete Specifications and Contract for Dam No. 5, Southborough, of the Boston Water- works, July, 1893. ADVERTISEMENT. TO CONTRACTORS. Sealed proposals addressed to the Boston Water Board, and endorsed "Proposals for building Dam No. 5 in the Town of Southborough," will be received by the Boston Water Board, at their office, City Hall, Boston, Mass., until 12 o'clock M., of Monday the seventeenth day of July, 1893, and at that time will be publicly opened and read. Each bidder must make a personal examination of the loca- tion of the dam. All bids must be made upon blank forms, to be obtained of the City Engineer, Boston, must give the prices proposed, both in writing and in figures, and be signed by the bidder, with his address. Each bid is to be accompanied by a certified check for two thousand dollars ($2,000), pavable to the City of Boston, said check to be returned to the bidder unless he fail to execute the contract, should it be awarded to him. A bond for one hundred thousand dollars ($100, 000) will be required for the faithful performance of the contract, the sure- ties to be residents of Massachusetts, and satisfactory to said Boston Water Board. The person or persons to whom the contract may be award- ed will be required to appear at this office with the sureties offered by him or them, and execute the contract within six days (not including Sunday) from the date of notification of such award, and the preparation and readiness for signature of the contract; and in case of failure or neglect so to do, he or they will be considered as having abandoned it, and the check accompanying the proposal shall be forfeited to the City of Boston. All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer's estimate of quantities of work to be done, which is as follows: — («) 14,000 cubic yards soil excavated and placed in spoil- banks. {aa) 13,900 cubic yards soil excavated from spoil-banks and placed on dam. {6) 1,610 square yards sodding. {6^) 5 acres seeding. (c) 230,000 cubic yards earth excavation (trenches, embank- ments, and backfilling). (cc) 10,000 cubic yards rehandling of excavated materials. 368 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. (<3?) 13,400 cubic yards rock excavation. () 1,000 cubic yards masonry laid in Portland cement mortar i to 3, an additional price per cubic yard, (w) ^o75 Ihiear feet of walk. These quantities are approximate only, and the Boston Water Board expressly reserves the right of increasing or dimin- ishing the same, as may be deemed necessary by its Engineer. Plans can be seen, and specifications and forms of proposal and contract obtained, at the office of the City Engineer, City Hall, Boston. The Boston Water Board reserves the right to reject any or all bids, should it deem it to be for the interest of the City of Boston so to do. ROBERT GRANT, JOHN W. LEIGHTON, THOMAS F. DOHERTY, Boston Water Board, Office of Boston Water Board, City Hall, Boston, July i, 1S93. ♦3,200 cubic yards if riprap is U3cj. f i,Sjo cubic yards if riprap is used. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 369 PROPOSAL TO THE BOSTON WATER BOARD FOR BUILDING DAM NO. 5 IN THE TOWN OF SOUTHBOROUGH. The undersigned hereby declares that he has carefully ex- amined the annexed form of contract and specifications and the drawings therein referred to, and made an inspection of the site of the proposed dam, and will provide all necessary ma- chinery, tools, apparatus, and other means of construction, and do all the work and furnish all the materials called for by said contract and specifications and the requirements under them of the Engineer, for the following sums, to wit: (a) For the removal of soil excavated and placed in spoil banks, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (aa) For the removal of soil taken from spoil banks or from other places and placing on the slopes of the embank- ment, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (3) For sodding, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ )p6i* superficial square yard. (3(5) For seeding, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per acre. (c) For eaith excavation, including its disposal in em- bankments and refilling, or as otherv^'ise ordered by the engi- neer, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (cc) For rehandllng of excavated materials from spoil banks and placing, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. {d) For rock excavation, including its disposal and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For permanent timber work, except tongued and grooved timber, placed, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per thousand feet B. M. (^^) For permanent timber work, tongued and grooved, placed, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per thousand feet B. M. (f) For Portland cement ordered by the engineer, delivered where ordered on the work, in barrels contaming 400 pounds, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per barrel. (g) For concrete masonry, in place, formed of five parts of broken stone or screened gravel, to one part of cement, and made with American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. 24 370 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. (^gg^ For concrete masonry, in place, formed of three parts of broken stone or screened gravel to one part of cement, and made with American cement mortar mixed in the propor- tion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (//) For plastering all concrete walls with Portland cement, including all incidental work, the s-um of ($ ) per superficial square yard. (t) For brick masonry, laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, and including all pointing, centering, etc., and removing the same, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (y) For paving in place, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/^) For riprap in place, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/) For broken stone in place (other than that used in making concrete and the walk), including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/w) For rubble-stone masonry, laid in American cement mortar, mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/z) For face work of broken ashlar, in addition to the price paid per cubic yard as rubble, including pointing in neat Portland cement, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superficial square foot. (^) For facing stone masonry of range stones laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand and pointing in neat Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For coping laid in place, and pointed in neat Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($- ) per linear or running foot. (^) For dimension stone masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including pointing in neat Portland cement, centering, etc., and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (r) For fine hammer dressing (six cut work) the sum of ($ ) per superficial square foot. (^) For all kinds of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to one l)art of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard herein- before stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 371 of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to one part of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (2^) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard herein- before stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (z;) For all kind* of masonry laid In Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to three parts of sand, in addition to the price per cubic yard herein- before stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (w) For building walk, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per linear or running foot. {x) For all extra work done by written order of the Boston Water Board, its actual reasonable cost to the Contractor, as determined by the City Engineer, plus fifteen per cent, of said cost. Accompanying this proposal is a certified check for two thousand dollars ($2,000), which it is agreed shall become the property of the city of Boston, if, in case this proposal shall be accepted by the Boston Water Board, the undersigned shall fail to execute a contract with said city under the conditions of this proposal within the time provided for by the advertisement for proposals ; otherwi-se said check shall be returned to the under- signed. No member of the city council, and no person in any oflEice or employment of the city of Boston is directly or indirectly interested in this proposal or in any contract which maybe made under it, or in expected profits to arise therefrom ; and this pro- posal is made in good faith without collusion or connection with any other person bidding for the same work. Name Address Date 1S93. 372 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. CITY OF BOSTON. BOSTON WATER WORKS. CONTRACT AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDING DA^I NO. 5, IN THE TOWN OF SOUTHBOROUGH. This Agreement^ made and concluded this day of in the year one thousand eight hundred and ninety-three, between the City of Bos- ton, by its Boston Water Board, of the first part, and in the State of of the second part : Commence- ^^ WitnessetJi.. That for and in consideration of ment of . ' i • r • 1 Work. the payments and agreements hereniaiter mentioned, to be made and performed by the said party of the first part, and under the penalty expressed in a bond bearing even date with these presents and hereunto ' annexed, the said party of the second part agrees with the said party of the first part to commence the work herein required to be done, within fourteen days after the signing of this contract and to proceed with the woik m such order and at such times, points, and seasons, and with such force as may, from time to time, be directed by the engineer, and at his own proper cost and expense, to do all the work and furnish all the materials called for by this agreement, in the manner and under the conditions hereinafter specified. Completion of And the said party of the second part hereby Work. agrees to complete all the work called for under this agreement, in all parts and requirements and in full conformity with the plans and specifications on or before November l, 1896; provided, however, that the water board shall have the right at their discre- tion to extend the time for said completion of the work. It is further agreed that the permitting of said party of the second part to go on and finish said work after the time specified for its completion shall not operate as a waiver of any of the rights of said city under this contract. Referee. B. To prevent all disputes and litigation it is fur- ther agreed, by and between the parties to this con- tract, that the city engineer of Boston (meaning thereby the individual at any time holding the posi- tion or acting in the capacity of the engineer of the Boston Water Board) shall be referee in all cases to determine the amount or the quantity of the work which is to be paid for under this contract, and 10 SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 373 decide all questions which may arise relative to the fulfillment of this contract on the part of the con- tractor, and his estimates and decisions shall be final and conclusive ; also that said engineer, by himself, or by assistants and ins-pectors, acting for him, shall inspect the work to be done under this agreement to see that the same is done strictly in accordance with the requirements of the specifications hereinafter set forth. C. The parties further agree that wherever in this contract the words defined below are used, they shall be understood to have the meanings herein given : The term "water board" shall mean the Bos- Water Board, ton Water Board, or any board or committee duly authorized to represent the city of Boston in the execution of the work covered by this contract. The word "engineer" when not further quali- Engineer. fied, shall mean the said city engineer or his prop- erly authorized agents, limited by the particular duties entrusted to them. The word "contractor" shall mean the person Contractor, or persons, co-partnership or corporation, who have entered into this contract as party of the second part, or his or their legal representatives. D. It is further agreed that the quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished, as given in the accompanying notice to contractors are only for the purpose of comparing the bids offered for the work under the contract on a uniform basis ; and it is hereby agreed that the Boston Water Board expressly reserves the right to increase or diminish the above mentioned quantities, or any of them, as may be deemed necessary by the engineer. E. The plans and specifications are intended to be Plans, explanatory of each other; but should any discrep- ancy appear, or any misunderstanding arise as to the import of anything contained in either, the parties hereto further agree that the explanation and deci- sion of the city engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor; and all directions and explanations required, alluded to, or necessary to complete any of the provisions of this contract and specifications and give them due effect, shall be given by the said engineer. Corrections of errors, or omissions in drawings or specifications may be made by the said engineer, when such corrections are necessary for the proper fulfillment of the intention of such draw- ings or specifications, the effect of such corrections 374 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. to date from the time that the said engineer gives due notice thereof to said contractor. Alterations. F. It is further agreed that the city engineer may make alterations in the line, grade, plan, form, posi- tion, dimensions, or material of the work herein contemplated, or of any part thereof, either before or after the commencement of construction. If such alterations diminish the quantity of work to be done, they shall not constitute a claim for damages, or for anticipated profits on the work that may be dis- pensed with ; if they increase the amount of work, such increase shall be paid for according to the quantity actually done, and at the price established for such work under this contract ; or in case there is no price established, it shall be paid for at its actual reasonable cost as determined by the city engineer, plus fifteen per cent, of said cost. SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUILDING DAM NO. 5 OF THE SUDBURY RIVER WORKS. Plans. Q.^ I, The contractor is to furnish all the material and do all the work necessary to build a dam on the Stony Brook branch of the Sudbury river near the site of Nichol's Mill, so called, in the town of South- borough, Mass. The dam to be in accordance with plans marked Dam No. 5, dated June 16, 1893, signed by William Jackson, city engineer, and filed in the office of the city ens^ineer, City Hall, Boston. The work will also be built in conformity with these specifications. These plans show only the general character of the work, and during its progress such working plans will be furnished from time to time by the engineer as he may deem necessary. Borings. The character of the materials to be met with, as shown on said plans, is the result of such exami- nations as the city of Boston has been able to make ; but no guarantee is made as to the accuracy of the borings or test pits or the representations on the plans. General De- 3. The dam is to be built partly of masonry scnption. . 11T 1 and partly of earth, approximately on the Imes shown ; but if the character of the materials or circumstances arise which render it advisable to change the location of the dam or to change the plans of the dam the city of Boston expressly reserves the right so to do without payment of damages to the contractor, but SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 375 all work actually completed will be paid for as per prices bid for the whole work. The earth embankments will contain plastered concrete core walls. Water-tight material will be placed next these walls on the water side. The embankments will be protected from wash by linings of riprap or paving. A walk will be built on the top of the dam, and other slopes and surfaces covered with soil as directed. The embankments will be separated from the masonry overfall by heavy wing walls. A gate-house with wells and appurtenances as shown will be built next to the north wing v^all. The "masonry portion" of the dam will be about 300 feet in length and will be a solid mass of rubble masonry faced with range stones laid in courses. Where the rock is of poor quality or for other reasons, it may seem to the engineer to be desirable, the core walls both in the center of the embankments and under the masonry section may be carried down deep into the rock. 3. The work to be done in a general way con- Work to be sists in stripping the site of the dam ; building up the embankments in layers, and in paving or other- wise protecting their surfaces; doing all blasting, rock and timber work ; constructing all masonry ; building in all iron work in connection with brick or other masonry ; laying pipes through the dam ; doing all pumping or other temporary work in connection with the permanent work, and delivering over to said city of Boston the whole structure in a complete con- dition with the masonry all pointed and with the dam ready to be put into service in accordance with the plans and these specifications. All work during its progress and on its comple- Lines.Grades, tion must conform truly to the lines, grades, and levels to be determined and given hereafter by the engineer, and due facilities and such assistance and materials as he may require must be furnished by the * contractor without extra charge, and the engineer's marks must be carefully preserved. The work must also be built in accordance with the plans and direc- tions which shall be given by him from time to time, subject to such modifications and additions as said engineer shall deem necessary during the prosecution of the work, and in no case will any work which may be performed, or any materials furnished in excess of the requirements of this contract or of the plans or 376 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. of the specifications, be estimated and paid for, unless such excess shall have been ordered by the water board as hereinafter set forth. Tools and im- The coutractor is to furnish all temporary plements, ' ., i ^^ i-i fiumes, all materials and all tools, implements, machinery, and labor necessary or convenient for doing all the work herein contracted for, with safety to life and property in accordance with this contract, and within the time specified herein; he will be required to construct and put in complete working order the work herein specified, and is to perform and construct all the work covered by this agree- ment; the whole to be done in conformity with the plans and these specifications ; and all parts to be done to the satisfaction of the city engineer. Soil' 4. The soil is to be removed from the grounds where the dam, embankments, and other works are to stand. Wherever directed by the engineer said soil to be hauled and put in spoil banks, to remain until required to be placed over the finished surfaces of slopes or embankments. The quantities of soil removed will be measured in the spoil banks and paid for as stipulated in article Q. item ((?). ' The slopes of the embankment are to be covered with soil taken from the spoil banks; if any addi- tional soil is needed for the work, it shall be obtained and taken from such grounds as may be designated by the engineer, and deposited wherever ordered by him ; all soil removed from the spoil banks, or from such grounds as the engineer may designate, shall be measured in excavation. It will be rolled or otherwise compacted, and paid for as stipulated in article Q, item (<7a). All surfaces which rre required to be afterwards sodded or seeded are to be covered with soil at least twenty-four inches in thickness. Sodding- and :-, ^^he embankments of the dam, and such Seeding. 1 ^ /• 1 1 • i ^ ^ , other surfaces as may be designated by the engineer, are to be sodded or seeded with grass seed. All the surfaces to be sodded or seeded are to be carefully graded and particular care taken to make a true and even bearing for the sods to rest on. s°<^S' The sods to be of good quality of earth covered with heavy grass, sound and healthy, and not less than one foot square, and generally of a uniform thickness of three inches. These sizes may be altered by the engineer during the progress of the work. The sods will be cut with a bevel on all SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOll DAM. 377 sides, so that when laid they will lap at the edges; to be properly set so as to have a full bearing on their whole lower surface ; to be padded down firm with a spade or wooden bat made suitable for the purpose ; each sod is to be pinned with one wooden pin, not less than fifteen inches long, so as to be secured to the ground beneath it, and to be so laid that the upper surface shall conform to the true slope of the bank or ground and to the lines given by the engineer. No lean, poor, or broken sods will be allowed in the work, but on the outside edges of the bank sods may be cut to such size and shape as will make a proper finish to the same. The engii^jeer may alter all the above sizes during the progress of the work. The sodding that shall have been laid shall be well and carefully sprinkled with water as often as the engineer shall deem necessary. 6. The engineer may specify the kind, quality, Seeding^, and amount of seed to be used on all surfaces ordered to be seeded, and he may also direct the manner of seeding, including rolling and watering. EARTH EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT. 7. Earth excavation is to be made for the foundations, center walls, etc., and for any grading that may be required eitl^er above or below the dam, or for any other work in connection with the dam, structures, or appurtenances which the engineer may order, but no payment will be made for earth or other excavation unless specifically staked out and ordered by the engineer. The price bid for excava- tion will cover all excavations by the contractor for his own convenience or for temporary or protecting work, none of which will be measured or estimated by the engineer. 8. Earth excavation is to be made in accord- Excavation, ance with the lines established by the engineer, and the price herein stipulated for earth excavation — article Q, item (c) — is to include the work of clear- ing and grubbing the ground of all trees, stumps, bushes, and roots, and burning or otherwise dispos- ing of the same ; of sheeting and bracing and sup- porting and maintaining all trenches and pits during and after excavation; of all pumping, ditching and draining ; of clearing the excavation of all wood or other objectionable materials, of se'ecting the mate- rials, and of hauling and of disposing of the exca- 378 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Measure- ment. Bmbank- ment. , vated materials in making embankments, in filling, refilling, and wasting; of rolling and watering, and all other labor and expenses incidental to the hand- ling of the excavated materials. Spoil Banks. ^^ Whenever, in the opinion of the engineer, V the material excavated from the pits and trenches can not properly be disposed of in embankment or for other work at one hauling, it shall be deposited in spoil banks, and paid for under article Q, item (c), and if subsequently ordered to be used in the work, it shall be paid for a second time under article Q, item (cc). • lo. All earth work paid for under article Q, items (c) and (cc), shall be measured in excavation. II. The embankments for the dam shall start from a well prepared base, stepped on sloping ground, and shall be carried up in horizontal layers not exceeding four inches in thickness; every layer to be carefully rolled, either with heavy grooved rollers, or steam rollers, and to be well watered. The earth to be well rammed with heavy rammers at such points as can not be reached by the rollers. Special care shall be required in ramming the earth close to the center wall, which shall always be kept at least two feet higher than the adjoining embank- ment, unless otherwise permitted. The embank- ments of the dam shall be kept at an uniform height an both sides of the masonry during construction, and at no time will the down-stream half of the dam be allowed to be higher than the up-stream portion. At all times the earth embankment must be kept three feet above the "masonry portion" of the dam. Watering. 12. Ample means shall be provided for water- ing the banks, and any portion of the embankment to which a layer is being applied shall be so wet, when required, that water will stand on the surface. The contractor shall furnish at his own cost the necessary steam pumping plant and force-main for forcing water into a tank situated on the side hill, at least fifty feet above the top of the dam when com- pleted. From this tank a three-inch distribution pipe, fitted with gates and hose connections, will lead lengthwise over the dam to supply water wher- ever it may be needed. If the engineer approves, some other method of equal efficiency for the fur- nishing of water may be substituted for the above SrECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOE DAM. 379 plant. This work is included in the price to be paid for earth excavation. 13. All the grounds covered by the dam and ^GruJ^jn^"*^ by the borrow pits shall be cleared of all soil, stones, trees, stumps, or other organic or perishable matter, which shall be deposited at such points as shall be designated. If the borrow pits are, in the opinion of the engineer, sufficiently near the dam, the soil or other useful materials may be removed to the spoil banks and measured, otherwise they will not be measured. Stumps and other vegetable substances shall be burned. 14. The surfaces of embankments shall be dressed smoothly to line and grade to receive the soil or broken stones supporting the paving or riprap, 15. The earth used for the embankments shall Quality of be free from perishable material of all kinds, and Earth. from stones larger than three inches in diameter, .md it shall be of a quality approved by the engineer. The portion of the embankment next to the core- wall on the up-stream side of the dam and the refill- ing of all trenches will be composed of hard-pan or other fine, compact, or selected material approved by the engineer, who shall decide upon the quality and character of the earth to be used at various places, and it must be selected and placed in accord- ance with his orders. 16. All excavation and disposal in embank- ciassifica- ments and refilling of earth, hard-pan, and other *'°°- materials, shall be classified and estimated as earth excavation, and paid for at the price hereinafter stipulated, article Q, item (c). ROCK EXCAVATION. 17. Rock excavation is to include the excava- tion of all solid rock which can not, in the opinion of the engineer, be removed by picking, and of bowlders of one cubic yard or more in size ; the price hereinafter specified — article Q, item (d) — to be paid for rock excavation shall include the work of hauling and disposing of the same in spoil banks or other places. 18. Rock excavation shall be measured in excavation, and estimated for payment in accordance How Meas- with the lines given by the engineer. No excavation outside of these lines will be estimated. 19. Rock is to be excavated for the foundations of the dam, core-walls, and gate-house, and wherever the engineer may order. ;S0 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Steps. 20. In the wall and pipe trenches and in the foundation for the gate-house or other structures, the rock is to be shaped roughly in steps or other form that may be ordered by the engineer. The price bid for rock excavation is to include the cost of supporting and maintaining the excava- tions, of pumping and draining, of disposing of the excavated materials as ordered by the engineer, and all other incidental expenses. Explosives. 21. All rock cxcavatiou in the wall trenches and at any other place designated by the engineer is to be made with explosives of a moderate power, under his directions, and not with high explosives. Black powder may be ordered by him to be used in special cases. 22. All rock surface intended for masonry foundation must be freed from all loose pieces, and be firm and solid, and prej^ared as directed by the engineer. FOUNDATION WORK. 23. The foundation work for the centre walls of the dam and for other structures is to be extended to such depth and in such a manner as shall be ordered by the engineer. In bad bottom, sheet piling, tonged and grooved, may be ordered to be driven or placed on one or more sides of the work. If the material of excavation is such, in the opinion of the engineer, as to require especial precaution, the trenches for the centre wall and for other struc- tures may be ordered extended to a great depth, beyond the indications of the plans. The position of the bed rock being uncertain, it is impossible to indicate the bottom of the core-wall with accuracy, and it is distinctly understood that the lines for the foundation shown on the plans are not guaranteed by the city to be correct. PROTECTIVE WORK. 24. The contractor will be required at his own expense to take care of all water which may come down the stream during the progress of the work, and to make good any damage done to the dam from freshets or other action of the water or the elements. TIMBER. 25. Timber may be ordered used for platforms, for permanent sheet-piling, and for other permanent SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOll DAM. 381 uses. It shall be of the sizes and placed in the • manner ordered by the engineer. 26. All timber and lumber so used shall be spruce, sound, straight grained, and free from all shakes, loose knots, and other defects that may impair its strength and durability. The price b.d for timber shall cover all incidental expenses incurred for labor, or for tools or materials used in placing, securing, and fastening it. 27. No payment shall be made to the con- tractor for lumber used for bracing, sheeting, scaf- folding, and other temporary purposes. 28. All sheeting and other timber work in the trenches and pits shall be removed unless it is ordered left in, in which case such timber shall be paid for as herein stipulated — article Q, item (^) — for permanent timber work. 29. The timber to be used for sheet-piling in Xongued and the foundations and other places may be ordered x^mber^ tongued and grooved. Such timber shall be fur- nished and placed as ordered, and the price herein- after stipulated — article Q, item (ee) — for tongued and grooved timber is to cover the cost of placing, driving, securing, and fastening the same. MASONRY. 30. All masonry, except where otherwise spec- ified, shall be laid in h3'draulic cement mortar, and shall be built of the forms and dimensions shown on the plans, as directed by the engineer from time to time, and the system of bonding ordered by the engi- neer shall be strictly followed. 31. All beds and joints must be entirely filled with mortar, and the work in all cases shall be well and thoroughly bonded. 32. Care must be taken that no water shall interfere with the proper laying of masonry in any of its parts. 33. All means used to prevent water from interfering with the work, even to the extent of fur- nishing and placing pipes for conducting the water away from points where it might cause injury to the work, must be provided by the contractor at his own expense. 34. Under no circumstances will masonry be allowed to be laid in water. 35. All iron-work, except the sluice-gates, is iron-woriu to be built in the masonry without other compensa- Water. Pipes, 382 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Freezing Weather. Sprinkling. Cement. tion than the price herein stipulated to be paid per cubic yard of masonry. The pipes, special castings and other iron work will be furnished and deliverd by the city on the site of the dam, and must then be carefully protected, handled and laid by the con- tractor in a thorough manner as directed by the engi- neer. 36. No masonry is to be built between the 15th of November and the 15th of April, or in freez- ing weather, except by permission *of the engineer. All masonry to be amply protected from the action of frost during the winter. The contractor will be required to make good any damage re-sulting from frost on any portion of the work. 37. All fresh masonry, if allowed to be built in freezing weather, must be covered and protected in a manner satisfactory to the engineer, and during hot weather all newly-built masonry shall be kept wet by sprinkling water on it with a sprinkling pot until it shall have become hard enough to prevent its drying and cracking, and if necessary canvass coverings must be provided. 38. American cement and Portland cement are to be used. The American cement must be in good condition and must be equal in quality to the best Rosendale cement. It must be made by manufac- turers of established reputation, must be fresh and very fine ground, and in well-made casks. The Eortland cement must be of a brand equal in quality to the best English Portland cement. To insure its good quality, all the cement furnished by the con- tractor will be subject to inspection and rigorous tests; and if found to be of improper quality, will be branded and must be immediately removed from the work ; the character of the tests to be determined by the engineer. The contractor shall, at all times, keep in store at some convenient point in the vicinity of the work, a sufficient quantity of cement to allow ample time for the tests to be made without delay to the work of construction. The engineer shall be notified at once of each delivery of cement. It shall be stored in a tight building, each cask must be raised several inches above the ground, by blocking or otherwise. 39. Cement is generally to be used in the form of mortar with an admixture of sand, and when so used, its use is included in the price herein stipulated SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOE DAM. 383 for the various kinds of masonry. For the founda- tion work, however, Portland cement may be ordered by the engineer in exceptionally wet and difficult places, to be used with or without any admixture of sand for grouting seams or for such other purposes as he may direct. The cost of plac- ing said cement will be paid by the city, the price to be paid to be estimated by the engineer unless other- wise stipulated. Such cement is to be paid for per barrel of four hundred pounds, furnished and deliv- ered by the contractor at the place where it must be used. See article Q, item (y). 40. All mortar shall be prepared from cement of the quality before described, and clean, sharp sand. These ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed dry, as follows: The proportion of cement ordered, by measure, with the ordered proportion of sand, also by measure; and a moderate dose of water is to be afterwards added to produce a paste of proper consistency ; the whole to be thoroughly worked \N ith hoes or other tools. In measuring cement it shall be packed as received in casks from the manu- facturer. The mortar shall be freshly mixed for the work in hand, in proper boxes made for the purpose ; no mortar to be used that has become hard or set. If the mortar ingredients are mixed at some distance from the work, water shall not be added until the mortar has been brought to the dam and is ready for use. 41. The price herein stipulated for the various kinds of masonry is contingent on the use of a mortar made of a mixture of one part in a volume of Amer- ican cement to two parts of sand. Additional prices are herein stipulated for the use of mortars formed with a different mixture of cement and sand. Article Q, items (5), (/), {u), (v). 42. The concrete shall be formed of sound broken stones or screened gravel stones not exceed- ing two inches at their greatest diameter. All stones in any way larger are to be thrown out. The mate- rials to be cleaned from dirt and dust before being used ; to be mixed in proper boxes, with mortar of the quality before described, in the proportion of five parts of broken stone to one part of cement ; to be laid immediately after mixing, and to be thoroughly compacted throughout the mass by ramming till the water flushes to the surface ; the amount of water used for makiiag the concrete to be approved or Mortar. Concrete. 384 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. directed by the engineer. The concrete shall be allowed to set for twelv e hours, or more, if so directed, before any work shall be laid upon it; and no walk- ing over or working upon it shall be allowed while it is setting. Article Q, iterp (^). 43. Whenever ordered by the engineer the con- crete shall be formed of broken stone not exceeding one inch at their greatest diameter, used in the pro- portion of three parts of broken stone to one part of cement. Article Q, item (^^). Plastering. 44. The up-stream faces of all core-walls, and such other surfaces as the engineer may direct, will be thoroughly plastered with a half inch coat of Port- land cement plastering put on in two portions as fol- lows : Next the concrete a thick coating of Portland cement mortar will be put on, mixed in the pro- portion of one part of cement to one of sand, rubbed to a uniform surface and left rough ; over this will be smoothly spread with trowels a coat of neat Port- land cement which shall be thoroughly worked to make a perfectly water-tight surface. All plastering will be measured and paid for by the square yard of superficial surface as per article Q, item (>^). 45 . The bricks shall be of the best quality of hard- burned bricks; burned hard entirely through, regular and uniform in shape and size, and of compact text- ure. To insure their good quality, the bricks fur- nished by the contractor will be subject to inspection and rigorous tests, and if found of improper quality will be condemned, the character of the tests to be determined by the engineer. They are to be culled before laying at the expense of the contractor, and all bricks of an improper quality shall be laid aside and removed ; the engineer to be furnished with men for this purpose by and at the expense of the con- tractor. Brick Ma- 46. All brick masoury shall be laid with bricks sonry. q£ ^Y\e quality before described and in Portland cement mortar mixed one part of cement to two of sand. No ''bats" shall be used except in the backing, where a moderate proportion (to be determined by the engineer) may be used, but nothing smaller than "half bricks." The bricks to be thoroughly wet just before laying. Every brick to be completely imbed- ded in mortar under its bottom and on its sides. Care shall be taken to have every joint full of mortar and all joints shall be pointed. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 385 47. All centering shall be made, put up, and Centering. removed in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. 48. All stone masonry is to be built of sound, s*°"^ ' . r A' 1 • • Masonry. clean quarry granite stone of quality and size satis- factory to the engineer; all joints to be full of mortar, unless otherwise specified. 4Q. Paving^ is to be laid without mortar, and is „ . '■^ ^ Paving. to be used for portions or the whole of the slopes of the dam embankments, and at any other place that may be designated. 50. This work is to be measured in accordance with the lines shown on the drawings or ordered dur- ing the progress of the work. The stones used must be roughly rectangular; all irregular projections and feather edges must be hammered off. No stone will be accepted which has less than the depth represented on the plans or ordered. Each stone used must be set solid on the foundation of broken stone or earth and no interstices must be left. 51. After the slopes which are to receive the Broken paving have been dressed, a layer of broken stone. Stones. nine inches thick or less, is to be spread as a founda- tion for the paving wherever ordered. The broken stone must be sound and hard, not exceeding two inches at the greatest diameter. Broken stones may be used also wherever the engineer may direct, and paid for under this head. Article Q, item (/). The cost of the broken stone used for making concrete is included in the price hereinbefore stipu- lated for concrete laid. 52. Riprap instead of paving may be used for covering a large portion of the dam slopes, and ^'p^'^p* wherever the engineer may order. It shall be made of stone of such size and quality and in such manner as he shall direct, and must be roughly laid by hand. It will generally be put on in thick layers, and if found cheaper will probably be substituted for paving on the lower slopes of the dam below the berm. 53. Rubble-stone masonry is to be used for the Rubble. central part of the dam, for the wing-walls of the earth embankments, for the gate-house, and wherever ordered by the engineer. It shall be made with sound clean stones of com- pact texture, free from loose seams and other defects. They must have roughly rectangular forms, and all irregular projections and feather edges must be hammered off before the stones are set. The beds 25 386 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. must be good for materials of this class and must present such even surfaces that when lowering a stone on the surface prepared to receive it, there may be no doubt that the mortar will fill all spaces. After the bed-joints are thus secured, a moderate quantity of spalls can be used in the preparation of suitable surfaces for receivings other stones. No spalling up under a stone after it is laid w^ill be allowed, neither will any grouting or filling of joints be allowed after the stone is set. Especial care is to be taken to have every stone entirely surrounded by mortar. The quality of the beds is to regulate, to a large extent, the size of the stones vised, as the difficulty of forming a good bed-joint increases with the size of the stones. Various sizes must be used. Generally the largest stones are not to measure more than twenty cubic feet, and they are to be used in the proportion of about twenty-five per cent, of the whole, but they must be omitted partially or entirely if their beds are not satisfactory. It is expected that one quarter of the stones used will be of such size that two men can handle them. The balance to be composed of intermediate sizes. Regular coursing to be avoided. Broken 54. The exposcd faces of the wing walls, Ashlar. retaining walls, and of any other rubble work that the engineer may designate, are to be made of broken ashlar with joints not exceeding one half inch in thickness; the stones not to be less than 12 inches deep from the face, and to present frequent headers. The joints shall be pointed with neat Portland cement. This face work is to be paid for by the square foot of the superficial area for which it is ordered in addition to the price paid per cubic yard of rubble-stone masonry, but the right is reserved to change this masonry to range work, should it be for the interest of the city so to do. Article Q, item (;z). Rangework. 55' The outer faces of the masonry dam, and if found best the gate-chamber and any other masonry that may be d signated, are to be made of range stones, as shown on the plans, the stones to be of unobjectionable quality, sound and durable, free from all seams and other defects, and of such kind as shall be approved by the engineer. They shall be pointed with neat Portland cement. All beds, builds, and joints are to be cut true to a depth of not more than 4 inches, and not less than SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 387 3 inches from the faces and to surfaces allowing of one half inch joints at most ; the joints for the remaining part of the stones not to exceed 2 inches in thickness at any point. 56. All cut arrises to be true, well defined, and Arrises. sharp. 57. Where this class of masonry joins with dimension stone masonry the courses must corres- pond, and the joining with arches and other dimen- sion stone masonry must be accurate and workman- like. Each course to be composed of two stretchers Bond, and one header alternately, the stretchers not less than 3 feet long nor more than 7 feet long. 58. The rise of the courses may vary from bot- Courses, tom to top from 30 inches to 15 inches in approxi- mate vertical progression, and the width of bed of the stretchers is not to be at any point less than the height nor less than 24 inches. The headers are not to be less than 4 feet in length. This class of masonry, including the headers, is Measure- to be estimated at 30 inches thick throughout. In no case are the tails of the headers to be estimated. 59. The coping of the wing walls will be Coping. classed as coping stone masonry. The surfaces will be rough pointed to the circular forms given. The capping stones to the posts will be estimated as dimension stone with hammered surfaces. 60. The prices herein stipulated for range and Prices, broken ashlar stone masonry are to cover the cost of pointing, of cutting chisel drafts at all corners and angles in the work, and of preparing the rock faces ; but if any six-cut work is ordered in connection with this class of masonry it shall be paid for at the prices hereinafter stipulated for such work. Article Q, item (r). 61. The face bond must not show less than 12 inches lap unless ocherwise permitted. 62. The pointing of the faces of all masonry Pointing, in the dam, gate-house, and wings to be thoroughly done with neat Portland cement after the structures are completed, every joint to be raked out therefor to a depth of at least 2 inches, and if the engineer is Satisfied that the pointing at any place is not properly done it must be taken out and done over again. The cement is to be mixed in small quantities and applied before its first setting:. 388 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIO]!^S. sonry. Rock-face. Dimension ^3* Dimension stone masonry must be made s^^^eMa-of first-class granite of moderately uniform color, free from all seams, discoloration, and other defects, and satisfactory to the engineer. The stones shall be cut to exact dimensions, and all angles and arrises shall be true, well defined, and sharp. All beds, builds, and joints are to be dressed for the full depth of the stone, to surfaces allowing of one quarter {%) inch joint at most. No plug-hole of more than 6 inches across or nearer than 3 inches to an arris is to be allowed, and in no case must the aggregate area of the plug-hole in any joint exceed one quarter of its whole area. The stone shall be laid with one quarter (^) inch joints, and all face joints shall be pointed with mortar made of neat Portland cement, applied before its first setting. All joints to be raked out to a depth of two inches before pointing; the cost of pointing to be included in the price stipulated for cut stone masonry. 64. In rock face work the arrises of the stones enclosing the rock face must be pitched to true lines; the face projections to be bold, and from 3 to 5 inches beyond the arrises. The angles of all walls or structures having rock faces are to be defined by a chisel draft not less than ij4 inches wide on each face. 65. In fine hammered work the face of the' stones must be brought to a true plane and fine dressed, with a hammer having six blades to the inch. For fine hammer-dressing (six-cut work) the price stipulated in article Q, item (r), per superfi- cial square foot of dressing will be paid in addition to the price per cubic yard of masonry. 66. No payment will be made for cutting grooves and recesses other than the price paid for the dressing of their surfaces, which are to be fine hammered. 67. The contractor will build a walk upon the top of the earthen embankments. It w'ill be S feet wide and i foot in depth, composed of broken stone 9. inches in depth and a thin layer of selected screen- ings and binding gravel (as ordered). The surface will be moistened and rolled with a hand roller as directed. The broken stone screenings and gravel used in this walk will not be included in any other measurement. Payment will be made for the tin- Hammered Work. Grooves. Walk. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 389 islied walk according to the number of linear or run- ning feet it may contain. GENERAL CLAUSES. 6.8. If any person employed by the contractor ^"^Yoj'k,5f"n on the work should appear to the engineer to be nicompetent, or to act in a disorderly or improper manner, he shall be discharged immediately on the requisition of the engineer, and such person shall not be again employed on the work. 6q. Any materials condemned or reiected by Materials , -^ . -^ , . . 1 -^1 1 1 Branded. the engmeer or his representatives may be branded, or otherwise marked, and shall, on demand, be at once removed to a satisfactory distance from the worji. 70. Any unfaithful or imperfect work which i'"perfect may be discovered before the final acceptance of the work shall be corrected immediately, and any unsat- isfactory materials delivered shall be rejected on the requirement of the engineer, notwithstanding that they may have been overlooked by the proper inspector. The inspection of the work shall not relieve the contractor of any of his obligations to perform sound work, as herein prescribed ; and all work, of whatever kind, which, during its progress and before it is finally accepted, may become dam- aged from any cause shall be removed, and replaced by good and satisfactory work. 71. Whenever the contractor is not present on Orders any part of the work where it may be desired to e}e . give directions, orders will be given by the engineer to, and shall be received and obeyed by, the super- intendent or foreman w^ho may have charge of the particular work in relation to which the orders are given. 72. In all the operations connected with the work Laws, herein specified, all laws or regulations controlling or limiting in any way the actions of those engaged on the works, or affecting the methods of doing the work or materials applied to it, must be respected and strictly complied with ; and during the progress of the work the contractor shall provide such precau- tions as may be necessary to protect life and property. 73. After the completion of the work the con- clearing up. tractor is to remove all temporary structures built by him, and all surplus materials of all kinds from the site of the work, and to leave them in neat condition. 390 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. Wivys and Means. Access. Subletting, H. The contractor agrees that he will give his per- sonal attention to the fulfillment of this contract ; and that he will not sublet the aforesaid work, but will keep the same under his control, and that he will not assign, by power of attorney or otherwise, any por- tion of the said work, unless by and with the previous consent of the water board, to be signified by endorsement on this agreement. I. The contractor shall furnish the necessary scaffolding, ways, and all necessary means and con- veniences for the transfer of the material to its proper place and for its erection. And it is also ta be understood that the city shall not be held respon- sible for the care or protection of any materials or parts of the work until its final acceptance. J. It is further agreed that the engineer, or his authorized agent and assistants, shall at all times have access to the work during its progress ; and he shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for ascertaining that the work being done is in accord- ance with the requirements and intention of this contract. Alteration. K. Should it be found desirable by the water board to make alterations in the form or character of any of the work, the said water board may order such alterations to be made, defining them in writing and drawings, and they shall be made accordingly; provided^ that in case such changes increase the cost of the work, the contractor shall be fairly remunera- ted ; and in case they shall diminish the cost of the work, proper deduction from the contract price shall be made ; the amount to be paid or deducted to be decided by the city engineer. Extra Work. L. The contractor hereby agrees that he will do such extra work as may be required by the water board for the proper construction or completion of the whole work herein contemplated ; that he will make no claims for extra work unless it shall have been done in obedience to a written order from the said water board or their duly authorized agent ; that all claims for extra work done in any month shall be filed in writing with the engineer before the fifteenth of the following month; and that, failing to file such claims within the time required, all rights for pay for such extra work shall be forfeited. The price to be paid for all extra work done shall be its actual rea- sonable cost to the contractor, as determined by the city engineer, plus lifteen per cent. SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 391 M. The contractor is to use such appliances for the . ,. 1-11 Appliances, performance of all the operations connected with the work embraced under this contract as will secure a satisfactory quality of work and a rate of progress which, in the opinion of the engineer, will secure the completion of the work within the time herein speci- fied. If, at any time before the commencement or during the progress of the work, such appliances ap- pear to the engineer to be inefficient or inappropriate for securing the quality of the work required or the said rate of progress, he may order the contractor to increase their efficiency or to improve their character, and the contractor must conform to such order; but the failure of the engineer to demand such increase of efficiency or improvement shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation to secure the quality of w^ork and the rate of progress established in these specifications. N. The said contractor further agrees that if the work to be done under this contract shall be aban- doned, or if at any time the engineer shall be of the opinion, and shall so certify in writing to the water board, that the said work is unnecessarily or unrea- sonably delayed, or that the said contractor is willfully violating any of the conditions or agreements of this contract, or is not executing said contract in good faith, or fails to show such progress in the execution of the work as will give reasonable grounds for an- ticipating its completion within the required time, the said water board shall have power to notify the said contractor to discontinue all work, or any part thereof, under this contract; and thereupon the said contractor shall cease to continue said work, or such part thereof, as the said water board may designate ; and the said water board shall thereupon have the right, at their discretion, to contract with other par- ties for the delivery or completion of all or any part of the work left uncompleted by said contractor, or for the correction of the whole or any part of said work. And in case the expense so incurred by said water board is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract if the same had been completed by the said contractor, then the said con- tractor shall be entitled to receive the difference ; and in case such expense shall exceed the last said sum, then the contractor shall, on demand, pay the amount of such excess to the said city, on notice from the said water board of the excess so due ; but such ex- 392 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. cess to be paid by the contractor shall not exceed the amount of the security for the performance of this contract. O. The said contractor further agrees that the said water board may, if they deem it expedient to do so, retain out of and amounts due to the said contractor sums sufficient to cover any unpaid claims of mechanics or laborers for work or labor performed under this contract ; provided^ that notice in writing of such claims, signed by the claimants, shall have been previously filed in the office of the city clerk. P, The said contractor further agrees that he will indemnify and save harmless said city from all claims against said city, under chapter one hundred and ninety-one of the Public Statutes of Massachusetts, and any laws passed since the Public Statutes, with reference to liens on buildings and lands, for labor . done and materials furnished under this contract, and shall furnish the said water board with satis- factory evidence, when called for by them, that all persons who have done work or furnished materials under this contract, for which the said city may become liable, and all claims from the various departments of the city government, or private cor- porations, or individuals, for damage of any kind caused by the construction of said work, have been fully paid or satisfactorily secured ; and in case such evidence is not furnished, an amount necessary and sufficient to meet the claims of the persons aforesaid shall be retained from any moneys due, or that may become due, the said contractor under this contract, until the liabilities aforesaid shall be fully discharged or satisfactorily secured. The said contractor further agrees that he will indemnify and save harmless the said city from all suits or actions, of every name and description, brought against the said city for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons, by or from the said con- tractor, his servants or agents, in the construction of said work, or by or in consequence of any negli- gence in guarding the same, or any improper mate- rials used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the said contractor or his agents ; and the said contractor further agrees that so much of the money due him under and by virtue of this agreement as shall be considered necessary by the said engineer may be retained by the said city SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 393 until all such suits or claims for damages as afore- said shall have been settled, and evidence to that effect furnished to the satisfaction of the said engi- neer. Q. And the said contractor further agrees to receive the following prices as full compensation for furnish- ing all the materials, and for doing all the work con- templated and embraced in this agreement ; also, for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen obstruction or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the same ; 'and for all risks of every description con- nected with the work ; also, for all expense incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discon- tinuance of said work as herein specified, and for well and faithfully completing the work, and the whole thereof, in the manner and according to the plans and specifications, and the requirements of the engineer under them, to wit: (a) For the removal of soil excavated and placed in spoil banks, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. («;«) For the removal of soil taken from spoil banks or from other places and placing on the slopes of the embankment, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (<5) For sodding, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superficial square yard. (^(^) For seeding, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per acre. (c) For earth excavation, including its dis- posal in embankments and refilling, or as otherwise ordered by the engineer, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (cc) For rehandling of excavated materials from spoil banks, and placing, including all incident- al work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For rock excavation, including its dis- posal, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For permanent timber work, except tougued and grooved timber, placed, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per thousand feet B. M. 39i COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. (^ee) For permanent timbei work, tongued and grooved, placed, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per thousand feet B. M. (y) For Portland cement ordered by the en- gineer, delivered where ordered on the work, in bar- rels containing four hundred pounds, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per barrel. (g) For concrete masonry, in place, formed of five parts of broken stone or screened gravel, to one part of cement, and made with American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per .cubic yard. (g^) For concrete masonry, in place, formed of three parts of broken stone or screened gravel to one part of cement and made with American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one pari of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/2) For plastering all concrete walls with Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superficial square yard. (e) For brick masonr}', laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, 'and including all pointing, centering, etc., and removing the same, and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (y) For paving in place, including all inci- dental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (i^) For riprap in place, including all inci- dental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (/) For broken stone in place (other than that used in making concrete and the walk), including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (w) For rubble-stone masonry, laid in Ameri- can cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^n) For face work of broken ashlar, in addi- tion to the price paid per cubic yard as rubble, including pointing in neat Portland cement, and all SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 395 incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per superHcial square foot. (c>) For facing stone masonry of rang^e stones laid in American cement mortar mixed in the pro- portion of one part of cement to two parts of sand and pointing in neat Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (^) For coping laid in place, and pointed in neat Portland cement, including all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per linear or running foot. (^) For dimension stone masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, including pointing in neat Portland cement, centering, etc., and all incidental work, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (r) For fine hammer dressing (six-cut work) the sum of ($ ) per superficial square foot. (5) For all kinds of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to one part of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (if) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to one part of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (?^) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, in addition to the prices per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (i?) For all kinds of masonry laid in Portland cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part o 96 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. of cement to three parts of sand, in addition to the price per cubic yard hereinbefore stipulated to be paid for the same class of masonry laid in American cement mortar mixed in the proportion of one part of cement to two parts of sand, the sum of ($ ) per cubic yard. (zt^) For building walk, including all inci- dental work, the sum of ($ ) per linear or running foot. (:v) For all extra work done by written order of the Boston Water Board, its actual reasonable cost to the contractor, as determined by the engineer, plus fifteen per cent, of said cost. R. And it is agreed that payment for the work embraced in this contract shall be made in the fol- lowing manner: A payment will be made, on or about the first day of each month, of 85 per centum of the value of the work completed in place by the contractor on the fifteenth of the previous month, as estimated by the engineer. Provided^ however^ that the making of such payment may be deferred from month to month, when, in the opinion of the engineer, the value of work done since the last estimate for payment is less than one thousand dollars. The said contractor further agrees that he shall not be entitled to demand or receive payment for any portion of the aforesaid work or materials, until said work shall have been completed to the satisfac- tion of the city engineer, and the said city engineer shall have given his certificate to that effect ; where- upon the said city will, within forty days after such completion, and the delivery of such certificate, pay the said contractor the whole amount of money accruing to the said contractor under this contract, excepting such sum or sums as may be lawfully retained by said city. Provided^ that nothing herein contained be con- strued to affect the right hereby reserved of the said water board to reject the whole or any portion ot the aforesaid work, should the said certificate be found or known to be inconsistent with the terms of this agreement, or otherwise improperly given. S. The parties hereto further agree that this con- tract shall be in writing, and executed in triplicate, one of which triplicates shall be kept by the said engineer, one to be delivered to the city auditor of SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT FOR DAM. 397 said Boston, and one to the said contractor; that this contract shall be utterly void as to the said city if any person appointed to any office, or employed by virtue of any ordinance of said city, is either directly or indirectly interested therein. And the said contractor further agrees that he will execute a bond in the sum of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) and with such sureties as shall be approved by the said Boston Water Board, to keep and perform well and truly all the terms and conditions of this contract on his part to be kept and performed and to indemnify and save harmless the said water board as herein stipulated. T. And it is also to be understood and agreed that, in case of any alterations, so much of this agreement as is not necessarily affected by such alterations shall remain in force upon the parties hereto. U. And the said contractor hereby further agrees that the payment of the final amount due under this contract and the adjustment and payment of the bill rendered for work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the city from any and all claims or liability on account of w^ork performed under said contract or any alteration thereof. In Witness Whereof^ the parties to these pres- ents have hereunto set their hands the year and day first above written. The City of Bos- [ ton^ by its BostonX Water Board, \ >..- Signed in the presence of Know all Men by these Presents^ That we are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BOS- TON, in the sum of — — dollars, to be paid to the CITY OF BOSTON, or 398 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. its certain attorney, its successors and assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The Co7idition of this obligation is such that if the above-bounden shall well and truly keep and perform all the terms and conditions of the foregoing contract for building Dam No. 5, in the town of Southborough on part to be kept and performed, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said CITY OF BOSTON, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall be of no effect; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. In Witness Whereof^ we hereto set our hands and seals on this day of in the year eighteen hundred and ninety-three. Signed and Sealed in presence of 174. SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE STRUCTURAL IRON WORK OF A HOTEL BUILDING, TO BE ERECTED ON THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF 34TH STREET AND 5TH AVENUE FOR JOHN JACOB ASTOR. H. J. Hardenbergh, Purdy & Henderson, Architect, Consulting Engineers, New York. New York and Chicago. May, 1895. In order to understand the business relations involved in the following specifications, some explanation of them is neces- sary. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 399 Messrs. Purdy and Henderson, the consulting engineers, are under contract with Mr. H.J.Hardenbergh, architect, to furn- ish those parts of the plans and specifications for the building which relate to the iron and steel frame work. They are also under contract with Mr. Downey, the agent of the owner, to prepare all the shop drawings, to supervise the inspection, to su- perintend the erection of the steel frame work, to check all bills rendered by the contractor for this portion of the work, and, in general, to see that all the contracts relating to this part of the building are faithfully fulfilled. The contract for the iron and steel work was let on a pound basis erected. A separate set of specifications were prepared for the inspection of the work, and also one for the use of the computers and draftsmen in pre- paring detail plans. It will thus be seen that the consulting engineers are under contract to do a great deal more m this matter than is usually expected of the architect, and much more, therefore, than the architect could afford to pay for, if all this service had to be remunerated out of his professional fees. In the most common practice, the owner checks his own bills, pays the contractor for the shop drawings and divides the remaining portion of this additional service with the architect. Only a small portion of the additional fee paid the engineer by this arrangement is consequently an added expense. It is important that consulting engineers should make contracts with the owner for the additional detail work and supervision as well as with the architect for the preparation of the general plans. This kind of a double connection is desirable and likely to secure the most satisfactory service. The steel construction described in these specifications is that for ^ new hotel adjoining The Waldorf on the north, cor- ner 34th street and Fifth avenue, New York city. The building is in plan 350 feet by 100 feet, and is sixteen stories high above the sidewalk, with basement and sub-basement, extending 35 feet below ground. Tt is the largest steel con- 400 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. structed building ever designed, containing over 10,000 tons of structural iron. The exterior of the building is finished with stone to the height of three stories above the sidewalk, and with brick, with terra cotta trimmings, above that line. The construction involves many unusual conditions, such as a ballroom on the second story lOO feet long, and 85 feet wide, with vaulted ceiling reaching to the fifth floor. The floors above this great room, and also the roof, are carried on two trusses extending through four stories, the total load carried by the two being about nine million pounds. The columns in the walls around this ballroom are from 60 to 70 feet in length, and some of them carry over three million pounds each. There is also a large dining room on the first floor, which necessitates the use of very heavy trusses, and diflicult and costly work. The spaces between the columns are unusually long, 35 and 40 feet being common, thus requir- ing an unusual quantity of plate girder work. In several other places in the building, rooms extend through two stories, and the roof on three sides has a Mansard slope fifty feet in height, w^ith large towers on the three street corners. x\ll the details have been worked out with great care, and the business rela- tions of the engineer of construction to both the architect and the owner are considered ideal. Specifications Explained : These specifications are sup- plemental to the contract already entered into for the construc- tural iron and steel work of this building, between -, parties of the first part,* and , parties of the second part. They are the specifications referred to in the first clause of said contract, and which are to be considered a part of that contract. These specifications are intended to cover all the structural iron work in said building. They are intended to co-operate with the drawings for the same, both those furnished by the architect and those furnished by the engineers as hereinafter specified, and what is called for by either, is as binding as if called for by both. They are intended to describe and provide *Mr. Astor's agent, who stands as the party of the first part in these specifications, is Mr. John Downey, and he is so naingd in various parts of the document. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 401 for a finished piece of work. The contractor will understand that the steel construction herein described is also to be complete in every detail, and in every portion of the work, and all mate- rial entering into it is to be first-class, and he will be expected to thoroughly understand the construction and to fully inform himself in regard to any points that he may not clearly under- stand, for what is herein intended to be described, viz.: The complete and perfect construction of the building is the thing required. When necessary or desirable, he must apply to the architect or the engineers for further details or specifications during construction or before proceeding with his work. Requirements Outlined: This contractor must furnish and set all the iron and steel shown or referred to in these specifica- tions and called for by the said drawings hereinbefore referred to, and when the erection is completed, he must remove all the materials used in performing the work. He must furnish in all cases the exact sections, weights and kinds of material that are called for, and he must follow exact details, methods and in- structions called for by these specifications and said drawings. He must set the iron work as fast as may be considered practi- cal in the judgment of the architect, always keeping at least one story in advance of the masonry. He will be expected to give this work his personal supervision, or have a capable man at all times to take care of it. He must also do all the cutting and fitting that may be required in his work to receive the work of other contractors. Reference in Case of Dispute: Should any difference of opinion or dispute arise in relation to the meaning of these specifications, or of the said drawings furnished by either the arc-iitect or the engineers as hereinafter specified, reference must be made to the engineers, but if their decision is not sat- isfa(?tory appeal may be made to the architect, whose decision on all such points shall be final and conclusive. Drawings: The general dimensions, arrangement and sec- tions required for the structural iron work herein specified, are shown on the general structural iron drawings prepared and fur- nished by the architect, and included in pages to , inclusive. The sections given are those of the Carnegie Steel Com- pany's manufacture. In general, these drawings are made to scale, but scale dimensions must never be used. These draw- ings, together with these specifications, are the property of the architect, to whom all copies must be returned on the comple- tion of the work. Detail or shop drawings, including drawings of every part and piece of the work, with all the lists, schedules, indexes, erection plans or other directions necessary for the proper manufacture, finish and erection of the work covered 26 402 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. by these specifications, and the said general drawings prepared by the architect, will be made and furnished by the engineers. Blue prints of the shop drawings, lists and schedules, as many copies of each as are necessary, but not more than five, will be furnished to the contractor for his use in the manufac- ture of the material. Another complete set of these prints, together with one complete set of prints of the erection draw- ings, will be furnished to the contractor for use in erection. One complete set of all the drawings, plans, lists and schedules will be furnished to the inspector. All the above-mentioned prints will be furnished by the engineers, free of expense. Additional prints of any of these drawings may be taken by said contractor or inspector, if desired, at their own expense, but originals taken from the office for that purpose must be promptly returned. Orders: All materials required to be furnished or work to be done under these specifications or by the said general structural iron drawings, prepared by the architect, will be ordered by the engineers from time to time with the shop drawings, lists, schedules, etc., for the same, as fast as they can be prepared, and the contractor for the structural iron work must order no material and perform i:o work under these specifications until he has received the said detail drawings, lists and schedules for the same. Bolts or other material used temporarily for erection purposes are not included in this specification. Extras and Bills : No additional work or material, over and above what is called for by said detail drawings, lists and sched- ules, prepared and furnished as hereinbefore provided, will be allowed unless ordered by the architect in writing. When said detail drawings, lists and schedules are received by the con- tractor, they must be immediately examined to determine whether the material and work called for by the same may be properly classified in the price classification contained in the contract herembefore referred to, and of which these specifica- tions are considered a part; or, in any supplemental agreement that may be made to said contract. In case eit4ier or both may not be properly classified, in said price classification, the engi- neers must be promptly notified of the fact in writing, and a copy of such notification must also be sent to the architect. If no reply, verbal or written, to such notification is received within three days, a second notification must be sent the same as the first, but, in any case, the work called for by such detailed dravsings, lists or schedules must proceed without delay, unless the contractor shall receive written instructions to the contrary from the architect or engineers. No bill for extra work ordered by the architect as herein provided, or not called for by said drawings, lists or schedules will be approved by the architect unless it is rendered imme- SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTE:^ BUILDING. 403 diately upon the completion and acceptance of said work. All bills for material or work not properly included in the price classification hereinbefore referred to, must be made separate from the bills for work and material properly covered by said price classification. All bills must be made sufficiently in detail to permit of their ready verification. The originals of all bills must be sent to the engineers, Purdy & Henderson, and exact duplicates must, at the same time, be sent to John Downey, parties of the first part in the contract hereinbefore referred to. Building Laws: This contractor must comply w^ith all municipal or corporation ordinances and the laws and regula- tions relating to buildings in the city of New York. Risks: This contractor will be liable and responsible for any damage to life, limb or property that may arise or occur to any party whatever, either from accident or owing to his negli- gence, or that of his employees during the operations of con- structing or completing the works herein specified. Rubbish : This contractor must remove from the premises all rubbish arising from his operations as the work proceeds and at completion of same. Signs: No signs of any description will be allowed to be placed on or about the building or premises. Co-ope7'ation and Cleaning Up : This contractor must co- operate with the contractors for the other parts of the building, so that when completed it shall be in accordance with the architect's design and a comjDlete and perfect piece of work. He must arrange and carry on his work in such a way that the other contractors shall not be delayed, subject t be centered through the center line of the bar. The lengths back to back of pin holes must not vary more than -^^ of an inch from the figured lengths when the bars are 20 feet long or less; not more than -3—2 of an inch when more than 20 feet long. Bars which go side by side in the trusses must be so perfectly bored that the pins will pass through the holes at both ends without driving when the bars are placed in a single pile. The holes must not be more than -3V of an inch larger the pins. All eye bars must be annealed. Compression members must have all butting ends planed smooth and exactly square to the center line of the member, and they must be assembled in the shop for ^e fitting of the splice plates and to assure perfect contact throughout. Such members must be entirely tree from twists or bends and all work must be neatly finished and first-class in every respect. Pin holes must be bored -3^ of an inch larger than the pins, exactly perpendicular to a vertical plane passing through the center line of each member, when placed in a position similar to that which it should occupy in the finished structure. Pins must be turned straight and smooth and to exact size. SPECIFICATIONS FOR STEEL HOTEL BUILDING. 409 Castings: The cast bases required in the column must be planed smooth on top and to exact dimensions. All holes for the bolts connectinj^ to the columns must be drilled also to the exact measurements given, and the holes in the other castings, both steel and iron, must be drilled when so marked. All sur- faces marked planed must be planed smooth and true for a per- fect bearing as designed. Rivets: Drifting that is liable to injure the material must not be allowed anywhere in erection. Shop rivets must be machine driven as far as possible. Rivet heads must be concentric with the necks of the rivets and all rivets when driven must completely fill the holes and be tght. .... Rivets will be used in erection wherever possible. All rivets must be uniformly heated. Holes that do not match sufficiently to admit the rivet without drifting, in assembling work in the shop, must be reamed. All riveting must be done to the satisfaction of the engi- neers. Erection: If beams are used in the construction of the foundations, the contractor for the structural iron must put them in position, both as to plan and as to height, using a sur- veyor's level for the purpose, but the grouting and covering of the beams will be done by the contractor for the masonry. The outside building lines will be given, but the contractor for the structural iron must determine and fix the interior lines, and each cast base must be set in its exact position, both as to alignment and to height, supported on wooden wedges, before the bedding is run in. The center of each base must be true to the column center, as given on the plans, within -^^ of an inch, and its height must be adjusted exactly, using a surveyor's level and referring to a fixed bench mark. Each base must be bedded with a Portland cement grouting, by pouring the same through the center until all the spaces under and inside the base are filled. The cement must be of some imported brand which must be approved by the architect, and the sand must be clean and sharp and fine. The two must be mixed dry in equal quantities in a box — all that is required for one base at one mixing. Enough water must then be added to make the whole just flow under its own weight. The whole operation of mixing and setting must be done as rapidly as possible. After the bases are set their heights will be inspected by the engineers, and if they are found to vary more than ]/^ of an inch from the correct height they must be taken up and reset. The use of iron sledges in driving or hammering beams or columns or other structural iron will not be allowed where it 410 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. can be avoided. Wooden mauls must be used wherever their use is possible. Care must also be exercised to prevent the material from falling or from being in any way subjected to heavy shocks. Especial care must be used to keep the columns plumb and in proper line during erection, and they must be plumbed to the satisfaction of the architects and engineers as often as may be desired. In case the columns are not kept plumb the entire work of erection shall stop at the written order of the architect to that effect, and the measures to be employed to remedy the defect must be approved by the architect before the erection proceeds.* The sections of columns, truss members, beams or girders must nowhere be cut without first obtaining the approval of the engineers. Every failure of the material to come together properly must be noted and reported daily to the engineers. If any serious difficulty occurs during erection, it must be reported to the engjineers before any unexpected measures are used to meet the difficulty. The plan or scheme for the erection of the trusses, and tVe material connected to the trusses must be submitted to the engineers, before the iron work is erected abpve the ground floor, for their approval. Pilot nuts must be used in entering all pins. After the truss members are put in position, before they are materially shadowed by temporary flooring or any otlier construction, and after all surfaces are thoroughly dried by the heat of the sun, they shall be protected by waterproof canvas, tarred paper, or other materials from further exposure to the weather. Such protection to continue until those parts of the building are under the cover of the other construction of the building. Such protection is desired to prevent water from lodging and remaining in the concealed parts of the work. Any inaccuracy in the matching of the holes in the column splices must be removed by reaming and not by drifting. Temporary timber bracing must be put in the building wherever required by the architect or the engineers. The entire work of erection must be done to the satisfac- tion of both the architects and the engineers. *Probably the worst pnictice in the erection of architectural iron work is the very common use of shims in the joints between the successive column sections, thus con- centrating the loads on the opposite sides of the cross-section. The columns are usually kept plumb in this manner, but the practice is extremely vicious and should not be allowed. If the faces of the ends are properly planed or milled off, and the base plate is set exactly level, it will not be necessary to use shims. The greatest difficulty is in setting the bed plate in a truly horizontal plane. The ordinary carpenter's level is not sufficiently delicate for this purpose. These specifications are not explicit on these points. — Author. CONTRACT BOND OR SURETY. 411 CONTRACTOR'S BONDS. 175. Contract Bond or Surety. It is a very general custom in all important work to require the contractor to fur- nish a bond for the faithful and complete performance of his contract. Sometimes these bondsmen or sureties sign with the contractor, as in the case of the St. Louis contracts, exemplified in article i68. It is more usual, however, to make this bond a separate document, following immediately the signatures of the contract itself. Bonds are always executed under seal, and are therefore special contracts, since the bondsmen are not usually paid a consideration for the service rendered, and a sealed contract does not require a consideration to enforce it. In case the original contract and specifications are deviated from in the execution of the work to any material extent, with- out the consent of the bondsmen, these latter are thereby released from their bond. Since such changes are nearly always made in the execution of engineering work after the contracts are signed, and since these are usually made without consulting- the bondsmen, these latter are as a rule thereby released from all obligations, and the bond becomes of no effect. Even though the bondsmen be consulted in the matter of changes, they are not obliged to give their consent, and usually perhaps would not, in which case material changes could be made only by releasing the bondsmen. The practice, therefore, of secur- ing the faithful performance of engineering contracts by means of bonds is a very unsatisfactory one. It would 'be better always to confine the contract strictly to the principals to the agreement, and to secure guaranties of faithful performance in some other manner than by the execution of a bond by outside parties, so far as engineering and building contracts are con- cerned. The form of bond given below is that used by the city of Boston, and may be taken as a general type of such a docu- ment. 412 . contractok's bonds. CONTRACT BOND OR SURETY. Know all Men by these Presents^ That we are held and firmly bound unto the City of Boston, in the sum of dollars to be paid to the City of Boston, or its certain attorney, its successors and assigns, for which payment, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, and adminis- trators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The Condition of this obligation is such that if the above-bounden shall well and truly keep and perform all the terms and condi- tions of the foregoing contract for excavation for stripjDing and shallow flowage and for building two roads, at Basin No. 5, in Southborough, on part to be kept and performed, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said City of Boston, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall be o^ no effect; otherwise it shall remain in full force and virtue. In Witness Whereof^ we hereto set our hands and seals on this day of in the year eighteen hundred and ninety four. [Seal.] ■ [Seal.] • ...^ [Seal.] [Seal.] [Seal.] Signed and Sealed in presence of \ INDEMNITY BOND. 413 176. Indemnity Bond. The following is a common form of bond to cover all liens which may arise from a failure of the contractor to pay for his labor and materials. Know all Men by these Presents: That of as principal, and of as surety, are held and firmly bound unto the in the penal sum of dollars, to the payment of which well and truly to be made we bind our- selves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns firmly by these presents. Signed this day of 189 — . The Condition of the above Obligation is such that: Whekeas, the said has this day entered into a con- tract in writing with the said for the grading and con- struction of a certain with ditches, roadways, and other works connected therewith, as more specifically set forth in said contract : Now, Therefore : If the said shall well and truly perform his part of said contract, and each and every cov- enant and agreement therein contained, and shall indemnify and save harmless the said from and against all damages which it may sustain by reason of liens for labor and materials furnished for said work, or by reason of the failure of said to pay the wages and earnings of anv of the laborers or mechanics employed by him as such contractor, in and about said work ; or by reason of his failure to pay for any materials, provisions or goods of any kind furnished, or by reason of any just debts incurred in carrying on said work ; and if the said , shall pay to the said all sums of money, damages, or costs and expenses which it may be com- pelled to pay, or which it may sustain by reason of his failure as aforesaid, and if the said shall pay all laborers, mechanics and material men, and persons who may have sup- plied provisions or goods of any kind, all just debts due to such persons, or to any person to whom any part of such work was given, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise of full force and eflect. [Seal.] [Seal.] 414 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. APPENDIX A. PRELIMINARY SURVEYS AND EXAMINATIONS FOR BRIDGE RENEWALS. The following Instructions to Assistant Engineers are used by the engineer of bridges and buildings on the C, M. & St. P. R'y, and are inserted here as an illustration of the scope and character of the inquiries and investigations necessary for an intelligent solution of the problem in hand. It is only by means of such complete and detailed information that all future contingencies can be foreseen and provided for, so that there shall be no "unexpected" to happen. It is a common saying that "the unexpected always happens." In good engineering,' "It is only the unexpected which can happen," since what was anticipated has been fully provided against. In the dest t;ngi- neering designs, however, every possible contingency has been foreseen and provided for, so there is no unexpected left which can happen, and hence security and permanence are assured in advance. The following instructions are a good illustration of this kind of preliminary survey of the problem which puts the engineer in a position to perfectly fit the design to all the con- ditions of the problem : Instructions to Assistaiit Engi7ieers in Regard to Surveys for the Renewal of Wooden Bridges with Perma- nent Structures. (i) Gather information from the chief engineer's office and from the office of the engineer and superintendent of bridges and buildings relative to the grade, alignment, right- of-way for embankment and borrow pits, second track con- struction, contracts relating to crossings or cattle passes, recom- mendations already made by others as to style of reconstruction and any other matters that are liable to have a bearing on work in question. (2) Determine the elevation of base of rail above an assumed datum across the bridge and for a distance of 1,000 feet on each side of it, at intervals of 100 feet, or less when the irregularities of the track make it necessary. (3) Consider the question of changing grade and note the kind, condition and depth of ballast as well as other points SURVEYS FOR BRIDGE RENEWALS. 415 that will assist in determining the expense and practicability of making a change. (4) Obtain particularly notes of the ground surface that will be covered by the proposed structure or embankment, by determining its elevation on the center line of bridge and when necessary on each side of same. These heights may be meas- ured from the base of rail at each bent or panel point but should refer to the datum used in the survey, and additional notes should be made of intermediate irregularities that would con- cern the height of pedestals located between bents. (5) Establish and note two bench marks on solid objects, conveniently located, one each way from the bridge, and which are unlikely to be disturbed during the construction of the per- manent structure. For ordinary cases a track spike driven in a telegraph pole will be suitable. (6) Note the alignment of the track at the structure and consider whether there is any evident reason for changing same. (7) Consider the question of second track construction as concerning any change in alignment or in location of bridge. Conclude on which side of the present track the second track should be constructed and make note of the grounds for your conclusion. (8) When track across the bridge or near the bridge is curved make full notes of elevation of outer rail. If the point of curve is so located that the elevation of outer rail on bridge is varying, determine by eye the location of point of curve and of the point where the elevation is commenced. On iron bridges the elevation should be constant when practicable. (9) Take notes for a sketch of the water course for a sufficient distance on each side of the bridge, to determine whether a change in location of channel or an improvement in the channel is advisable, and indicate your recommendations in this regard, remembering that the most favorable condition for a bridge is usually a deep channel at right angles to the railway for some distance above and below the bridge. Contours in the immediate vicinity of the bridge should be sketched in. Ordinarily th'is can be done with sufficient accuracy by the eye, or by taking a few offsets. (10) Ascertain the nature of foundations, whether soft, requiring pile foundations, or of sand, or of hard clay, or of rock. Reports should state the character, depth and dip of the strata. (11) Ascertain present, ordinary and extreme high water marks. Inquire into cause of high water; whether by ordinary heavy rains, by water-spout, by damming from accumulations of drift or ice, or by overflow from other water courses, or from other causes which may be apparent. 416 COMPLETE SPECIFICATIONS. (12) Note the probability of ice, drift-wood, hay, corn- stalks, fencing, etc., lodging against the proposed iron bridge. (13) Take notes of the size of channel, area of waterway required, direction of current, etc. ( 14) Ascertain if there is to be provided under the bridge a public or private roadway, wagon-pass or cattle-pass, with dimensions and conditions controlling the same. (15) If any portion of the bridge is to be filled, make an examination of the ground and state where the material can be obtained, and whether inside of the boundaries of the right-of way, or on land which will have to be purchased. (16) Ascertain whether any additional right-of-way is required for any purpose connected with the work, and if so note location and amount. (17) Examine as to a suitable location for a stone yard, and for the storing of piles, timber and iron-work ; also as to convenient locations for derricks and what provision will be required for suitable anchorage for derrick guys. (iS) If the proposed reconstruction involves any ques- tion of purchasing land or privileges, report the situation with advice, but avoid conversation with property owners which would in any way interfere with relations that may be estab- lished later between them and an agent authorized to make purchases or settle claims. (19) Inquire as to the accommodations for boarding and lodging for workmen and how they can get to and from their work. (20) Inquire into the condition of train service at the location with regard to the frequency of trains and the speed at which they ordinarily run over the bridge. (21) If piles are to be driven, make your recommenda- tion as to whether they should be driven with a land or track driver, and if with a track driver, state the nearest side-track to which it must retreat for passage of trains. (22) Make preliminary estimates of the cost of the per- manent structure, taking your prices from the tables of cost of iron bridges and abutments which are furnished you and from them make your recommendation for the permanent bridge. (23) Make your recommendations as to the angles of piers and abutments, remembering that a square span is one in which its ends are at right angles to its longitudinal axis, and in a skew span the angle of skew is the enclosed angle between the end of the span and a line at right angles to its longitudinal axis. (24) Make your recommendation as to what riprapping is required, with the amount and method of using it, , SUEVEYS FOK BRIDGE RENEWALS. 417 (25) Advise what is the best season of the year in which to do the work with reference to high water, ice, cold weather, interruption of traffic, facility for obtaining labor and material, etc. (26) Report any information you can obtain with refer- ence to using local material in the work, such as piles, timber, lumber, stone, sand, brick, etc. (27) Avoid confusing terms in your notes. For instance the term "base of rail" is preferable to "grade." See B. & B., Rule 7 g. FINALLY. After obtaining information on the points hereinbefore mentioned and all other data which you can find within your reach, consider the question of renewal just as if you had to make the full decision and were responsible for building the best bridge with the greatest economy and least risk; and make your report in such shape that the draughting office will have all the instruction which it requires for making the plans. This information may be furnished in writing and on a profile and map, and you are cautioned that your work will be judged by your giving the fullest accurate information with the fewest notes and the least amount of drawing. O. B. 27 A':^' -^z. ■^^ A- .-^ .^' .v^- oN'>^ o 0' •=^^. V- .vX^